Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 32976
CITY SECRETARY CONTRACT NO. '�5�2 City of Fort Worth, Texas Water Department NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION PROJECT P274-602160023280 ct November 2005 cm) Cam) 5r Q� PREPARED BY: c�rcr' CDMVI82794 0 IN ASSOCIATION WITH: Gupta&Associates Inc. CONFORMED `C34j'l . DOCUMENTS CITY OF FORT WORTH NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PART A NOTICE TO BIDDERS Detailed Notice to Bidders Special Instructions to Bidders PART B PROPOSAL Proposal Minority and Women Business Enterprise Bid Specifications PART C GENERAL CONDITIONS PART CS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS (TO PART C) PART D SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01025 Measurement and Payment 01110 Environmental Protection Procedures 01170 Special Provisions 01200 Project Meetings 01300 Submittals 01465 Equipment Testing and Start-Up 01500 Temporary Facilities 01600 Delivery, Storage and Handling 01656 Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities 01700 Contract Closeout 01720 Project Record Documents 01730 Operations and Maintenance Data 01740 Warranties and Bonds DIVISION 2 SITEWORK Not Used DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09901 Surface Preparation and Shop Painting 09902 Field Painting F Table of Contents.doc TOC-1 10/14/05 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10423 Cast Plaque DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11212 Horizontal Split Case Centrifugal Pumps DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13300 Process Instrumentation and Controls—General Provisions 13315 Process Instrumentation and Controls—Products DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15051 Piping- General Requirements 15061 Steel Pipes and Fittings 15100 Valves 15120 Piping Specialties 15140 Pipe Hangers and Supports DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16000 Electrical—General Provisions 16110 Raceways,Boxes,Fittings and Supports 16120 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 16121 Medium Voltage Cables 16151 Medium Voltage Horizontal Electric Motors 16170 Metal Framing 16191 Miscellaneous Equipment 16345 Medium Voltage Switchgear 16411 Power System Study 16485 Medium Voltage Class E2 Combination Solid State Motor Controllers PART F BONDS Certificate of Insurance Contractor's Compliance with Worker's Compensation Law Performance Bond Payment Bond Maintenance Bond PART G CONTRACT PART H APPENDIX Table of Contents.doc TOC-2 09/19/05 - PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS OFFICIAL INC09D FT. OUTH, TEX. City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 11/15/2005 DATE: Tuesday, November 15, 2005 LOG NAME: 60NSPS EXPAN REFERENCE NO.: **C-21156 SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of Contract with Archer-Western Contractors for the Construction of the Northside Pump Station Expansion RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council authorize the City Manager to execute a construction contract with Archer-Western Contractors, Ltd., for construction of North Side Pump Station Expansion on the low bid of $1,215,972.00. DISCUSSION: On May 19, 2005, (M&C C-20779) the City Council authorized the execution of an engineering contract with Camp, Dresser, & McKee, Inc., for the design and preparation of plans and the specifications for the Northside Pump Station Expansion. The Northside Pump Station was completed in 2004 as part of a series of projects to increase water transmission to north Fort Worth and its wholesale customers. The Water Master Plan (April 2005) indicates that this pump station should be expanded to meet long-term demands, as growth in North Tarrant County will require additional water supply to serve retail and wholesale customers. The existing distribution system, served by the Eagle Mountain Water Treatment Plant, lacks the redundancy and capacity to meet long-term demand in this area. This project consists of the installation of two 12 MGD pumps and associated electrical and SCADA equipment. On May 18, 2004, (M&C G-14635) the City Council adopted the Land Use Assumptions, Capital Improvements Plan and Impact Fees for water and wastewater, The Northside Pump Station is listed in the Capital Improvements Plan as eligible for partial impact fee funding. The invitation to bid was advertised in the Commercial Recorder on September 15 and 22, 2005. On October 6, 2005, the following bids were received: Bidder Bid Amount Estimated Completion Time Archer Western Contractors, Ltd. $1,215,972.00 220 Calendar Days Cooper General Contractors $1,287,000.00 This project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 2. Archer-Western Contractors, Ltd., is in compliance with the City's M/ BE ordinance by committing 21% M/WBE participation. The City's goal on this project is 20%. Logname: 03HRS01 Page 1 of 2 The total authorized amount includes $36,479.16 for possible change orders and $24,000.00 for staff support. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Finance Director certifies that funds will be available in the current capital budget, as appropriated, of the Water Capital Project Fund. TO Fund/Account/Centers FROM Fund/Account/C enters P264 541200 602160023280 $1,215,972.00 Submitted for City Manager's Office b Marc Ott (8476) Originating Department Head: S. Frank Crumb (8207) Additional Information Contact: David Townsend (8369) Logname: 03HRS01 Page 2 of 2 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following FOR: NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION, FORT WORTH,TEXAS WATER DEPARTMENT PROJECT NUMBER: P274-602160023280 Addressed to Mr. Charles R. Boswell, City Manager for the City of Fort Worth, Texas, will be received at the Office of the Purchasing Manager, lower level of the Fort Worth Municipal Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas, 76102, until 1:30 PM, Thursday, October 6, 2005 and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 PM in the Council Chambers. Electronic Contract Documents, including Plans and Specifications, may be obtained from the offices of CDM, 777 Taylor Street, Suite 1050, Fort Worth, Texas, for a non-refundable fee of twenty five dollars ($25.00) per CD. Prequalification of bidders, according to the Special Instructions to Bidders in the Contract Documents or the Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents and general Specifications, is required. The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any irregularities, Bidders shall be allowed to modify/or withdraw bids prior to the bid opening. No bid may be withdrawn until expiration of 90 days from date the M/WBE Documentation is received by the City bids are received. For additional information concerning this project, please contact Gretchen N. Williams, P.E., CDM at (817) 332-8727 or City Project Manager David Townsend at(817) 392-8430 Charles Boswell City Manager Marty Hendrix City Secretary Publication: September 15, 2005 September 22, 2005 Fort Worth,Texas 0:\0515-FWWD\46014 NSPS Expansion\Current Specs New Expansion\PART A\Part A-NTB.doc N13-1 PART A- COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed proposals for the following: FOR: NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION, FORT WORTH, TEXAS Water Project No.: P274-602160023280 Addressed to Mr.Charles Boswell,City Manager of the City of Fort Worth,Texas,will be received at the Office of the Purchasing Manager, lower level of the Fort Worth Municipal Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas, 76102, until 1:30 P.M.,Thursday, October 6. 2005, and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 P.M.in the Council Chambers. -- Electronic Contract Documents, including Plans and Specifications,may be obtained from the offices of CDM, 777 Taylor Street,Suite 1050,Fort Worth,Texas,for a non-refundable fee of twenty five dollars($25.00)per CD. All bidders will be required to comply with Provisions 5159a of"Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes"of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates and City Ordinance No. 7278,as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400, Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-21 through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. The major work on the above project shall consist of the following: 2—12 MGD Split Case Centrifugal Pumps 4—24-inch Butterfly Valves 2—24-inch Pump Control Valves Associated piping,electrical and instrumentation work. Prequalification of bidders, according to the Special Instructions to Bidders in the Contract Documents or the Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents and general Specifications, is required. AWARD OF CONTRACT: No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of ninety(90)days from the date the M/WBE UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, GOOD FAITH FORM ("Documentation'), and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate is received by the City. The award of contract, if made, will be within ninety (90) days after this documentation is received, but in no case will the award be made until all the necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder to whom it is proposed to award the contract. Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the PROPOSAL form. Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting CDM at (817) 332-8727 or the City of Fort Worth Department of Engineering at (817) 392-7910. Bidders must complete the proposal section(s)and submit the complete bid proposal or face rejection of the bid as non-responsive. It is recommended that the bidder make a copy of the forms included in the Minority and Women Business Enterprise section for submittal within the time-line stated below or the bidder may request a copy of said forms from the City Project Manager named in this solicitation. In accord with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530,the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can _. be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE UTILIZATION 0:1051&FWWD146014 NSPS ExpensionlCunent Specs New ExpansionlPARTA1Part A-Detailed NB.doc CN13-1 PART A- COMPREHENSIVE NOTICE TO BIDDERS FORM SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM(with"Documentation') and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m.,five(5)City business days after the bid opening date. The Bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. The Managing Department for this project is the Water Department. For additional information concerning this project, Gretchen N. Williams, P.E., CDM at (817) 332-8727 or David Townsend,P.E.Fort Worth Water Department(817)393-8430. Charles R.Boswell City Manager Marty Hendrix City Secretary Advertising Dates: September 15,2005, September 22,2005 -- Fort Worth Texas 0:10515-FWWD%46014 NSPS Expanslon%Current Specs New ExpansionlPART A%Part A-Detailed NS.doc CN13-2 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (September 10,2004) 1. PREQUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. All contractors submitting bids, are required to be pre-qualified by the Fort Worth Water Department prior to submitting bids. This pre-qualification process will establish a bid limit based on technical evaluation and financial analysis of the contractor. It is the bidder's responsibility to submit the following documentation: a current financial statement, an acceptable equipment schedule, names and addresses of each individual or business entity owning 10% or more of the bidding entity, and any other documents the Department may deem necessary, to the Director of the Water Department or his designated representative, at least seven(7)calendar days prior to the date of the opening of bids. a) COVER LETTER. The cover letter provided by the prospective bidder with the pre-qualification information must include the following information: • Contact person (for additional information) if other than individual who signed the cover letter • If the bidder intends to submit a bid within thirty (30) days from the - date that the pre-qualification request is submitted to the City, a statement as to the project to be bid and the date that the bids are scheduled to be opened. b) FINANCIAL STATEMENT. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State licensing agency and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the financial status of the submitting company. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. c) EXPERIENCE RECORD. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in the work of both the same nature and technical level as that of the project for which bids are to be received. Experience must be on projects that were completed no more than 5 years prior to the date on which bids will be received. A minimum of three references must be included. References must include a contact person name, telephone ... number, project name and total cost, and type of work done (Utility contractor shall list pipe size and pipe linear footage). d) EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. The prospective bidder shall list the equipment that the Contractor has available for the project and list the equipment that Contractor will rent as may be required to complete the project on which the Contractor submits a bid. The Water Department will review each pre-qualification submittal. From the financial statement, the maximum bid limit will be based on amount of liquid assets times 10. The expiration date for pre-qualification will be established as 15 months after the date of the financial statement. The experience record will be reviewed and verified at the same time. The following conditions will apply: a) The Director of the Water Department shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability for financial and experience qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. b) Bids received in excess of the bid limit shall be considered non-responsive _ and will be rejected as such. c) The City, in its sole discretion, may reject a bid for failure to demonstrate experience and/or expertise. d) Any proposals submitted by a non pre-qualified bidder shall be returned unopened, and if inadvertently opened, shall not be considered. e) The City will attempt to notify prospective bidders whose qualifications (financial or experience) are not deemed to be appropriate to the nature and/or magnitude of the project on which bids are to be received. Failure to notify shall not be a wavier of any necessary pre-qualification. For additional information contact John Kasavich,Fort Worth Water Department at(817) 392- 8480 (FAX 817-392-8195). Pre-qualification submittal should be sent to: John Kasavich Fort Worth Water Department 1000 Throckmorton Fort Worth, TX 76102-6212 2. BID SECURITY. A cashier's check, or an acceptable bidder's bond, payable to the City of Fort Worth, in the amount of not less than five (5%) percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeiture in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the Contract Documents within ten (10) days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bid bond, the surety must be licensed to do business in the State of Texas. In -* addition, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the State of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under " federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion,will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. A-6 3. BONDS. A performance bond, a payment bond,and a maintenance bond each for one hundred(100%)percent of the contract price will be required. Reference C3-3.7. 4. WAGE RATES. Not less that the prevailing wage rates established by the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and as set forth in the Contract Documents. must be paid on this project. 5. AMBIGiJITY: In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous construction thereof to the City or to reject the Proposal. 6. BIDDER LICENSE: Prior to the award of contract to an out-of-state bidder, the bidder shall be licensed to do business in the State of Texas. For licensing procedures, contact the Texas Secretary of State Offices (Telephone Number 1-512-463-5555 or 1-900-263-0060) 7. NONRESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Article 601g, Texas Revised Civil Statues, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident's bid is lower that the lowest bid submitted by a Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident `s principal place of business is located. "Nonresident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state,but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has a place of business in the State of Texas. This provision does not apply if this contract involves federal funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for the bid to meet specifications. The failure of a nonresident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 8. PAYMENT: If the contract amount is $25,000 or less, the contract amount shall be paid within forty-five(45)days after the completion and acceptance by the City. 9. AGE: In accordance with the policy("Policy') of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers, members, agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this A-6 contract, a maximum age limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification, retirement plan or statutory requirements. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against the City arising out of the Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of the contract. 10.DISABILITY: In accordance with provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act ,.. of 1990("ADA'), Contractor warrants that it and any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on; the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of the Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contract warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provision and any other applicable Federal, State, and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against the City arising out of the Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this contract. 11.MINORITY AND .WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In a accord with City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBEAVBE SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, and/or the w,.. GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM (`with Documentation') and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m, five (5) City business days after the bid opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a minority business enterprise (MBE) and/or women business enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof. Contractor further agrees to permit any audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal, State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements. Further, any such misrepresentation facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible A-6 and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less that three (3)years. 12. ADDENDA: Bidders wanting Rirther information, interpretation or clarification of the contract documents must make their request in writing to the Fort Worth Water Department Engineering Services, at least 96 hours prior to bid opening. Answers to all such requests will be bound and made a part of the Contract Documents. No other explanation or interpretation will be considered official or binding. Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from, the Contract Documents, or should the bidder be in doubt as to their meaning, the bidder should at once notify the Fort Worth Water Department Engineering Services, in order that a written addendum may be sent to all bidders. Any addenda issued will be mailed or be delivered to each prospective bidder. The bid proposal as submitted by the bidder must be so constructed as to include any addenda issued by the Fort Worth Water Department, prior to 24 hours of the opening of bids with appropriate recognition of addenda so noted in the bid proposal. A-6 - PART S - PROPOSAL OCT-03-05 11:08 FROM- T-526 P.00T/018 F-069 %,&LI vL rvi%A U1 W Northside Pump Station Expansion Project PROPOSAL TO: Charles Boswell City Manager Municipal Office Building 1000 Throckrnorton Fort Worth,Texas 76102 PROPOSAL POR: The furnishing of all materials and equipment and labor and all necessary appurtenances and incidental work to provide a complete and operable project designated as: Northside Pamp Station Expansion,Fort Worth,Texas Water Project No.P274-602160023280 Pursuant to the foregoing"Notice to Bidders",the Undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans,specifications, and the site,understands the amount of work to be done and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor,equipment and materiels necessary to fully complete the work as provided in the Plans and Specifications, and subject to the iaspection and approval of the Director,Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth. Upon acceptance of this proposal.the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish Performance and Payment Bond approved by The City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the following sums to-wit 1311) DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS ITEM EST. WITS BYD PRICE TOTAL NO. UNIT WRITTEN IN WORDS UM PRICE PRICE 1 1 LS General Constriction. For all general construction, related sitev ork,valves,piping,appurtenances, electrical,utstrumentation,telemenWy controls,all equipment,materials and services which are required in accordance with the Contract Documents,Plants and Specifications complete in place as for the sum of i "„�n 3g�► •c.CL Dollars and ONO Cents per Lump Sum $ 5�*� $51Q QQ� 2 1 LS ALLOWANCE fnr Owner selected Applications Engineer(AES)work•end I-Mb software programming services 29ZEE Dollars and /Uo Cents per Lump Sum $2t200-00 $29,300-00 Part B 1—Proposal B- 1 10/3/05 OCT-03-t15 11:08 FROM- T-526 P•008/018 F-058 uv of ron worm Northside Pump Station Expansion Projcor BID DESCRIPTION OF rUMS MM EST. W1TH BID MCR TOTAL NQ. UNIT BIt'R I'.f„ TEN IN FORDS IINIT PRICE PRXCE 3 1 LS ALLOWANCE for two(2)Owner selected Pump Control Valves /Uiaer� Neat, Tlr�al,�ao0 SE/mrvu 7"- a Dollars and Wo Cents per Lump Sum $99.fi72,00 $99,672. 0_0, 4 1 LS ALLOWANCE for two(2)Owner selected - Horizontal S lit Case Pumps and Motors 5;F31ls�i %J0 Dollars and. AIb Cents per Lump Sum $518,000.00 S 518.000.00 TOTAL SED PIRME �`tL0.'�1s04t � i 3 L i oC�-S , 1 -aa�n -- ►a"onsd (in words) vnd�id -L�I� twin (tn meu ) Within ten(10)days of notification by the City,the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver an approval Surety Bond and such other bonds as required by the Contract Documents,for the fairh;ful performance of this contract. The Attached bid security in the amount of 5%is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas,in the event the contraot and bond or bonds are not executed and delivered within the time above set forth,as liquidated damages for the delay and additional work cased thereby. The ti ndersigned bidder read that he/she has been f Wm fished at least one set of the General Contract Documents and General Specifications for Waxer Department Projects dated January 1, 1978 and that he/she has read and thoroughly understands all the requirements and conditions of those General Documents and the Specific Contract Documents and appurtenant plans The successful bidder shall be required to perform the work in accord with the following publication,both of which are incorporated herein and made a pan hereof for al purposes: 1. The General Contract Documents and General Specifications forVater Department Projects dated January 1, 1978,which may be purchased from the Water Department. 2. The Standard Specifications for Street and Stone Drain Construction which may be purchased from the Department of Transportation and Public Works. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of labor organization, subcontractors,or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance No.7278 as'amended by City Ordinance No. 7400. The Bidder agrees to begin construction with 10 calendar days after issue of the work order,and to complete tltc cotitaet within 220 Calendar days after beginning construction as set forth in the written work order to be furnished by the Owner. The work order will be issued no later than 90 days after the award of contract. Liquidated damages shall be assessed as indicated In Special Condition D-15. The Bidder further agrees to have the pump station expansion substantially complete and accepted by May 31,2006'. Parr 81—Proposai B-2 1013105 OCT-03-05 11:09 FROki- T-528 P.000/018 F-050 t.ILY or rort worm Northside Pump Station Expansion Project (Complete A and B below,as applicable:) CA.) .The principal place of business of our company is in the State of Nonresident bidders in the State of ,our principal place of business,are not Required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statue is attached Nonresident bidders in the State of Georgia ,our principal place of business,are not required to underbid resident bidders, B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. The undersigned acknowledges that Bidder has maintained and used for bidding purposes a full hard copy set of Project Manuals and Drawings in either'hal f-size or full-size format including all addenda. It is the responsibility of each Bidder to accurately estimate all quantities of Work to be performed from the Bid Documents. No additional payment wilk6e made by OWNER for Bidder's failure to accurately estimate quantities of Work to be performed from electroCally formatted Bid Documents. Addendum No. 1 (Initials) Addendum No.2 (initials) Addendum No.3 (Initials) Respec� bm' BFI--, r �� Title: President Address: 2121 Avenue 'J' , Suite 103 (SEAL) 'Arlington, TX 76006 - IfBidder is Corporation State of Incorporation: Illinois - Corporate Address: Dom: March 18, 1983 3715 Northside Parkway, NW Building 100, Suite 550 Atlanta, GA 30327 END OF PROPOSAL- END OF SECTION Part B 1-Proposal B-3 1013105 v' ��� L 111�i�j�� 1� n .` r1JiUYl� ix, ..i Corporate Resolution .ri I, the undersigned, do hereby certify,that the following is a complete,true and correct ■i copy of certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of Archer Western Contractors, Ltd., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Illinois,which resolutions were duly adopted at a daily called meeting of said Board,held on April 14th, 2005, a quorum being present, and are set forth in the minutes of the said meeting that I t= am the keeper of the corporate seal and of the minutes and records of the Corporation; and that the said resolutions have not been rescinded or modified: 2 �§ Be it resolved,that the following individuals are duly authorized to sign legal a documents for the Corporation: �4 Matthew Walsh President i Donald A. Gillis Vice President John P. Slattery Secretary Be it finther resolved, that each of the foregoing resolutions shall continue in force until express written notice of its recession or modification. I Further Certify that the following named persons are Officers of said Corporation, duly qualified and not acting as such: President ' Matthew alsh Vice President 41 e* DoAd A. Gillis Secretary ZqA:--C11 "d John P. Slatte In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto su s be y name and affixed the seal of the said Corporation,this 14d'day of April,A.D 0 . Secretary 19F<_1%FRT WORTH "- City of Fort Worth -WV *,— Minority and Women Business Enterprise Specifications SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR BIDDERS APPLICATION OF POLICY If the ........... va 0 .......... 10.1 blei- `. 0:67 .21h Mor r If .the bi dfl I000 n, :;th61itWE dollarilipf SEL: t e tb 6 , less; .:..a r -a Y011 on POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority and Women Business Enterprises (M/WBE) in the procurement of all goods and services to the City on a contractual basis. All requirements and regulations stated in the City's current Minority and Women Business Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid. MNVBE PROJECT GOALS The City's M/WBE goal on this project is 20%of the total bid(Base bid applies to Parks and Community Services). COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS On City contracts of$25,000 or more, bidders are required to comply with the Intent of the City's M/WBE Ordinance by either of the following: 1. Meet or exceed the above stated M/WBE goal,or 2. Good Faith Effort documentation,or; 3. Waiver documentation,or: 4. Joint Venture. SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department,within the following times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if goal is received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid -met or exceeded: opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if participation is less than opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. -stated goal: 3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid Utilization Form, if no M/WBE participation: opening date,exclusive of the bid opening date. 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, if you will received by 5:00 p.m.;'five (5) City business days after the bid perform all subcontracting/supplier work: opening date, exclusive of the bid 6ppnIh9 date. 6. Joint Venture Form, if utilize a joint venture received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after the bid to met or exceed goal. opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. FAILUMETO COMPLY WITH THE b,ftyt91 ;M0t* A dei;.WILL KMILV H , d.%1N NON.'- 1.ESPQNSW..97SPECIFICATIONS Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at(817)392-6104. Rev.09/09/06 ATTACHMENT 1C Page I of 3 FORTWORTH City of Fort Worth Good Faith Effort Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe i PROJECT NAME: MAIV/DBE NON-M/W/DBE Northside Pump Station Expansion BID DATE October 6, 2005 City's MMBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER 20% Water Project No. P274-602160023280 ............. If you h voila.hedtp!Pecure 41W9E..Pq ftH hidtidvan iyqu: dhaVp,subcontracting and(or::.supplier- t OVOPTY94r] 9 A less the act.: yp' qmusVcomplete.thisj&M. Hpanic1patron A : [Dthani: wi Mpili Is .......... 99 If the bidder's method of compliance with the IVIIWBE goal is based upon demonstration of a "good faith effort", the bidder will have the burden of correctly and accurately preparing and submitting the documentation required by the City. Compliance with each item, 1 thru 6 below, shall satisfy the Good Faith Effort requirement absent proof of fraud, intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation the facts or intentional discrimination by the bidder. . ................. . f6de'" d-,: It complete.:ithis ...... wl supporting and ............... Managing l:Department on or idiorei&'001p.m.qive.s.(5 :City business after.bid d 6penin1glexCI V .. pqping.. .i,t..6,....,,:!:will.iresult hrthdIbUbeing considered nonresp9pslvettqbid ispecifications. .. 1.) Please list each and every subcontracting and/or supplier opportunity) for the completion of this project, regardless of whether it is to be provided by a MIWBE or non-MM/BE. (DO NOT LIST NAMES OF FIRMS) On Combined Projects, list each subcontracting and or supplier opportunity through the (Use additional sheets,if necessary) List of Subcontracting Opportunities List of Supplier Opportunities Rev.05130/03 ATTACHMENT 1C Page 2 of 3 2.) Obtain a current(not more than three(3)months old from the bid open date) list of MIWBE subcontractors and/or suppliers from the City's MIWBE Office. — Yes Date of Listing 1 1 No 3.) Did you solicit bids from MIWBE firms,within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by mail,exclusive of the day the bids are opened? -- Yes (if yes,attach MIWBE mail listing to include name of firm and address and a dated copy of letter mailed.) No 4.) Did you solicit bids from MIWBE firms,within the subcontracting and/or supplier areas previously listed,at least ten calendar days prior to bid opening by telephone,exclusive of the day the bids are opened? Yes (if yes,attach list to include name of MIWBE firm,person contacted,phone number and date and time of contact.) No NOTE A facsimile may be used to comply with either 3 or 4, but may not be used for Both If a 611 is_;used, attach the fax confirmation, which is o pPovide iVIMIBE name, date, timet fax number and documentation faxed NOTE if'!ahe list of MNVBEs'for a ;particular subcontracting/sup'plIer opp'ortunfy is ten (10) or less, the: bidder:rriust contact the entire list o be incompliance with questions 3 and'4 If,the list of MNUBEs,for a particular ubcontracting/supplier opportunity is ten (T0) or more, the:bidder must contact a# least two thirds (2L3) of the list:within such _area of opportunity, but not less than ten to be in compliance with,: questions 3 and;4 ` 5.) Did you provide plans and specifications to potential M/WBEs or information regarding the location of plans and specifications in order to assist the MM/BEs? Yes No 6.) Submit documentation if MIWBE quotes were rejected. The documentation submitted should be in the forms of an affidavit, include a detailed explanation of why the MIWBE was rejected and any supporting documentation the bidder wishes to be considered by the City. In the event of a bona fide dispute concerning quotes,the bidder will provide for confidential in-camera access to and inspection of any relevant documentation by City personnel. Please use additional sheets,if necessary,and attach. Company Name Telephone Contact Person Scope of Work Reason for Rejection �' W`4511 RAt.9149/03 ATTACHMENT 1C ADDITIONAL. INFORMATION: Page 3 of 3 " Please provide additional information you feel will further explain your good and honest efforts to obtain M/WBE participation on this project. �. The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed on this contract, the payment thereof and any proposed changes to the original arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1) year. The undersigned certifies that the information provided and the M/WBE(s) listed was/were contacted in good faith. It is understood that any M/WBE(s) listed in .. Attachment 1C will be contacted and the reasons for not using them will be verified by the City's M/WBE Office. Authorized Signature Printed Signature Title Contact Name and Title(if different) Company Name Phone Number Fax Number Address Email Address City/State/Zip Date Rev.05/19/03 Joint Venture Page 9 of 3 .. FoRT WORTH CITY OF FORT WORTH Joint Venture Eligibility Form All questions must be answered,use"NA"if applicable. Name of City project: Northside Pump Station Expansion .. Water Project No.:P274-602160023280 A joint venture form must be completed on each project RFP/Bid/Purchasing Number: Water Project No.:P274-602160023280 1.Joint venture information: Joint Venture Name: �• Joint Venture Address: (If applicable) Telephone: Facsimile: E-mail address: Cellular: Identify the firms that comprise the joint venture: Please attach extra sheets if additional space is required to provide detailed explanations of work to be performed by each firm comprising the loin t venture M/WBE firm Non-M/WBE name: firm name: Business Address: Business Address: City,State,Zip: City,State,Zip: Telephone Facsimile E-mail Telephone Facsimile .. Cellular Cellular Certification Status: E-mail address Name of Certifying Agency: s 2. Scope of work performed by the Joint Venture: Describe the scope of work of the M/WBE: Describe the scope of work of the non-AVWBE: Rev.3/22/03 Joint Venture Page 2 of 3 3.What is the percentage of M/WBE participation on this joint venture that you wish to be counted toward meeting the project goal? 4.Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement. 5.List components of ownership of joint venture: (Do not complete if this information is described in joint venture agreement) Profit and loss sharing: Capital contributions,including equipment: Other applicable ownership interests: 6.Identify by name,race,sex and firm those individuals(with titles)who are responsible for the day-to-day _ management and decision making of the joint venture: Financial decisions (to include Account Payable and Receivable): Management decisions: a. Estimating --------------------------------------- b. Marketing and Sales ----------------------------------------------- c. Hiring and Firing of management personnel ----------------------------------------------- d. Purchasing of major equipment and/or supplies Supervision of field operations The City's Minority and Women Business Enterprise Office will review your joint venture submission and will have final approval of the M/WBE percentage applied toward the goal for the project listed on this form. NOTE: From and after the date of project award, if any of the participants, the individually defined scopes of work or the dollar amounts/percentages change from the originally approved information, then the participants must inform the City's MNVBE Office immediately for approval. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of contract and ..� may result in debarment in accord with the procedures outlined in the City's MNVBE Ordinance. Rev.3/22/03 Joint Venture Page 3 of AFFIDAVIT The undersigned affirms that the foregoing statements are true and correct and include all material information necessary to identify and explain the terms and operation of the joint venture. Furthermore,the undersigned shall agree to provide to the joint venture the stated scope of work, decision-making responsibilities and payments herein. The City also reserves the right to request any additional information deemed necessary to determine if the joint venture is eligible. Failure to cooperate and/or provide requested information within the time specified is grounds for termination of the eligibility process. The undersigned agree to permit audits,interviews with owners and examination of the books,records and files of the joint venture by any authorized representatives of the City of Fort Worth. Failure to comply with this provision shall result in the termination of any contract, which may be awarded under the provisions of this joint venture's eligibility and may initiate action under Federal, State and/or Local laws/ordinances concerning false statements or willful misrepresentation of facts. Name of M/WBE Linn Name of non-M/WBE firm Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Printed Name of Owner Printed Name of Owner Signature of Owner Signature of Owner Title Title Date Date Notarization State of County of On this day of ,20 ,before me appeared and to me personally known and who, being duly sworn,did execute the foregoing affidavit and did state that they were properly authorized to execute this affidavit and did so as their free act and deed. Notary Public Print Name Notary Public Signature Commission Expires (seal) Rev.3/22/03 ATTACHMENT IB �_ O RT WORTH Page 1 of 1 City of Fort Worth Prime Contractor Waiver Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe rime MMI/DBE NON-MMI/DBE PROJECT NAME: Northside Pump Station Expansion BID DAT_ October 6,2005 City's MMBE Project Goal: PROJECT NUMBER 20% Water Project No. P274-602160023280 If both answers to this form are YES, do not complete ATTACHMENT 1C(Good Faith Effort Form). All questions on this form must be completed and a detailed explanation provided, if applicable. If the answer to either question is NO, then you must complete ATTACHMENT 1C. This form is only applicable if bDth answers are yes. Failure to complete this form in its entirety and be received by the Managing Department on or before 5:00 p.m.,five(5)City business days after bid opening,exclusive of the bid opening date,will result in the bid being considered non-responsive to bid specifications. Will you perform this entire contract without subcontractors? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, NO this is your normal business practice and provide an operational profile of your business. Will you perform this entire contract without suppliers? YES If yes, please provide a detailed explanation that proves based on the size and scope of this project, this is your normal business practice and provide an inventory profile of your business. NO The bidder further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including M/WBE(s)on this contract, the payment therefore _ and any proposed changes to the original M/WBE(s) arrangements submitted with this bid. The bidder also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company that will substantiate the actual work performed by the M/WBEs on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3)years and for initiating action under Federal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance creates a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible offeror and barred from participating in City work for a _ period of time not less than o_year Authorized Signature Printed Signature Title Contact Name(if different) .� Company Name Phone Number Fax Number Address Email Address City/State/Zip Date Rev.5/30/03 RECEIVE ATTACHMENT 1A 1 1 Z005 Page Iof4 .. FORTWORTH City of Fort worth OCT1. NATER DEPARTMENT _ Subcontractors/Suppliers Utilization Form PRIME COMPANY NAME: Check applicable block to describe prime ARCHER WESTERN CONTRACTORS PROJECT NAME: �1�/DBE $ NON-M/W/DBE Northside Pump Station Expansion BID DATE October 6,2005 .. City's MWBE Project Goal: Prime's M/WBE Project Utilization: PROJECT NUMBER 1� ``� Water Project No.P27"02'160023260 '[.t7 "/0 21 . 17% Identify all subcontractors/suppliers you will use on this project ,ailu e to c plea�h, S for n s ei� e :h .regt.*Tfcum a poi%i nrl r'.ce"ec( by tl �e Iola WON",@ .epa ria; o $o4c0l # i�f[e (5:RCbus tressa;saliid�opening, ekciusie of bici opening�ciate, ���resFuGt�r�°fhebicli� �;co siefed tib"I -respotsiue#o:,bid peaisa i'on`s. _,. . .�.. ?:.,,•-'-..-.- •- ,•* ad..: " -�.-....-+i Teindersigret( � Feroriag es fo en'tero�a oranali egre''meritvi/ith =tleMMON /.WBE'-fi;m.(s) listed.}in;this,. uttlrzatio h dole, onditione' 'upo �xe ufion Qf, acts with h GIt orttil"..Tihe Iraten Iona a ci/oi�iiia in Isre" 'e tai�oio ei;s is' o s for :o'siclera io of I ad °Viii is i � :� ' Id eing const. e'ed.r�on��i eoas�vefo a. specif;Io1as .. MNVBEs listed toward meeting the project goal must be located In the nine (9) county marketplace or currently doing business in the marketplace at the time of bid. Marketplace is the geographic area of Tarrant, Parker, Johnson, Collin, Dallas, Denton, Ellis, Kaufman and Rockwall counties. �Ide 'l':'` chr:�Tie t le'�"tis era;lbmie f'astibb©nt�i3citng.•befow:the prime contractor, i.e., a direct .a a � omhe a ' -anr' °. asu�borr" s wn5��,ee` 1 ;#ia?i;3aymeritjby o3swbcohtractor to. 315 P1erjFq Bl� ALL MIWBEs MUST BE CERTIFIED BEFORE CONTRACT AWARD. Certification means those firms, located or doing business at the time of bid opening within the Marketplace, that have been determined to be bonafide minority or women businesses by the North Central Texas Regional Certification Agency (NCTRCA), or the Texas Department of Transportation (TX DOT), highway division. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise(DBE) is synonymous with MinorityNJomen Business Enterprise(M/WBE). 7 ismie.c vtav�s-�ak:,r' ens „r:• e is ss.�a .ai�Feuq '-r•�:.}fi•.cr.�� ptawoa, gftu vf#r*" r rax:._ o-c•'�..w ."I v �w+ i �maul ng�;se: iceNo e!iq liized tfie a s l�O 1 asp fffi11�iYU1 B �tiste+ aow i s a`hdf igO'c4e �a , ~ �`moi ' s�.i"d, �wz? .i.:' , ° 4�` tA �f5.oNilcen'se n' ,operafib a �be used can t e co traet T,e IVI�IN may lease_ G Y-, i..: :,;A jd944 [� ... �.53'�Ing di Mucks from an ther Bi= firm i c uding 14�BE ner-operat'r a cif rre°ce ue it M/MBE crkec.it. The " „• w /WBEb ii a'V le se��{�}lii ,rom raon-1111�' =E ``Includin owhe- Pera o' i t will�oni.�)�ecei e i o nth '•e 2',�•r .l-.r',µ��.+':: + '' i •�a, fees aricl co a' or s I rel ed b he_M� B .as _ _. _t itie�l 161 Subben TTti'lizafaon Farm..AUachtment IA.Page !of 5 .. ?assert"if the Project Goals sectiotL Rev.5/30/03 ov� ATTACHMENT 1A Page 2 of 4 .. Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractors/suppliers,regardless of status;i.e.,Minority,Women and non-M/WBEs. Please list M/WBE firms first,use additional sheets if necessary. Certification N (check one) ° SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER T Company Name i N T Detail Detail Address I M W C X Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount T D Telephone/Fax r E E R O s_ C T E A REBAR SERVICES AND 1 X FURNISH 1100.00 SUPPLY REINFORCING 1390 GILMAN ROAD STEEL .. FORT WORTH TX 76140 817-483-4603 PHONE 817-483-8418 FAX JAMES C. PARIS CO. 1 X MECHANICAL 79,235.00 .. 707 ROBBIE DRIVE SUBCONTRACTOR SUITE 100 IRVING TX 75061 _ 214-215-1284 PHONE 972-986-0287 FAX DURAN INDUSTRIES 2 X ELECTRICAL 175, 000. 00 1401 TI BLVD STE. K EQUIPMENT RICHARDSON TX 75081 .. 972-238-7122 PHONE 972-238-7123 FAX GREEN SCAPING 1 X LANDSCAPING 2038.00 8917 CARDINAL LN AND N. RICHLAND HILLS IRRIGATION TEXAS 76180 817-577-9299 PHONE 817-577-9331 FAX Rev.5/21/03 FoRTWoRm ATTACHMENT 1A Pane 3 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractorstsuppiiers,regardless of status;I.e.,Minority,Women and non-MNVBEs. Please list M/WBE firms first,use additional sheets if necessary. CerEificafion SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER T (cheek one) In Company Name i N T Detail Detail Address e M w C XSubcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar AmountTelephonefFax r B B Ron �E E C T A. GCE CONTRACTING 1 X PAINTING 3900. 00 102 TREEVIEW COURT _ FORT WORTH TX 7612 817-443-3990 PHONE 817-443-3983 FAX ARK RAMOS 1 X BUILDING 1170.00 _ PO BOX 26388 PLAQUE OKLAHOMA CITY OK 73126 - 405-235-5505 3126405-235-5505 PHONE .. 405-232-8516 FAX CF ENGINEERED X PUMPS 518, 000.00 EQUIPMENT PO BOX 743335 DALLAS TX 75374 972-479-1105 PHONE 972-479-0133 FAX HVAC REP ENTERPRISES MOTORIZED 13, 084. 00 15827 NEDRA WAY DAMPERS DALLAS TX 75248 1 X ., 972-661 -9090 PHONE 972-661 -9083 FAX TEXSUN ELECTRICAL 1 X ELECTRICAL 72,000.00 CONTRACTORS AND _ 4646 MANSFIELD HW INSTRUMENTATION FORT WORTH TX 76119 817-535-4802 PHONE 817-535-8647 FAX HSQ TECHNOLOGY 1 X INSTRUMENTAT ON 28,300.00 PO BOX 4557 13315 AND HAYWARD CA 94540 13300 510-259-1334 PHONE 510-259-1392 FAX Rev.521/03 ORTWO ATTACHMENT 1A Page 3 of 4 Primes are required to identify ALL subcontractorstsuppliers,regardless of status;i.e.,Minority,Women and non-MNBEs. Please list M/WBE firms first,use additional sheets If necessary. Certification SUBCONTRACTORISUPPLIER T (check one) n Company Name I N T Detail Detail Address e M W C X Subcontracting Work Supplies Purchased Dollar Amount Telephone/Fax r B B R 0 E E C T E A APCO — (VALVE AND 1 X PUMP CONTROL 99,672.00 PRIMER CORP, ) VALVES Rev.5/21/03 FORT WORTH ATTACHMENT 1A Page 4 of 4 Total Dollar Amount of M1WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ 257, 373. 00 Total Dollar Amount of Non-M/WBE Subcontractors/Suppliers $ 736, 126. 00 TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS $ 993,499. 00 IT hl'eAC`o 'tr,acto `Ila�rio ake ddit on'sa:�dele�fiions;.:or s.ul sti titions�to:th sacertlfied�IlSt witf ou#'the: Tiop� p govolj ' d �} sP4ti. 4e 't , 1:� Lr-'— ,.r j 3'.1. X1.3 Si sr ,afs yl xM-,�in n ��ai�cls�1No ;;; n�pBiasin � h etpi�sei O ice,,,/llanager�.ora,desi riee:t�iough4� :e iabm TIE ,fad Sf�lOr ~I O ���! aH�e/A�QI /tIO ;;A71 .ls=a ,k-ice,- }r�i�fia 3=-, � � a r eriia a Eat jOf y,y�"pA'p ��' ;cy.. �' ,�yiralustifiew'cha»ge�odelefiioall bCu"3 .e4-•d^a'`9. '.'::C� .+ rcont ac �a d a,.,+bes�u �..-,n, e arr e _ _r_ , t� rose ,es ou ".�eF . _ e�•r• na �e. a 0.6 o s all sib itra a iletl expla atio of 'o,' 't ere ues d c ara eladitio. dor a elon Ill" e-t Yle cl M �B �goaL ;lit ..d to lexplan� a ion° n. slabmi ed,.yitnril!affect,hf al =�mplian tl er �.r ion, e a By affixing a signature to this form, the Offeror further agrees to provide, directly to the City upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by all subcontractors, including MIV1l/DBE(s) arrangements submitted with the bid. The Offeror also agrees to allow an audit and/or examination of any books, records and files held by their company. The bidder agrees to allow the transmission of interviews with owners, principals, officers, employees and applicable subcontractors/suppliers/contractors participating on the contract that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MMIDBE(s) on this contract, by an authorized officer or employee of the City. Any intentional and/or knowing misrepresentation of facts will be grounds for terminating the contract or debarment from City work for a period of not less than three (3) years and for initiating action under f=ederal, State or Local laws concerning false statements. Any failure to comply with this ordinance and create a material breach of contract may result in a determination of an irresponsible Offeror and barred from participating in City work for a period of time not less than one (1)year. Matthew Walsh. Authorized Signature Printed Signature _ President Rod Lunkwitz/Sr. Estimator Title — - Contact Nams/ritle(if different) Archer Western Contractors, Ltd. (817) 640-3898/ (817) 640-8734 Company Name Telephone and/or Fax 2121 Avenue IV , Suite 103 rlunkwitz@archerwestern.com Address E-mail Address Arlington, TX 76006 October 11, 2005 city'state/zip Date Rev.5121/03 - - - PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS NOVEMBER 1, 1987 TABLE OF CONTENTS C1-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1 (1) C1-1.1 Definition of Terms C1-1 (1) C1-1.2 Contract Documents C1-1 (2) C1-1.3 Notice to Bidders C1-1 (2) ,., C1-1.4 Proposal C1-1 (2) C1-1.5 Bidder C1-1 (2) C1-1.6 General Conditions C1-1 (2) C1-1.7 Special Conditions C1-1 (2) C1-1.8 Specifications C1-1 (2) C1-1.9 Bond C1-1 (2) C1-1.10 Contract C1-1 (3) C1-1.11 Plans C1-1 (3) C1-1.12 City C1-1 (3) C1-1.13 City Council C1-1 (3) C1-1.14 Mayor C1-1 (3) C1-1.15 City Manager C1-1 (3) C1-1.16 City Attorney C1-1 (3) C1-1.17 Director of Public Works C1-1 (4) C1-1.18 Director, City Water Department C1-1 (4) C1-1.19 Engineer C1-1 (4) C1-1.20 Contractor C1-1 (4) C1-1.21 Sureties C1-1 (4) C1-1.22 The Work or Project C1-1 (4) C1-1.23 Working Day C1-1 (4) C1-1.24 Calendar Day C1-1 (4) C1-1.25 Legal Holiday C1-1 (4) C1-1.26 Abbreviations C1-1 (5) C1-1.27 Change Order C1-1 (6) C1-1.28 Paved Streets and Alleys C1-1 (6) C1-1.29 Unpaved Streets and Alleys C1-1 (6) C1-1.30 City Streets C1-1 (6) C1-1.31 Roadway C1-1 (6) C1-1.32 Gravel Street C1-1 (6) C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2.1 Proposal Form C2-2 (1) C2-2.2 Interpretation of Quantities C2-2 (1) C2-2.3 Examination of Contract Documents, and Site C2-2 (2) C2-2.4 Submitting of Proposal C2-2 (3) C2-2.5 Rejection of Proposals C2-2 (3) ® C2-2.6 Bid Security C2-2 (3) (1) C2-2 .7 Delivery of Proposal C2-2 (4) C2-2 .8 Withdrawing Proposals C2-2 (4) C2-2 .9 Telegraphic Modification of Proposals C2-2 (4) C2-2 .10 Public Opening of Proposal C2-2 (4) C2-2 .11 Irregular Proposals C2-2 (4) C2-2 .12 Disqualification of Bidders C2-2 (5) C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS C3-3 .1 Consideration of Proposals C3-3 (1) -� C3-3 .2 Minority Business Enterprise Women-Owned Business Enterprise Compliance C3-3 (1) C3-3.3 Equal Employment Provisions C3-3 (1) C3-3.4 Withdrawal of Proposals C3-3 (2) C3-3 .5 Award of Contract C3-3 (2) C3-3 .6 Return of Proposal Securities C3-3 (2) C3-3 .7 Bonds C3-3 (2) C3-3 .8 Execution of Contract C3-3 (4) C3-3 .9 Failure to Execute Contract C3-3 (4) C3-3 .10 Beginning Work C3-3 (4) C3-3 .11 Insurance C3-3 (4) C3-3 .12 Contractor's Obligations C3-3 (7) -- C3-3 .13 Weekly Payroll C3-3 (7) C3-3 .14 Contractor's Contract Administration C3-3 (7) C3-3 .15 Venue C3-3 (8) ._ C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 Intent of Contract Documents C4-4 (1) C4-4.2 Special provisions C4-4 (1) C4-4.3 Increased or Decreased Quantities C4-4 (1) C4-4.4 Alteration of Contract Documents C4-4 (2) C4-4.S Extra Work C4-4 (2) C4-4.6 Schedule of Operations C4-4 (3) C4-4.7 Progress Schedules for Water and Sewer Plant Facilities C4-4 (4) C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5 .1 Authority of Engineer C5-5 (1) C5-5.2 Conformity with Plans C5-5 (1) C5-5 .3 Coordination of Contract Documents C5-5 (2) C5-5.4 Cooperation of Contractor C5-5 (2) C5-5 .5 Emergency and/or Rectification Work C5-5 (3) C5-5 .6 Field Office C5-5 (3) C5-5 .7 Construction Stakes C5-5 (3) CS-5 .8 Authority and Duties of Inspectors C5-5 (4) C5-5 .9 Inspection C5-5 (5) C5-5 .10 Removal of Defective and Unauthorized Work C5-5 (5) C5-5 .11 Substitute Materials or Equipment C5-5 (5) -- 05-5 .12 Samples and Tests of Materials C5-5 (6) C5-S.13 Storage of Materials C5-5 (6) C5-5 .14 Existing Structures and Utilities C5-5 (7) C5-5.15 Interruption of Service C5-5 (7) C5-5 .16 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors C5-5 (8) C5-5 .17 Cleanup C5-5 (8) C5-5 .18 Final Inspection C5-5 (9) (2) '" C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 Laws to be Observed C6-6 (1) C6-6.2 Permits and Licenses C6-6 (1) C6-6.3 Patented Devices, Materials and Processes C6-6 (1) C6-6.4 Sanitary Provisions C6-6 (2) C6-6.5 Public Safety and Convenience C6-6 (2) C6-6.6 Privileges of Contractor in Streets, Alleys, and Right-of-Way C6-6 (3) C6-6.7 Railway Crossings C6-6 (4) C6-6.8 Barricades, Warnings and Watchmen C6-6 (4) C6-6.9 Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, etc. C6-6 (5) .. C6-6.10 Work Within Easements C6-6 (6) C6-6.11 Independent Contractor C6-6 (8) C6-6.12 Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims C6-6 (8) C6-6.13 Contractor's Claim for Damages C6-6 (10) C6-6.14 Adjustment of Relocation of Public Utilities, etc. C6-6 (10) C6-6.15 Temporary Sewer Drain Connections C6-6 (10) C6-6.16 Arrangement and Charges of Water Furnished by City C6-6 (11) C6-6.17 Use of a Section of Portion of the Work C6-6 (11) C6-6.18 Contractor's Responsibility for Work C6-6 (11) C6-6.19 No Waiver of Legal Rights C6-6 (12) C6-6.20 Personal Liability of Public Officials C6-6 (12) C6-6.21 State Sales Tax C6-6 (12) C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS C7-7.1 Subletting C7-7 (1) C7-7.2 Assignment of Contract C7-7 (1) C7-7.3 Prosecution of the Work C7-7 (1) C7-7.4 Limitations of Operations C7-7 (2) C7-7.5 Character of Workman and Equipment C7-7 (2) C7-7 .6 Work Schedule C1-7 (3) C7-7.7 Time of Commencement and Completion C7-7 (4) C7-7.8 Extension of time of Completion C7-7 (4) C7-7.9 Delays C7-7 (4). C7-7.10 Time of Completion C7-7 (5) C7-7.11 Suspension by Court Order C7-7 (6) C7-7.12 Temporary Suspension C7-7 (6) _ C7-7.13 Termination of Contract due to National Emergency C7-7 (7) C7-7.14 Suspension of Abandonment of the Work and Annulment of Contract C7-7 (7) C7-7.15 Fulfillment of Contract C7-7 (9) C7-7.16 Termination for Convenience of the Owner C7-7 (10) C7-7 .17 Safety Methods and Practices C7-7 (13) C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8 .1 Measurement of Quantities C8-8 (1) C8-8.2 Unit Prices C8-8 (1) (3) CB-8 .3 Lump Sum C8-8 (1) CB-8 .4 Scope of Payment C8-8 (1) CB-8 .5 Partial Estimates and Retainage C8-8 (2) CB-8 .6 Withholding Payment CB-8 (3) C8-8.7 Final Acceptance C8-8 (3) CB-8 .8 Final Payment CB-8 (3) CB-8.9 Adequacy of Design C8-8 (4) CB-8 .10 General Guaranty C8-8 (4) CB-8.11 Subsidiary Work C8-8 (5) CB-8 .12 Miscellaneous Placement of Material C8-8 (5) CB-8 .13 Record Documents C8-8 (5) (4) — PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS C1-1 DEFINITIONS SECTION C1-1 DEFINITIONS C1-1.1 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS: Whenever in these Contract Documents the following terms or pronouns in place of them are used, the intent and meaning shall be understood and ... interpreted as follows: C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are all of the written and drawn documents, such as specifications, bonds, addenda, plans, etc. , which govern the terms and performance of the contract. These are contained in the General Contract Documents and the Special Contract Documents. a. GENERAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The General Contract Documents govern all Water Department Projects and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Sample) White PART B - PROPOSAL (Sample) White PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS (CITY) Canary Yellow (Developer) Brown PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green PART E - SPECIFICATIONS E1-White E2-Golden Rod E2A-White PERMITS/EASEMENTS Blue PART F - BONDS (Sample) White PART G - CONTRACT (Sample) White b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A - NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) Same as above PART B - PROPOSAL (Bid) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS PART E - SPECIFICATIONS PERMITS/EASEMENTS PART F - BONDS PART G - CONTRACT PART H - PLANS (Usually bound separately) Cl-1 (1) C1-1.3 NOTICE TO BIDDERS: All of the legal publications either actually published in public advertising mediums or furnished direct to interested parties pertaining to the work contemplated under the Contract Documents constitutes the notice to bidders. C1-1.4 PROPOSAL: The completed written and signed offer or tender of a bidder to perform the work which the Owner desires to have done, together with the bid security, constitutes the ... proposal, which becomes binding upon the Bidder when it is officially received by the Owner, has been publicly opened and read and not rejected by the Owner. C1-1.5 BIDDER: Any person, persons, firm, partnership, company, association, corporation, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative, submitting a proposal for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents, constitutes a bidder. C1-1.6 GENERAL CONDITIONS: The General Conditions are the usual construction and contract requirements which govern the performance of the work so that it will be carried on in ... accordance with the customary procedure, the local statutes, and requirements of the City of Fort Worth's charter and promulgated ordinances. Wherever there may be a conflict between the General Conditions and Special Conditions, the latter shall take precedence and shall govern. C1-1.7 SPECIAL CONDITIONS: Special conditions are the specific requirements which are necessary for the particular project covered by the Contract Documents and not specifically covered in the General Conditions. When considered with the General Conditions and other elements of the Contract Documents they provide the information which the Contractor and Owner should have in order to gain a thorough knowledge of the project. C1-1.8 SPECIFICATIONS: The Specifications is that section or part of the Contract Documents which sets forth in detail the requirements which must be met by all materials, construction, workmanship, equipment and services in order to render a completed and useful project. Whenever reference is made to standard specifications, regulations, requirements, statutes, -* etc. , such referred to documents shall become a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were embodied therein. C1-1.9 BOND: The bond or bonds are the written guarantee or security furnished by the Contractor for the prompt and C1-1 (2) faithful performance of the contract and include the following: a. Performance Bond (see paragraph C3-3 .7) b. Payment Bond (see paragraph C3-3 .7) C. Maintenance Bond (see paragraph C3-3 .7) d. Proposal or Bid Security (see Special Instructions to Bidders, Part A and C2-2.6) C1-1.10 CONTRACT: The Contract is the formal signed agreement between the Owner and the contractor covering the mutual .,. understanding of the two contracting parties about the project to be completed under the Contract Documents. C1-1.11 PLANS: The plans are the drawings or reproductions therefrom made by the Owner's representative showing in detail the location, dimension and position of the various elements of the project, including such profiles, typical cross-sections, layout diagrams, working drawings, preliminary drawings and such supplemental drawings as the Owner may issue to clarify other drawings or for the purpose of showing •- changes in the work hereinafter authorized by the Owner. The plans are usually bound separately from other parts of the Contract Documents, but they are a part of the Contract Documents just as though they were bound therein. C1-1.12 CITY: The city of Fort Worth, Texas, a municipal corporation, authorized and chartered under the Texas State �. Statutes, acting by and through its governing body or its City Manger, each of which is required by charter to perform specific duties. Responsibility for final enforcement of Contracts involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager. The terms City and Owner are synonymous. C1-1.13 CITY COUNCIL: The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1.14 MAYOR: The officially elected Mayor, or in his absence, the Mayor Pro tem of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. C1-1.15 CITY MANAGER: The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.16 CITY ATTORNEY: The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized .. representative. -■ C1-1 (3) C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS: The duly appointed official of the City of Fort Worth, referred to in the Charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative. C1-1.18 DIRECTOR, CITY WATER DEPARTMENT: The duly appointed Director of the City Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative, assistant, or agents. C1-1.19 ENGINEER: The Director of Public Works, the Director of the Fort Worth City Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors, or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. C1-1.20 CONTRACTOR: The person, persons, partnership, company, firm, association, or corporation, entering into a contract with the Owner for the execution of the work, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative. A sub-contractor is a person, firm, corporation, or others under contract with the principal contractor, supplying labor and materials or only labor, for work at the site of the project. C1-1.21 SURETIES: The Corporate bodies which are bound by such bonds are required with and for the Contractor. The .• sureties engaged are to be fully responsible for the entire and satisfactory fulfillment of the Contract and for any and all requirements as set forth in the Contract Documents and approved changes therein. C1-1.22 THE WORK OR PROJECT: The completed work ' contemplated in and covered by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to produce a completed and serviceable project. C1-1.23 WORKING DAY: A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays, in — which the weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:0.0 p.m. , with exceptions as permitted in paragraph C7-7.6. C1-1 .24 CALENDAR DAYS: A calendar day is any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. C1-1 .25 LEGAL HOLIDAYS: Legal holidays shall be observed as prescribed by the City council of the City of Fort Worth for observance by City employees as follows: C1-1 (4) "1° 1. New Year's Day January 1 2 . M. L. King, Jr. Birthday Third Monday in January �. 3 . Memorial Day Last Monday in May 4. Independence Day July 4 5. Labor Day First Monday in September 6. Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November 7. Thanksgiving Friday Fourth Friday in November 8. Christmas Day December 25 -- 9. Such other days in lieu of holidays as the City Council may determine When one of the above named holidays or a special holiday is declared by the City Council, falls on Saturday, the holiday shall be observed on the preceding Friday or if it falls on Sunday, 'it shall be observed on the following Monday, by those employees working on working day operations. Employees working calendar day operations will consider the calendar holiday as the holiday. C1-1.26 ABBREVIATIONS: Wherever the abbreviations defined herein appear in Contract Documents, the intent and meaning shall be as follows: AASHTO - American Association of MGD - Million Gallons Per State Highway Transportation Day Officials ASCE - American Society of Civil CFS - Cubic Foot per Engineers Second LAW - In Accordance with ASTM - American Society of Min. - Minimum Testing Materials Mono. - Monolithic AWWA - American Water Works %- - Percentum Association R - Radius ,. ASA - American Standards Association I .D. - Inside Diameter HI - Hydraulic Institute O.D. - Outside Diameter Asph. - Asphalt Elev. - Elevation Ave. Avenue F - Fahrenheit Blvd. - Boulevard C - Centigrade CI - Cast Iron In. - Inch CL - Center Line Ft. - Foot GI - Galvanized Iron St. - Street Lin. - Linear or Lineal CY - Cubic Yard lb. - Pound Yd. - Yard MH - Manhole SY - Square Yard Max. - Maximum L.F. - Linear Foot D.I. - Ductile Iron ... C1-1 (5) C1-1.27 CHANGE ORDER: A "Change Order" is a written supplemental agreement between the Owner and the Contractor covering some added or deducted item or feature which may be found necessary and which was not specifically included in the scope of the project on which bids were submitted. Increase in unit quantities stated in the proposal are not the subject -- matter of a Change Order unless the increase or decrease is more than 255 of the amount of the particular item or items in the original proposal. All "Change Orders" shall be prepared by the City from information as necessary furnished by the Contractor. C1-1.28 PAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS: A paved street or alley shall be defined as a streetor alley having one of the following types of wearing surfaces applied over the natural unimproved surface: 1. Any type of asphaltic concrete with or without separate base material. 2 . Any type of asphalt surface treatment, not including an oiled surface, with or without .,. separate base material. 3 . Brick, with or without separate base material. 4 . Concrete, with or without separate base material. _ 5. Any combination of the above. C1-1.29 UNPAVED STREETS OR ALLEYS: An unpaved street, alley, roadway or other surface is any area except those defined ■' above for "Paved Streets and Alleys. C1-1.30 CITY STREETS: A city street is defined as that area ■. between the right-of-way lines as the street is dedicated. C1-1.31 ROADWAY: The roadway is defined as the area between parallel lines two (21 ) feet back of the curb lines or four (41 ) feet back of the average edge of pavement where no curb exists. C1-1.32 GRAVEL STREET: A gravel street is any unpaved street to which has been added one or more applications of gravel or similar material other than the natural material found on the street surface before any improvement was made. C1-1 (6) SECTION C -GENERAL CONDITIONS C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL SECTION C2-2 INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL C2-2 .1 PROPOSAL FORM: The Owner will furnish bidders with •- proposal form, which will contain an itemized list of the items of work to be done or materials to be furnished and upon which bid prices are requested. The proposal form will state the Bidder's general understanding of the project to be completed, provide a space for furnishing the amount of bid security, and state the basis for entering into a formal contract. The Owner will furnish forms for the Bidder's "Experience Record, " "Equipment Schedule, " and Financial Statement, " all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the City Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. The financial statement required shall have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or an independent public accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate state licensing agency, and shall have been so prepared as to reflect the - current financial status. This statement must be current and not more than one (1) year old. In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new statement is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated by proper verification. Liquid assets in the amount of ten (10%) percent , of the estimated project cost will be required. For an experience record to be considered to be acceptable for a given project, it must reflect the experience of the firm seeking qualification in work of both the same nature and magnitude as that of the project for which bids are to be received, and such experience must have been on projects completed not more than five (5) years prior to the date, on ' which are to be received. The Director of the Water department shall be sole judge as to the acceptability of experience for qualification to bid on any Fort Worth Water Department project. The prospective bidder shall schedule the equipment he has available for the project and state that he will rent such additional equipment as may be required to complete the project on which he submits a bid. C2-2 .2 INTERPRETATION OF QUANTITIES: The quantities of work and materials to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal -^ C2-2 (1) forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the ._ purpose of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents. C2-2.3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: _ Bidders are advised that the Contract Documents on file with the Owner shall constitute all of the information which the Owner will furnish. All additional information and data which the owner will supply after promulgation of the formal contract documents shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original Contract Documents. Bidders are required, prior to the filing of proposal, to read and become familiar with the Contract Documents, to visit the site of the project and examine carefully all local conditions, to inform themselves by their own independent research and investigations, tests, boring, and by such other means as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be encountered during the construction of the project. They must judge for themselves the difficulties of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work or the time required for its completion, and obtain all information required to make an -- intelligent proposal. No information given by the Owner or any representative of the Owner other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda .r thereto, shall be binding upon the Owner. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. It is mutually agreed that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the bidder has made the investigations, examinations and tests herein required. Claims for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, showing on the plans are for general information only and may not be correct. Neither the C2-2 (2) Owner nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is *" representative of conditions which actually exist. C2-2.4 SUBMITTING OF PROPOSAL: The Bidder shall submit his ..� Proposal on the form furnished by the Owner. All blank spaces applicable to the project contained in the form shall be correctly filled in and the Bidder shall state the prices, written in ink in both words and numerals, for which he proposes to do the work contemplated or furnished the materials required. All such prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in numerals, the price most advantageous to the City shall govern. If a proposal is submitted by an individual, his or her name must be signed by him (her) or his (her) duly authorized agent . If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given, and the proposal must be signed by a member of the firm, association, or partnership, or by a person duly authorized. If a proposal is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by an official or duly authorized agent. The corporate seal must be affixed. Power of Attorney authorizing agents or others to sign proposal must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. C2-2.5 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS: Proposals may be rejected if they show any alteration of words or figures, additions not �** called for, conditional or uncalled for alternate bids, incomplete bids, erasures, or irregularities of any kind, or contain unbalance value of any items. Proposal tendered or delivered after the official time designated for receipt of proposal shall be- returned to the Bidder unopened. C2 -2.6 BID SECURITY: No proposal will be considered unless it is accompanied by a "Proposal Security" of the character and in the amount indicated in the "Notice to Bidders" and the "Proposal. " The Bid Security is required by the Owner as evidence of good faith on the part of the Bidder, and by way of a guaranty that if awarded the contract, the Bidder will within the required time execute a formal contract and furnish the required performance and other bonds. The bid security of the three lowest bidders will be retained until the contract is awarded or other disposition is made thereof. The bid .. security of all other bidders may be returned promptly after the canvass of bids. *� C2-2 (3) C2-2 .7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security, to the City Manager or his representative in the official place of business as set forth in the "Notice to Bidders. " It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to deliver the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidder must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL, " and the name or description of the project as designated in the "Notice to Bidders. " The envelope shall be addressed to the City Manager, City Hall, Fort Worth, Texas. -- C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the City Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for opening proposals. A request for non-consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner, be returned — unopened. C2-2 .9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may ... modidify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the City Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. — C2-2 .10 PUBLIC OPENING OF PROPOSAL: Proposals which have been properly filed and for which no "Non-consideration Request" .,. has been received will be publicly opened and read aloud by the City Manager or his authorized representative at the time and place indicated in the "Notice to Bidders. " All proposals _ which have been opened and read will remain on file with the Owner until the contract has been awarded. Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present for the opening of bids. C2-2.11 IRREGULAR PROPOSALS: Proposals shall be considered as being "Irregular" if they show any omissions, alterations of .. form, additions, or conditions not called for, unauthorized alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind. However, the C2-2 (4) Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities and to make the award of the contract to the best interest of the City. Tendering a proposal after the closing hour is an irregularity which cannot be waived. C2-2.12 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Bidders may be disqualified and their proposals not considered for any of, .. but not limited to, the following reason: a. Reasons for believing that collusion exists among ,. bidders. b. Reasonable grounds for believing that any bidder is interested in more than one proposal for work contemplated. C. The bidder being interested in any litigation against the Owner or where the Owner may have a claim against or be engaged in litigation against the bidder. d. The bidder being in arrears on any existing contract or having defaulted on a previous contract. -• e. The bidder having performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner. f. Lack of competency as revealed by the financial statement, experience record, equipment schedule, and such inquiries as the Owner may see fit to make. g. Uncompleted work which, in the judgment of the Owner, will prevent or hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. h. The bidder not filing with the Owner, one week in advance of the hour of the opening of proposals the following: 1. Financial Statements showing the financial condition of the bidder as specified in Part "A" - Special Instructions. 2 . A current experience record showing especially ® the projects of a nature similar to the one under consideration, which have been successfully completed by the Bidder. 3 . An equipment schedule showing the equipment the bidder has available for use on the project. ® The Bid Proposal of a bidder who, in the judgment of the Engineer, is disqualified under the requirements stated herein, shall be set aside and not opened. �A� � CIff C2-2 (5) FT. �at� TEX. PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS SECTION C3-3 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS: C3-3 .1 CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS: After proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the *quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents. The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the award of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as maybe considered for the best interest of the Owner. C3-3 .2 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE COMPLIANCE: Contractor agrees to provide to Owner, upon request, complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and or a Woman-owned Business Enterprise (WBE) on the contract and the payment therefor. Contractor further agrees, upon request by Owner, to allow and audit and/or an examination of any books, records, or files in the possession of Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by the MBE or WBE. Any material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the contract and for initiating any action under appropriate federal, state or local laws and ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor at Owner's discretion for a bidding on future Contracts with the Owner for a period of time of not less than six (6) months. C3-3 .3 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall comply with Current City Ordinance prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. C3-3 (1) The Contractor shall post the required notice to that effect on the project site, and, at his request, will be provided assistance by the City of Fort Worth's Equal Employment Officer who will refer any qualified applicant he may have on file in his office to the Contractor. Appropriate notices may be acquired from the Equal Employment Officer. -- C3-3 .4 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSALS: After a proposal has been read by the Owner it cannot be withdrawn by the Bidder within ... forty-five (45) days after the date on which the proposals were opened. C3-3 .5 AWARD OF CONTRACT: The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-five (45) days after the date of opening proposals, and in no event will an award be made until after investigations have been made as to the responsibility of the proposed awardee. The award of the contract, if an award is made, will be to the lowest and best responsible bidder. The award of the contract shall not become effective until the Owner has notified the Contractor in writing of such award. C3-3 .6 RETURN OF PROPOSAL SECURITIES: As soon as proposed price_totals have been determined for comparison of bids, the Owner may, at its discretion, return the proposal security ... which accompanied the proposals which, in its judgment, would not be considered for the award. All other proposal securities, usually those of the three lowest bidders, will be .. retained by the Owner until the required contract has been executed and bond furnished or the Owner has otherwise disposed of the bids, after which they will be returned by the City Secretary. ` C3-3 .7 BONDS: With the execution and delivery of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall furnish to, and file with the Owner in the amounts herein required, the following bonds: a. PERFORMANCE BOND: A good and sufficient performance bond in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the full and faithful execution of the work and performance of the contract, and for the protection of the Owner and all other persons against damage by reason of negligence of the �. Contractor, or improper execution of the work or the use of inferior materials. This performance C3-3 (2) ^� bond shall guarantee the payment for all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, and services used in the construction of the work, and shall remain in full force and effect until provisions as above stipulated are accomplished and final payment is made on the project by the City. b. MAINTENANCE BOND: A good and sufficient maintenance bond, in the amount of not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as ,., evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guaranty which is set forth in paragraph C8-8.10. C. PAYMENT BOND: A good and sufficient payment bond, in an amount not less than 100 percent of the amount of the contract, as evidenced by the proposal tabulation or otherwise, guaranteeing the prompt, full and faithful payment of all claimants -- as defined in Article 5160, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended by House Bill 344 Acts 56th Legislature, Regular Session, 1959, effective April 27, 1959, and/or the latest version thereof, supplying labor and materials in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract being constructed under these specifications. Payment Bond shall remain in force until all payments as above stipulated are made. d. OTHER BONDS: Such other bonds as may be required by these Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Contractor. No sureties will be accepted by the Owner which are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the owner. All bonds shall be made on the forms furnished by the Owner and shall be executed by an approved surety company doing business in the City of Fort Worth, Texas, and which is acceptable to the owner. In order to be acceptable, the name of the surety shall be included on the current U.S. Treasury list of acceptable sureties, and the amount of bond written by any one acceptable company shall not exceed the amount shown on the Treasury list for that company. Each bond shall be properly executed by both the Contractor and Surety Company. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory any time by the Owner, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect and the Contractor shall immediately provide a ""' C3-3 (3) new surety satisfactory to the Owner. No payment will be made under the contract until the new surety or sureties, as required, have qualified and have been accepted by the Owner. The contract shall not be operative nor will any payments be due or paid until approval of the bonds by the Owner. C3-3 .8 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT: Within ten (10) days after the Owner has by appropriate resolution, or otherwise, awarded the contract, the Contractor shall execute and file with the Owner the Contract and such bonds as may be required in the Contract Documents. No contract shall be binding upon the owner until it has been attested by the City Secretary, approved as to form and legality by the City Attorney, and executed for the Owner by either the Mayor or City Manager. C3-3 .9 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT: The failure of the Awardee to execute the required bond or bonds or to sign the -- required contract within ten (10) days after the contract is awarded shall be considered by the Owner as an abandonment of his proposal, and the Owner may annul the Award. By reason of the uncertainty of the market prices of material and labor, and it being impracticable and difficult to accurately determine the amount of damages occuring to the Owner by reason of said awardee's failure to execute said bonds and contract within ten (10) days, the proposal security accompanying the proposal shall be the agreed amount of damages which Owner will suffer by reason of such failure on the part of the Awardee and shall thereupon immediately be forfeited to the Owner. .. The filing of a proposal will be considered as an acceptance of this provision by the Bidder. C3-3 .10 BEGINNING WORK: The Contractor shall not commence work until authorized in writing to do so by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail to commence work at the site of the project within the time stipulated in the written �- authorization usually termed the "Work Order" or "Proceed Order" , it is agreed that the Surety Company will, within ten (10) days after the commencement date set forth in such written authorization, commence the physical execution of the contract. C3-3 .11 INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all the insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner. The prime Contractor shall be - responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub-contractors' C3-3 (4) certificate of insurance for approval. The prime contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all sub-contractors. a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract, Workers' Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub-contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Workers' Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount not less than $500,000, .. covering each occurrence on account of property damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage. C. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY: The, Contractor shall furnish insurance as separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage, the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability (covers General Contractor' s Liability for acts of sub-contractors) . 2 . Blasting, prior to any blasting being done. -■ 3 . Collapse of buildings or structures adjacent to excavation (if excavations are to be performed adjacent to same) . 4. Damage to underground utilities for $500,000. C3-3 (5) ^ 5. Builder's risk (where above-ground structures are involved) . .. 6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of Contract) . ^ d. AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the life of this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance in an amount . not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than $500,000 on account of one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100, 000 . e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub-contractors, respectively, against damage claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor ^ shall furnish the Owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in amounts and by carriers satisfactory to the Owner. (Sample attached. ) All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractor, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not cover the sub-contractor's work operations. g. LOCAL AGENT FOR INSURANCE AND BONDING: The ^ insurance and bonding companies with whom the Contractor's insurance and performance payment, maintenance and all such other bonds are written shall be represented by an agent or agents having an office located within the city limits of the ^ C3-3 (6) City of Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas. Each such agent shall be a duly qualified, one upon whom service of process may be had, and must have authority and power to act on behalf of the insurance and/or bonding company to negotiate and settle with the City of Fort Worth, or any other claimant, any claims that the City of Fort Worth or other claimant or any property owner who has been -■ damaged, may have against the Contractor, insurance, and/or bonding company. If the local insurance representative is not so empowered by the insurance or bonding companies, then such authority must be vested in a local agent or claims officer residing in the Metroplex, the Fort Worth-Dallas area. The name of the agent or agents shall be set forth on all of such bonds and certificates of insurance. C3-3 .12 CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: Under the Contract, the Contractor shall pay for all materials, labor and services when due. C3-3 .13 WEEKLY PAYROLL: A certified copy of each payroll covering payment of wages to all person engaged in work on the project at the site of the project shall be furnished to the Owner's representative within seven (7) days after the close of each payroll period. A copy or copies of the applicable minimum wage rates as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be kept posted in a conspicuous place at the site of the project at all times during the course of the Contract. Copies of the wage rates will be furnished the Contractor, by the Owner; however, posting and protection of the wage rates shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. C3-3.14 CONTRACTOR'S CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION: Any contractor, whether a person, persons, partnership, company, firm, •• association, corporation or other who is approved to do business with and enters into a contract with the City for construction of water and/or sanitary sewer facilities, will have or shall establish a fully operational business office within the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area'. The Contractor shall charge, delegate, or assign this office (or he may delegate his Project Superintendent) with full authority to transact all business actions required in the performance of the Contract. This local authority shall be made responsible to act for the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the work governed by the Contract whether it be administrative or otherwise and as such shall be empowered, thus delegated and directed, to settle all material, labor or - other expenditures, all claims against the work or any other .� C3-3 (7) matter associated such as maintaining adequate and appropriate *- insurance or security coverage for the project. Such local authority for administration of the work under the Contract shall be maintained until all business transactions executed .. as part of the Contract are complete. Should the Contractor's principal base of operations be other than in the Fort Worth-Dallas metropolitan area, notification of the Contractor's assignment of local authority shall be made in writing to the Engineer in advance of any work on the project, all appropriately signed and sealed, as applicable, by the Contractor's responsible officers with the understanding that this written assignment of authority to a local representative shall become part of the project Contract as though bound directly into the project documents. The intent of these requirements is that all matters associated with the Contractor's administration, whether it be oriented -- in furthering the work, or other, be governed direct by local authority. This same requirement is imposed on insurance and surety coverage. Should the Contractor' s local representative ... fail to perform to the satisfaction of Engineer, the Engineer, at his sole discretion, may demand that such local representative be replaced and the Engineer may, at his sole discretion, stop all work until a new local authority satisfactory to the Engineer is assigned. No credit of working time will be for periods in which work stoppages are in effect for this reason. C3-3 .15 VENUE: Venue of any action hereinunder shall be exclusively in Tarrant County, Texas. C3-3 (8) """ PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK -■ SECTION C4-4 SCOPE OF WORK C4-4.1 INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: It is the definite intention of these Contract Documents to provide for a complete, useful project which the Contractor undertakes to construct or furnish, all in full compliance with the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. It is definitely understood that the Contractor shall do all work as provided for in the Contract Documents, shall do all extra or, special work as may be considered by the Owner as necessary to .. complete the project in a satisfactory and acceptable manner. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specifically stated in these Contract Documents, furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, special services, and incidentals necessary to the prosecution and completion of the project. .,, C4-4.2 SPECIAL PROVISIONS: Should any work or conditions which. are not thoroughly and satisfactorily stipulated or covered by General or Special Conditions of these Contract Documents be anticipated, or should there be any additional proposed work which is not covered by these Contract Documents, then "Special provisions" covering all such work will be prepared by the Owner previous to the time of -* receiving bids or proposals for such work and furnished to the Bidder in the form of Addenda. All such "Special Provisions" shall be considered to be a part of the Contract Documents .. just as though they were originally written therein. C4-4.3 INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed "-' or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altered, increased or decreased at the unit prices. ^- Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25 percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work. " No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as - C4-4 (1) waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. Variations in quantities of sanitary sewer pipes in depth categories, shall be interpreted herein as applying to the overall quantities or sanitary sewer pipe in each pipe size, but not to the various depth categories. C4-4.4 ALTERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: By Change Order, the Owner reserves the right to make such changes in the Contract Documents and in the character or quantities of the work as may be necessary or desirable to insure completion in the most -- satisfactory manner, provided such changes do not materially alter the original Contract Documents or change the general nature of the project as a whole. Such changes shall not be considered as waiving or invalidating any condition or provision or the Contract Documents. C4-4.5 EXTRA WORK: Additional work made necessary by changes and alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents, shall be defined as "Extra Work" and shall _ be performed by the Contractor in accordance with these Contract Documents or approved additions thereto; provided, however, that before any extra work is begun a "Change Order" shall be executed or written order issued by the Owner to do the work for payments or credits as shall be determined by one or more combination of the following methods: a. Unit bid price previously approved. b. An agreed lump sum. C. The actual reasonable cost of (1) labor, (2) rental of equipment used on the extra work for the time so used at associated General Contractors of America current equipment rental rates; (3) materials entering permanently into the project, and (4) -- actual cost of insurance, bonds, and social security as determined by the Owner, plus a fixed fee to be agreed upon but not to exceed 10% of the actual cost of such extra work. The fixed fee is not to include any additional profit to the Contractor for rental of equipment owned by him and used for the extra work. The fee shall be full and complete compensation to cover the cost of superintendence, overhead, other profit, general and all other expense not included in (1) , (2) , (3) ,and (4) above. The Contractor shall keep accurate cost records on the form and in the method C4-4 (2) �- suggested by the Owner and shall give the Owner access to all accounts, bills, vouchers, and records relating to the Extra Work. No "Change Order" shall become effective until it has been approved and signed by each of the Contracting parties. No claim for Extra Work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Owner. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve Extra Work for which he should receive compensation he shall make written request to the Engineer for written orders authorizing such Extra Work, prior to beginning such work. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep an accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof as provided under method (Item C) . Claims for extra work will not be paid unless the Contractor shall file his claim with the Owner within five (5) days before the time for making the first estimate after such work .. is done and unless the claim is supported by satisfactory vouchers and certified payrolls covering all labor and materials expended upon the said Extra Work. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the Owner to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. The compensation agreed upon for `extra work' whether or not initiated by a change order' shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or ... relating to the change or extra work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result or the change or extra work. C4-4.6 SCHEDULE OF OPERATIONS: Before commencing any work under this contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner and receive the Owner's approval thereof, a "Schedule of Operations, " showing by a straight line method the date of commencing and finishing each of the major elements of the contract. There shall be also shown the estimated monthly cost of work for which estimates are to be expected. There �' C4-4 (3) shall be presented also a composite graph showing the anticipated progress of construction with the time being plotted horizontally and the percentage of completion plotted vertically. The progress charts shall be prepared on 8-1/2" x 11" sheets and at least five black or blue line prints shall be furnished to the Owner. C4-4.7 PROGRESS SCHEDULES FOR WATER AND SEWER PLANT FACILITIES: Within ten (10) days prior to submission of first monthly progress payment, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner for approval six copies of the schedule in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the work, the date of which he will start the several major activities (including procurement of materials, plans, and equipment) and the contemplated dates for completing the same. The schedule shall be in the form of a time schedule Critical Path Method (CPM) network diagram. As the work progresses, the Contractor shall enter on the diagram the actual progress at the end of each partial payment period or at such intervals as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall also revise the schedule to reflect any adjustments in contract time approved by the Engineer. Three copies of the updated schedule shall be delivered at such intervals as directed by the Owner. As a minimum, the construction schedule shall incorporate all work elements and activities indicated in the proposal and in the technical specifications. Prior to the final drafting of the detailed construction schedule, the Contractor shall review the draft schedule with the Engineer to ensure the Contractor's understanding of the contract requirements. The following guidelines shall be adhered to in preparing the construction schedule: a. Milestone dates and final project completion dates shall be developed to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and completion time. „e b. The construction process shall be divided into activities with time durations of approximately fourteen (14) days and construction values not to exceed $50, 000. Fabrication, delivery and submittal activities are exceptions to this guideline. C4-4 (4) C. Durations shall be in calendar days and normal holidays and weather conditions over the duration of the contract shall be accounted for within the duration of each activity. d. One critical path shall be shown on the construction schedule. e. Float time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities of the CPM construction schedule. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or the Owner. f. Thirty days shall be used for submittal review unless otherwise specified. The construction schedule shall as a minimum be divided into general categories as indicated in the Proposal and Technical. Specifications and each general category shall be -� broken down into activities• in enough detail to achieve activities of approximately fourteen (14) days duration. For each general category, the construction schedule shall identify all trades or subcontracts whose work is represented by activities that follow the guidelines of this Section. For each of the trades or subcontracts, the construction schedule shall indicate the following procurements, construction and preacceptance activities and events in their logical sequence for equipment and materials. �. 1. Preparation and transmittal of submittals. 2. Submittal review periods. 3 . Shop fabrication and delivery. 4. Erection or installation. 5. Transmittal of manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions. 6. Installed equipment and materials testing. 7. Owner's operator instruction (if applicable) . B . Final inspection. C4-4 (5) 9. Operational testing. 10 . Final inspection. If, in the opinion of the Owner, work accomplished falls behind that scheduled, the Contractor shall take such action as necessary to improve his progress. In addition, the Owner may require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule demonstrating his program and proposed plan to make up lag in scheduled progress and to insure completion of the work within the contract time. If the Owner finds the proposed plan not acceptable, he may require the Contractor to increase the work force, the construction plant and equipment, the number of work shifts or the overtime operations without additional cost to the Owner. Failure of the Contractor to comply with these requirements shall be considered grounds for determination by the Owner that the Contractor is failing to prosecute the work with such diligence as will insure its completion within the time specified. — - - C4-4 (6) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS SECTION C5-5 CONTROL OF WORK AND MATERIALS C5-5.1 AUTHORITY OF ENGINEER: The work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in strict compliance with the Contract Documents. He shall decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, rate of progress of the work, overall sequence of the construction, interpretation of the Contract Documents, acceptable fulfillment of the contract, compensation, mutual rights between Contractor and Owner under these Contract Documents, supervision of the work, resumption of operations, and all other questions or disputes which may arise. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of ® construction, or the safety precaution and programs incident thereto, and he will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the contract documents. He shall determine the amount and quality of the work completed and materials furnished, and his decisions and estimates shall be final. His estimates in such event shall be a condition to the right of the . Contractor to receive money due him under the Contract. The Owner shall have executive authority to enforce and make effective such necessary decisions and orders as the Contractor fails to carry out promptly. In the event of any dispute between the Engineer and Contractor over the decision of the Engineer on any such matters, the Engineer must, within a reasonable time, upon written request of the Contractor, render and deliver to both the Owner and Contractor, a written decision on the matter in controversy. C5-5.2 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS: The finished project in all cases shall conform with lines, grades, cross-sections, finish, and dimensions shown on the plans or any other requirements otherwise described in the Contract Documents. Any deviation from the approved Contract Documents required by the Engineer during construction will in all cases be determined by the Engineer and authorized by the Owner by Change Order. C5-5 (1) C5-5.3 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are made up of several sections, which, taken together, are intended to describe and provide for a complete and useful project, and any requirements appearing in one of the sections is as binding as though it occurred in all sections. In case of discrepancies, figured dimension shall govern over scaled dimensions, plans shall govern over specifications, special conditions shall govern over general conditions and standard specifications, and quantities shown �^ on the plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission in the Contract Documents, and the Owner shall be -- permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may be deemed necessary for the fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. In the event the Contractor discovers an apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call this condition to the attention of the Engineer. In the event of a conflict in the drawings, specifications, or other portions of the Contract Documents which were not reported prior to the award of Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have quoted the most expensive resolution of the conflict. C5-5.4 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR: The Contractor will be furnished with three sets of the Contract Documents and shall have available on the site of the project at all times one set ... of such Contract Documents. The Contract shall give to the work the constant attention ,r necessary to facilitate the progress thereof and shall cooperate with the Engineer, his inspector, and other Contractors in every possible way. The Contractor shall at all times have competent personnel available to the project site for proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all times at the site of the project a competent, English-speaking superintendent and an assistant who are fully authorized to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such .., superintendent and his assistant shall be capable of reading and understanding the Contract Documents and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Owner, the Engineer, or his authorized representatives. Pursuant to this responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall designate in writing to the project superintendent, to act as the Contractor's agent on the work. Such assistant project superintendent shall be a resident of Tarrant County, Texas and shall be subject to call, as is the project Superintendent, at any time of the day or night on any day of the week on which the Engineer determines that circumstances require the presence on the project site of a representative of the Contractor to C5-5 (2) adequately provide for the safety or convenience of the traveling public or the owners of property across which the project extends or the safety of property contiguous to the project routing. The Contractor shall provide all facilities to enable the Engineer and his inspector to examine and inspect the workmanship and materials entering into the work. C5-5.5 EMERGENCY AND/OR RECTIFICATION WORK: When, in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer, a condition of emergency exists related to any part of the work, the Contractor, or the Contractor through his designated representative, shall respond with dispatch to a verbal request made by the Owner or Engineer to alleviate the emergency condition. Such a response shall occur day or night, whether the project is scheduled on a calendar-day or on a working-day basis. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the Engineer to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or corrections necessary to conform with the requirements of the project specifications or plans, the Engineer shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall ' then deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due the Contractor on the project. C5-5.6 FIELD OFFICE: The Contractor shall provide, at no extra compensation, an adequate field office for use of the Engineer, if specifically called for. The field office shall be not less than 10 by 14 feet in floor area, substantially constructed, well heated, air conditioned, lighted, and ,weather-proof, so that documents will not be damaged by the elements. C5-5.7 CONSTRUCTION STAKES: The City, through its Engineer, will furnish the Contractor with all lines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of the work contracted for under these Contract Documents, and lines, grades and measurements will be established by means of stakes or other customary method of marking as may be found consistent with good practice. "� C5-5 (3) These stakes or markings shall be set sufficiently in advance of construction operations to avoid delay. Such stakes or markings as may be established for the Contractors use or guidance shall be preserved by the Contractor until he is authorized by the Engineer to remove them. Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any stakes or markings have been carelessly or willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees, the full cost of replacing such stakes or marks plus 25% will be charged ^� against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. C5-5.8 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF CITY INSPECTORS: City Inspectors will be authorized to inspect all work done and to be done and all materials furnished. Such inspection may T extend to all or any part of the work, and the preparation or manufacturing of the materials to be used or equipment to be installed. A City Inspector may be stationed on the work to report to the Engineer as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being performed, to report any evidence that the materials being furnished or the work being performed by the Contractor fails to fulfill the requirements of the -- Contract Documents, and to call the attention of the Contractor to any such failure or other infringements. Such inspection or lack of inspection will not relieve the Contractor from any obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. In case of any dispute arising between the Contractor and the City Inspector as to the materials or equipment furnished or the manner of performing the work, the City Inspector will have authority to reject materials or equipment to suspend work until the question at issue can be referred to and be decided by the Engineer. The City Inspector will not, however, be authorized to revoke, alter, enlarge, or release any requirement of these Contract Documents, nor to approve or accept any portion or section of the work, nor to issue any instructions contrary to the requirements of the Contract Documents. He will in no case act as superintendent or foreman or perform any other duties for the Contractor, or interfere with the management or operation of the work. He will not accept from the Contractor any compensation in any form for performing any duties. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of the City Inspector or Engineer when the same are consistent with the obligations of the Contract Documents, provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders or instructions of the City Inspector, the Contractor may within six days make written appeal to the Engineer for his decision on the matter in controversy. C5-5 (4) C5-5.9 INSPECTION: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the Engineer so requests, the Contractor shall, at any time before acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the Contractor shall restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the Contract Documents. Should the work exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering or removing and replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed shall be paid for as extra work, but should be work so exposed or examined prove to be ,., unacceptable, the uncovering or removing and the replacing of all adjacent defective or damaged parts shall be at the Contractor's expense. No work shall be done or materials used without suitable supervision or inspection. C5-5.10 REMOVAL OF DEFICIENCIES AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK: All work, materials, or equipment which has been rejected shall be remedied or removed and replaced in an acceptable manner by the Contractor at his own expense. Work done beyond the lines and grades given or as shown on the plans, except as herein ,. specifically provided, or any Extra Work done without written authority, will be considered as unauthorized and done at the expense of the Contractor and will not be paid for by the Owner. Work so done may be ordered removed at the Contractor's expense. Upon the failure on the part of the Contractor to comply with any order of the Engineer made under the provisions of this paragraph, the Engineer will have the authority to cause defective work to be remedied or removed and replaced and unauthorized work to. be removed, and the cost thereof may be deducted from any money due or to become due to the Contractor. Failure to require the removal of any defective or unauthorized work shall not constitute acceptance of such works. C5-5.11 SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT: If the Specifications, law, ordinance, codes or regulations permit Contractor to furnish or use a substitute that is equal to any material or equipment specified, and if Contractor wishes to furnish or use a proposed substitute, he shall, prior to the preconstruction conference, make written application to ENGINEER for approval of such substitute certifying in writing that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions called for by the general design, be similar and of -^� equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that specified; and "identifying all variations of the proposed CIT' ��11-J: TMY CS-5 5) FT. WINHH, TEX, substitute from that specified and indicating available maintenance service. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without the written approval of Engineer who will be the judge of the equality and may require Contractor to furnish such other data about the proposed substitute as he considers pertinent. No substitute shall be ordered or installed without such performance guarantee and bonds as Owner may require which shall be furnished at Contractor's expense. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against the claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use ... of substituted materials or equipment. C5-5.12 SAMPLES AND TESTS OR MATERIALS: Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, or as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for direct to the testing agency by the Owner unless otherwise specifically provided. The failure of the Owner to make any tests of materials shall be in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of furnishing materials and equipment fully conforming to the — requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests and sampling of materials, unless otherwise specified, will be made in accordance with the latest methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing Materials or specific requirements of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide such facilities as the Engineer may require for collecting and forwarding samples and r shall not, without specific written permission of the Engineer, use the materials represented by the samples until tests have been made and the materials approved for use. The Contractor will furnish adequate samples without charge to the Owner. In case of concrete, the aggregates, design minimum, and the -- mixing and transporting equipment shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed, and the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing any concrete which does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Tests shall be made at least 9 days prior to the placing of concrete, using samples from the same aggregate, cement, and mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. Should the source of supply change, new tests shall be made prior to the use of the new materials. C5-5.13 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: All materials which are to be used in the construction operation shall be stored so as to insure the preservation of the quality and fitness of the work. When directed by the Engineer, they shall be placed on wooden platforms or other hard, clean durable surfaces and not on the C5-5 (6) ground, and shall be placed under cover when directed. Stored materials shall be placed and located so as to facilitate prompt inspection. CS-5.14 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES: The location and dimensions shown on the Plans relative to existing utilities are based on the best information available. Omission from, or the inclusion of utility locations on the Plans is not to be considered as the nonexistence of, or a definite location of, existing underground utilities. The location of many gas mains, water mains, conduits, sewer lines and service lines ,,. for all utilities, etc. , is unknown to the Owner, and the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all such structures and utilities on the plans or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure will not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for Extra Work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever, unless an obstruction encountered is such as, to necessitate changes in the lines and grades of considerable magnitude or requires the building of special works, provision for which is not made in the Contract Documents, in which case the provision in these Contract Documents for Extra Work shall apply. ., It shall be the Contractors responsibility to verify locations of adjacent and/or conflicting utilities sufficiently in advance of construction in order that he may negotiate such local adjustments as necessary in the construction process to provide adequate clearances. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions in order to protect all existing utilities, structures and service lines. verification of existing utilities, structures and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies at least forty eight (48) hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. All verification of existing utilities and their adjustment shall be considered as subsidiary work. C5-5.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE: a. Normal Prosecution: In the normal prosecution of work where the interruption of service is necessary, the Contractor, at least 24 hours in advance, shall be required to: 1. Notify the Water Department's Distribution Division as to location, time, and schedule of service interruption. CS-5 (7) 2 . Notify each customer personally through responsible personnel as to time and schedule of the interruption of their service, or 3 . In the event that personal notification of a customer cannot be made, a prepared tag form shall be attached to the customer's entrance door knob. The tag shall be durable in composition, and in large bold type shall say: *NOTICE* Due to utility Improvement in your neighborhood, your (water) (sewer) service will be inter- .,., rupted on between the hours of and. This inconvenience will be as short as possible. Thank you, Contractor Address Phone b. Emergency: In the event that an unforeseen service interruption occurs, notice shall be as above, but r immediate. C5-5.16 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTORS: If, through acts or neglect on the part of the Contractor, any other Contractor or any sub-contractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, the Contractor agrees to settle with such other Contractor or sub-contractor by agreement or arbitration. If such other Contractor or sub-contractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner will notify the Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. C5-5.17 CLEAN-UP: Clean-up of surplus and/or waste materials accumulated on the job site during the prosecution of the work under these Contract Documents shall be accomplished in keeping with a daily routine established to the the satisfaction of the Engineer. Twenty-fours fours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job sit: is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the Engineer, if the Contractor fails to correct the C5-5 (8) unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the Engineer deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice, and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of such costs, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Upon the completion of the project as a whole as covered by these Contract Documents, and before final acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the project all surplus and discarded materials, temporary structures, and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of all work in a neat and orderly condition equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver over such materials and equipment in a bright, clean, polished and new appearing condition. No extra compensation will be made to the Contractor for any clean-up required on the project. C5-5.18 FINAL INSPECTION: Whenever the work provided for in and contemplated , under the Contract Documents has been satisfactorily completed and final cleanup performed, the Engineer will notify the proper officials of the Owner and request that the Final inspection be made. Such inspection will be made within 10 days after such notification. After such final inspection, if the work and materials and equipment are found satisfactory, the Contractor will be notified in writing of the acceptance of the same after the proper resolution has been passed by the City Council. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the Engineer and the date of final inspection of the work. "� C5-5 (9) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY SECTION C6-6 LEGAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC RESPONSIBILITY C6-6.1 LAWS TO BE OBSERVED: The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all Federal and State Laws and City ordinances and regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work or his operations, and shall observe and comply -- with all orders, laws, ordinances and regulations which exist or which may be enacted later by bodies having jurisdiction or authority for such enactment. No plea of misunderstanding or ignorance thereof will be considered. The Contractor and his Sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the City and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any and all claims or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, or order, whether it be by himself or his employees. C6-6.2 PERMITS AND LICENSES: The Contractor shall procure all permits and licenses, pay all charges, costs and fees, and give all notices necessary and incident to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. C6-6.3 PATENTED .DEVICES, MATERIALS AND PROCESSES: If the Contractor is required or desires to use any design, device, material, or process covered by letter, patent, or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner of such patent, letter, or copyrighted design. It is mutually agreed and understood that without exception the contract prices shall include all royalties or cost arising from patents, trade-marks, and copy rights in any way involved in the work. The Contractor and his sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of any such patented design, device, material or process, or - any trade-mark or copy right in connection with the work agreed to be performed under these Contract Documents, and shall indemnify the Owner for any cost, expense, or damage which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement at any time during the prosecution of the work or after completion of the work, provided, however, that the Owner will assume the -" responsibility to defend any and all suits brought for the infringement of any patent claimed to be infringed upon by the design, type of construction or material or equipment '^ specified in the Contract Documents furnished the Contractor by the Owner, and to hold the Contractor harmless on account of such suits. .w "" C6-6 (1) C6-6.4 SANITARY PROVISIONS: The Contractor shall establish and enforce among his employees such regulations in regard to cleanliness and disposal of garbage and waste as will tend to prevent the inception and spread of infectious or contagious diseases and to effectively prevent the creation of a nuisance about the work on any property either public or private, and such regulations as are required by Law shall be put into immediate force and effect by the Contractor. The necessary sanitary conveniences for use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor and their use shall be strictly enforced by the Contractor. All such facilities shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition, free from objectionable odors so as not to cause a nuisance. All sanitary laws and regulations of the State of Texas and the City shall be strictly complied with. C6-6.5 PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE: Materials or equipment stored about the work shall be so placed and used, and the work shall at all times be so conducted, as to cause no greater obstruction or inconvenience to the public than is considered to be absolutely necessary by the Engineer. The Contractor is required to maintain at all times all phases of his work in such a manner as not to impair the safety or convenience of the public, including, but not limited , to, safe and convenient ingress and egress to property contiguous to the work area. The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to render reasonable ingress and egress for normal vehicular traffic, except during actual trenching or pipe installation operations, at all driveway crossings. Such provisions may include bridging, placement of crushed stone or gravel or such other means of providing proper ingress and egress for the property served by the driveway as the Engineer may approve as appropriate. Such other means may include the diversion of driveway traffic, with specific approval by the Engineer. If diversion of traffic is approved by the Engineer at any location, the Contractor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer at any location, the Contractor shall make ..�.. arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer for the diversion of traffic, and shall, at his own expense, provide all materials and perform all work necessary for the construction and maintenance of roadways and bridges for such diversion of traffic. Sidewalks must not be obstructed except by special permission of the Engineer. The materials excavated and the construction materials such as pipe used in the construction of the work shall be placed so as not to endanger the work or prevent free access to all fire hydrants, fire alarm boxes, police call boxes, water valves, C6-6 (2) gas valves, or manholes in the vicinity. The Owner reserves the right to remedy any neglect on the part of the Contractor as regards to public convenience and safety which may come to its attention, after twenty-four hours notice in writing to the Contractor, save in cases of emergency when it shall have the right to remedy any neglect without notice, and in either case, the cost of such workdone or materials furnished by the Owner or by the City shall be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. The Contractor, after approval of the Engineer, shall notify •• the Fire Department Headquarters, Traffic Engineer, and Police Department, when any street or alley is requested to be closed or obstructed or any fire hydrant is to be made inaccessible, „® and, when so directed • by the Engineer, shall keep any street, streets, or highways in condition for unobstructed use by fire apparatus. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Fire Department Headquarters when all such obstructed streets, alleys, or hydrants are again placed back in service. Where the Contractor is required to construct temporary bridges or make other arrangements for crossing over ditches or streams, his responsibility for accidents in connection with such crossings shall include the roadway approaches as .. well as the structures of such crossings. The Contractor shall at all times conduct his operation and the use of construction machinery so as not to damage or destroy trees and shrubs located in close proximity to or on the site of the work. Wherever any such damage may be done, the Contractor shall immediately satisfy all claims of property owners, and no payment will be made by the Owner in settlement of such claims. The Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written statement showing all such claims adjusted. C6-6.6 PRIVILEGES OF CONTRACTOR IN STREETS, ALLEYS, AND RIGHT-OF- WAY: For the. performance of the contract, the .- Contractor will be permitted to use and occupy such portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid delay in the construction operations. Excavated and waste materials shall be piled or stacked in such a way as not to interfere with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. If the street is occupied by railway tracks, the work shall be C6-6 (3) carried on in such manner as not to interfere with the operation of trains, loading or unloading of cars, etc. Other contractors of the Owner may, for all purposes required by the contract, enter upon the work and premises used by the Contractor and shall be provided all reasonable facilities and assistance for the completion of adjoining work. Any additional grounds desired by the Contractor for his use shall be provided by him at his own cost and expense. C6-6.7 RAILWAY CROSSINGS: When the work encroaches upon any right-of-way of any railway, the City will secure the necessary easement for the work. Where the railway tracks are ^ to be crossed, the Contractor shall observe all the regulations and instructions of the railway company as to the methods of performing the work and take all precautions for safety of property and the public. Negotiations with the railway companies for permits shall be done by and through the City. The Contractor shall give the City notice not less than five days prior to the time of his intentions to begin work on that portion of the project which is related to the railway properties. The Contractor will not be given extra or additional compensation for such railway crossings unless specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. C6-6;8 BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND WATCHMEN: Where the work is carried on in or adjacent to any street, alleys or public place, the Contractor shall at his own expense furnish, erect, and maintain such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, shall provide such watchmen, and shall take all such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary. Barricades and fences shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one easily visible burning light at each barricade. A sufficient number of barricades shall be erected and maintained to keep pedestrians away from, and vehicles from being driven on or into, any work under construction or being maintained. The Contractor shall furnish watchmen and -- keep them at their respective assignments in sufficient numbers to protect the work and prevent accident or damage. All installations and procedures shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in the 111980 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways" issued under the authority of the "State of Texas Uniform Act Regulating Traffic on Highways", codified as Article 6701d Veron' s Civil Statutes, pertinent sections being Section Nos. 27, 29, 30 and 31. C6-6 (4) The Contractor will not remove any regulatory sign, instructional sign, street name sign, or other sign which has been erected by the City. If it is determined that a sign must be removed to permit required construction, the Contractor shall contact the Transportation and Public Works department, Signs and Markings Division (phone number 8780-8075) , to remove the sign. In the case of regulatory signs, the Contractor must replace the permanent sign with a temporary sign meeting the requirements of the above referenced manual and such temporary sign must be installed prior to the removal of the permanent sign. If the temporary .. sign is not installed correctly or if it does not meet the required specifications, the permanent sign shall be left in place until the temporary sign requirements are met. When construction work is completed to the extent that the permanent sign can be re-installed, the Contractor shall again contact the Signs and Markings Division to re-install the permanent sign and shall leave his temporary sign in place until such re-installation is completed. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work or the public due to failure of barricades, signs, fences, lights, or watchmen to protect them. Whenever evidence is found of such damage to the work the Engineer may order the damaged portion immediately removed and replaced by the Contractor at the Contractorls own expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, fences and lights, and for providing watchmen shall not cease until the project shall have been completed and accepted by the Owner. No compensation, except as specifically provided in these Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor for the work and materials involved in the constructing, providing, and maintaining of barricades, signs, fences, and lights or for salaries of watchmen, for the subsequent removal and disposal of such barricades, signs, or for any other incidentals necessary for the proper protection, safety, and convenience of the public during the contract period, as this work is considered to be subsidiary to the several items for which unit or lump sum prices are requested in the Proposal. C6-6.9 USE OF EXPLOSIVES, DROP WEIGHT ETC. : Should the Contractor elect to use explosives, drop weight, etc. , in the prosecution of the work, the utmost care shall be exercised at all times so as not to endanger life or property. The Contractor shall notify the proper representative of any ■- public service corporation, any company, individual, or utility, and the Owner, not less than twenty-four hours in C6-6 (5) advance of the use of any activity which might damage or endanger their or his property along or adjacent to the work. Where the use of explosives is to be permitted on the project as specified in the Special Contract Documents, or the use of explosives is requested, the Contractor shall submit notice to the Engineer in writing twenty-four hours prior to commencing and shall furnish evidence that he has insurance coverage to protect against any damages and/or injuries arising out of such use of explosives. All claims arising out of the use - of explosives shall be -- investigated and a written report made by the Contractor's insurers to the Engineer within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of the claim to the Contractor from either the city or the claimant. The City shall proceed to give notice to the Contractor of any such claim. The use of explosives may be suspended by the Engineer if any complaint is received and such use shall not be resumed until the cause of the complaint has been addressed. Whenever explosives are stored or kept, they shall be stored —' in a safe and secure manner and all storage places shall be plainly marked "DANGEROUS EXPLOSIVES" and shall be under the care of a competent watchman at all times. All vehicles in which explosives are being transported shall be plainly marked as mentioned above and shall, insofar as possible, not use heavy traffic routes. C6-6.10 WORK WITHIN EASEMENTS: Where the work passes over, through, or into private property, the Owner will provide such right-of-way or easement privileges as the City may deem necessary for the prosecution of the work. Any additional rights-of-way or work area considered necessary by the Contractor shall be provided by him at his own expense. Such additional rights-of-way or work area shall be acquired for the benefit of the City. The City shall be notified in writing as to the rights so acquired before work begins in the affected area. The Contractor shall not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously obtained permission from the owner of such property. The Contractor will w not be allowed to store equipment or material on private property unless and until the specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the Contractor and a copy furnished to the Engineer. Unless specifically provided otherwise, the Contractor shall clear all rights-of-way or easements of obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of the project construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of and shall use C6-6 (6) AM every precaution to prevent damage to all trees, shrubbery, plants, lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences, and to all other public or private property along adjacent to the work. The Contractor shall notify the proper representatives of owners or occupants of public or private lands or interest in lands which might be affected by the work. Such notice shall -- be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the work. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies or any corporation, company, individual, or ,., other, either as owners or occupants, whose land or interest in land might affected by the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting from any act, omission, neglect, or �. misconduct in the manner or method or execution of the work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or equipment. When and where any direct or indirect or injury is done to public or private property on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work, or in consequence of the non-execution thereof on the part of the Contractor, he shall restore or have restored at his own cost and expense such property to a condition at least equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or, otherwise replacing and restoring as may be directed by the owner, or he shall make good such damages or injury in a manner acceptable to the owner of the ® property and the Engineer. All fences encountered and removed during construction of this project shall be restored to the original or a better than original condition upon completion of this project. When wire fencing, either wire mesh or barbed wire is to be .' crossed, the Contractor shall set cross braced posts on either side of permanent easement before the fence is cut. Should additional fence cuts be necessary, the Contractor shall provide cross braced posts at point of the proposed cut in addition to the cross braced posts provided at the permanent easements limits, before the fence is cut. Temporary fencing shall be erected in place of the fencing removed whenever the work is not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to prevent livestock from entering the construction area. The cost for fence removal, temporary closures and replacement shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the project CIS'( SECRETQY C6 (7) FT, WORTH, TEX. proposal. Therefore, no separate payment shall be allowed for any service associated with this work. In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to restore such property to make good such damage or injury, the Owner may, upon 48 hour written notice under ordinary circumstances, and without notice when a nuisance or hazardous condition results, proceed to repair, rebuild, or otherwise restore such property as may be determined by the Owner to be necessary, and the cost thereby, will be deducted from any monies due or to become due to the Contractor under this Contract. C6-6.11 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR: It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that Contractor shall perform all work and services hereunder as an independent contractor, and not _ as an officer, ' agent, servant or employee of the Owner. Contractor shall have exclusive control of and the exclusive right to control the details of all the work and services performed hereunder, and all persons performing same, and shall be solely responsible for the acts and omissions of its officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees. The doctrine of respondeat superior shall not apply as between Owner and Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, and nothing herein shall be construed as -- . creating a partnership or joint enterprise between Owner and Contractor. C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: �. Contractor covenants and agrees to, and does hereby indemnify hold harmless and defend Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees from and against any an all claims or suits for property damage or loss and/or personal injury, including death, to any and all persons, of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, • arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not caused, in whole or in part, by alleged negligence on the part of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees of the Owner; and said Contractor does hereby covenant and agree to assume all liability and responsibility of Owner, its officers agents, servants and employees for property damage or loss, and/or personal injuries, including death, to any and all persons of whatsoever kind or character, whether real or asserted, arising out of or in connection with, directly or indirectly, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees and invitees, whether or not caused, C6-6 (8) �"' in whole or in part, by alleged negligence of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licensees or invitees of the Owner. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to, and does hereby, indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and against any .and all injuries, loss or damages to property of the Owner during the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether arising out of or in connection with or resulting from, in whole or in part, any and all alleged acts or omissions of officers, agents, servants, employees, contractors, subcontractors, licenses, or invitees of the Owner. In the event a written claim for damages against the contractor or its subcontractors remains unsettled at the time all work on the project has been completed to the satisfaction of the Director of the Water Department, as evidenced by a final inspection, final payment to the Contractor shall not be recommended by the Director of the Water Department for a period of 30 days after the date of such final inspection, unless the Contractor shall submit written evidence •- satisfactory to the Director that the claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved. If the claim concerned remains unsettled as of the expiration of the above 30-day period, the Contractor may be deemed to be entitled to a semi-final payment for work completed, such semi-final payment to be in an amount equal to the total .� dollar amount then due less the dollar value of any written claims pending against the Contractor arising out of the performance of such work, "and such semi-final payment may then be recommended by the Director. The Director shall not recommend final payment to a Contractor against whom such a claim for damages is outstanding for a period of six months following the date of the acceptance of the work performed unless the Contractor submits evidence in writing satisfactory to the Director that: 1. The claim has been settled and a release has been obtained from the claimant involved, or 2 . Good faith efforts have been made to settle such outstanding claims, and such good faith efforts have failed. If condition (1) above is met at any time within the six month period the Director shall recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. If condition (2) above is met at any time within the six month period, the Director may recommend that the final payment to the Contractor be made. At the C6-6 (9) expiration of the six month period the Director may recommend that final payment be made if all other work has been .. performed and all other obligations of the Contractor have been met to the satisfaction of the Director. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other Water Department Contract work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City contract. C6-6.13 CONTRACTOR'S CLAIM FOR DAMAGES: Should the Contractor claim compensation for any alleged damage by reason of the acts or omissions of the Owner, he shall within three days after the actual sustaining of such alleged damage, make a written statement to the Engineer, setting out in detail the nature of the alleged damage, and on or before the 25th day of the month succeeding that in which any such damage is claimed to have been sustained, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer an itemized statement of the details and amount of such alleged damage and, upon request, shall give the Engineer access to all books of account, receipts, vouchers, bills of lading, and other books or papers containing any evidence as to the amount of such alleged damage. Unless such statements shall be filed as hereinabove required, the Contractor's claim for compensation shall be waived, and he shall not be entitled to payment on account of such damages. C6-6.14 ADJUSTMENT OR RELOCATION OF PUBLIC UTILITIES, ETC. : „ In case it is necessary to change, move, or alter in any manner the property of a public utility or others, the said property shall not be moved or interfered with until orders thereupon have been issued by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owners of public utilities to enter the geographical limits of the Contract for the purpose of making such changes or repairs to their property that may be .. necessary by the performance of this contract. C6-6.15 TEMPORARY SEWER AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: When existing ..�,.. sewer lines have to be taken up or removed, the Contractor shall, at his own expense and cost, provide and maintain temporary outlets and connections for all private or public drains and sewers . The Contractor shall also take care of all sewage and drainage which will be received from these drains and sewers, and for this purpose he shall provide and maintain, at his own cost and expense, adequate pumping facilities and temporary outlets or diversions. The Contractor, at his own cost and expense, shall construct such troughs, pipes, or other structures necessary, and be prepared at all times to dispose of drainage and sewage C6-6 (10) received from these temporary connections until such times as the permanent connections are built and are in service. The existing sewers and connections shall be kept in service and maintained under the Contract, except when specified or ordered to be abandoned by the Engineer. All water, sewage, and other waste shall be disposed of in a satisfactory manner so that no nuisance is created and so that the work under construction will be adequately protected. C6-6.16 ARRANGEMENT AND CHARGES FOR WATER FURNISHED BY THE CITY: When , the Contractor desires to use City water in .. connection with any construction work, he shall make complete and satisfactory arrangements with the Fort Worth City Water Department for so doing. City water furnished to the Contractor shall be delivered to the Contractor from a connection on an existing City main. All piping required beyond the point of delivery shall be installed by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor's responsibility in the use of all existing -- fire hydrant and/or valves is detailed in section E2-1.2 USE OF FIRE HYDRANTS AND VALVES in these General Contract Documents. When meters are used to measure the water, the charges, if any, for water will be at the regular established rates. When meters are not used, the charges, if any, will be as prescribed by the City Ordinance, or where no ordinance applies, payment shall be made on estimates and rates established by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department. C6-6.17 USE OF A SECTION OR PORTION OF THE WORK: Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of -- the work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the Engineer, and such usage shall not be held to be in any way an acceptance of said ®, work or structure or any part thereof or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Contract Documents. All necessary repairs and removals of any section of the work so put into use, due to defective materials or workmanship, equipment, or to deficient operations on the part of the Contractor, shall be performed by the Contractor at his own expense. C6-6.18 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE WORK: Until written acceptance by the Owner as provided for in these Contract Documents, the work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution to prevent injury or damage to the work or any part ^� C6-6 (11) thereof by action of the elements or from any cause whatsoever, whether arising from the execution or nonexecution of the work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good at his own expense all injuries or damage to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the hereinabove causes. C6-6.19 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS: Inspection by the Engineer or any order by the Owner by payment of money or any payment for or acceptance of any work, or any extension of time, or any possession taken by the City shall not operate as a waiver of any provision of the Contract Documents. Any waiver of any breach or Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The Owner reserves the right to correct any error that may be discovered in any estimate that may have been paid and to adjust the same to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. C6-6.20 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS: In carrying out the provisions of these Contract Documents or in �- exercising any power of authority granted thereunder, there shall be no liability upon the authorized representatives of the Owner, either personally or otherwise as they are agents and representatives of the City. C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX: On a contract awarded by the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant the provisions of Article 20.04 (H) of the Texas Limited Sales, excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor may* purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State -- Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provisions of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable State Comptroller rulings pertaining to the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. On a contract awarded by a developer for the construction of a publicly-owned improvement in a street right-of-way or other easement which has been dedicated to the public and the City of Fort Worth, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (B) of the Texas limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act, the Contractor can .. probably be exempted in the same manner stated above. C6-6 (12) .� Limited Sale, Excise and Use Tax permits and information can be obtained from: Comptroller of Public Accounts Sale Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX "! C6-6 (13) PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS SECTION C7-7 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS: C7-7.1 SUBLETTING: The Contractor shall perform with his own organization, and with the assistance of workman under his immediate superintendence, work -of a value of not less than •- fifty (50%) percent of the value embraced in the contract. If the Contractor sublets any part of the work to be done under these Contract Documents, he will not under any circumstances be relieved of the responsibility and obligation assumed under these Contract Documents. All transactions of the Engineer will be with the Contractor. Subcontractors will be considered only in the capacity of employees or workmen of the Contractor and shall be subject to the same requirements as to character and competency. The Owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The Contractor shall at all times, when the work is in operation, be represented either in person or by a superintendent or other designated representatives. C7-7.2 ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contractor shall not assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his rights, title, or interest in or to the same or any part thereof without the previous consent of the Owner expressed by resolution of the City Council and concurred in by the Sureties. If the Contractor does, without such previous consent, assign, transfer, sublet, convey, or otherwise dispose of the contract or his right, title, or interest therein or any part thereof, to any person or persons, partnership, company, firm, or corporation, or does by bankruptcy, voluntary or involuntary, or by assignment under the insolvency laws of any state, -• attempt to dispose of the contract may, at the option of the Owner be revoked and annulled, unless the Sureties shall successfully complete said contract, and in the event of any such revocation or annulment, any monies due or to become due under or by virtue of said contract shall be retained by the Owner as liquidated damages for the reason that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual damages. C7-7.3 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK: Prior to beginning any construction operation, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in five or more copies, if requested by the Engineer, a progress schedule preferably in chart or diagram form, or a brief outlining in detail and step by step the manner of *^� C7-7 (1) prosecuting the work and ordering materials and equipment which he expects to follow in order to complete the project in the scheduled time. There shall also be submitted a table of — estimated amounts to be earned by the Contractor during each monthly estimate period. The Contractor shall commence the work to be performed under this contract within the time limit stated in these Contract Documents and shall conduct the work in a continuous manner and with sufficient . equipment, materials, and labor as is necessary to insure its completion within the time limit. The sequence requested of all construction operations shall be at all times as specified. in the Special Contract Documents. Any deviation from such sequencing shall be submitted to the — Engineer for his approval. Contractor shall not proceed with any deviation until he has received written approval from the Engineer. Such specification or approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from the full responsibility "^ of the complete performance of the contract. The contract time may be changed only as set forth in Section C7-7.8 "Extension of Time of completion" of this Agreement, and a progress_ schedule shall not constitute a change in the contract time. C7-7.4 LIMITATIONS OF OPERATIONS: The working operations shall at all times be conducted by the Contractor so as to create a minimum amount of inconvenience to the public. At any time when, in the judgment of the Engineer, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street or public way greater than is necessary for the proper execution of the work, the Engineer may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before the work is commenced on any additional section or street. C7-7.5 CHARACTER OF WORKMEN AND EQUIPMENT: Local labor shall be used by the Contractor is available. The Contractor may bring in from outside the city of Fort Worth his key men and his superintendent. All other workmen, including equipment operators, may be imported only after the local supply is exhausted. The Contractor shall employ only such superintendents, foremen, and workmen who are careful, competent, and fully qualified to perform the duties or tasks assigned to them, and the Engineer may demand and secure the summary dismissal of any person or persons employed by the Contractor in or about or on the work who, in the opinion of -- the Owner, shall misconduct himself or be found to be incompetent, disrespectful, intemperate, dishonest, or C7-7 (2) — otherwise objectionable or neglectful in the proper performance of his or their duties, or who neglects or refuses to comply with or carry out the directions of the Owner, and such person or persons shall not be employed again thereon without written consent of the Engineer. All workmen shall have sufficient skill, ability, and experience to properly perform the work assigned to them and -- operate any equipment necessary to properly carry out the performance of the assigned duties. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain on the work all such equipment as is considered to be necessary for prosecution of the work in an acceptable manner and at a satisfactory rate of progress. All equipment, tools, and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be maintained in a satisfactory, safe and efficient working condition. Equipment on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to the work, workmen or adjacent property will result from its use. C7-7.6 WORK SCHEDULE: Elapsed working days shall be computed starting with the first day of work completed as defined in C1-1.23 "WORKING DAY" or the date stipulated in the "WORK ORDER" for beginning work, whichever comes first. _ Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from working on Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holidays, providing that the following requirements are met: a. A request to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be made to the Engineer no later -- than the proceeding Thursday. b. Any work to be done on the project on such a ,,. specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday must be, in the opinion of the Engineer, essential to the timely completion of the project. The Engineer's decision shall be final in response to such a request for approval to work on a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday, and no extra compensation shall be allowed to the Contractor, for any work performed on such a specific Saturday, Sunday or Legal Holiday. �— Calendar Days shall be defined in C1-1.24 and the Contractor may work as he so desires. '®' C7-7 (3) C7-7.7 TIME OF COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION: The Contractor shall commence the working operations within the time specified in the Contract Documents and set forth in the Work Order. Failure to do so shall be considered by the Owner as abandonment of the Contract by the Contractor and the Owner may proceed as he sees fit. The Contractor shall maintain a rate of progress such as will insure that the whole work will be performed and the premises -- cleaned up in accordance with the Contract Documents and within the time established in such documents and such extension of time as may be properly authorized by the Owner. ,. C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF TIME OF COMPLETION: The Contractor's request for an extension of time of completion shall be considered _ only when the request for such extension is submitted in writing to the Engineer within seven days from and after the time alleged cause of delay shall have occurred. Should an extension of the time of completion be requested such request will be forwarded to the City Council for approval. In adjusting the contract time for completion of work, --� consideration will be given to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but limited to acts of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, fire, flood, tornadoes, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, or delays of sub-contractors due to such causes. When the date of completion is based on a calendar day bid, a request for extension of time because of inclement weather will not be considered. A request for extension of time due to inability to obtain supplies and materials will be considered only when a review of the Contractor's purchase order dates and other pertinent data as requested by the -- Engineer indicates that the Contractor has made a bonafide attempt to secure delivery on schedule. This shall include efforts to obtain the supplies and materials from alternate sources in case the first source cannot make delivery. If satisfactory execution and completion of the contract should require work and materials in greater amounts or quantities than those set forth in the approved Contract Documents, then the contract time may be increased by Change Order. C7-7.9 DELAYS: The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if C7-7 (4) .. any, which is to be furnished by the city. When such extra compensation is claimed a written statement thereof shall be presented by the Contractor to the Engineer and if by him found correct shall be approved and referred by him to the Council for final approval or disapproval; and the action thereon by the Council shall be final and binding. If delay is caused by specific orders given by the Engineers to stop work, or by the performance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council; and no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which shall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. C7-7.10 TIME OF COMPLETION: The time of completion is an •- essential element of the contract. Each bidder shall indicate in the appropriate place on the last page of the Proposal the number of working days or calendar days that he will require ., to fully complete this contract or the time of completion will be specified by the City in the proposal section of the contract documents. The number of days indicated shall be a realistic estimate of the time required to complete the work covered by the specific contract being bid upon. The amount of time so stated by the successful bidder or the City will become the time of completion specified in the Contract Documents. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, or the increased time granted by the Owner, or as automatically increased by additional work or materials ordered after the contract is signed, the sum per day given in the following schedule, unless otherwise specified in other parts of the Contract Documents, will be deducted from monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the Owner. AMOUNT OF CONTRACT Less than $ 5,000 inclusive $ 35.00 ® $ 5, 001 to $ 15,000 inclusive $ 45.00 $ 15,001 to $ 25,000 inclusive $ 63 .00 $ 25,001 to $ 50, 000 inclusive $ 105 .00 $ 50,001 to $ 100,000 inclusive $ 154.00 $ 100,001 to $ 500,000 inclusive $ 210 .00 -- C7-7 (5) $ 500,001 to $1,000,000 inclusive $ 315.00 $ 1,000,001 to $2,000,000 inclusive $ 420.00 $ 2,000, 001 and over $ 630.00 The parties hereto understand and agree that any harm to the City caused by the Contractor's delay in completing the work hereunder in the time specified by the Contract Documents would be incapable or very difficult of accurate estimation, and that the "Amount of Liquidated Damages Per Day", as set out above, is a reasonable forecast of just compensation due the City for harm caused by any delay. C7-7.11 SUSPENSION BY COURT ORDER: The Contractor shall suspend operations on such part or parts of the work ordered by any court, and will not be entitled to additional compensation by virtue of such court order. Neither will he be liable to the city in the event the work is suspended by a Court Order. Neither will the Owner be liable to the Contractor by virtue of any Court Order or action for which the Owner is not solely'responsible. — C7-7.12 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION: The Owner shall have the right to suspend the work operation wholly or in part for such period or periods of time as he may deem necessary due to unsuitable weather conditions or any other unfavorable conditions which in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer cause further prosecution of the work to be unsatisfactory or detrimental to the interest of the project. During temporary suspension of work covered by this contract, for any reason, the Owner will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an •� indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor as set forth in Paragraph C7-7.8 EXTENSION OF THE TIME OF COMPLETION, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Engineer that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, then the Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the Engineer C7-7 (6) ^- that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. No reimbursement shall be allowed if the equipment is moved to ® another construction project for the City of Fort Worth. The Contractor shall not suspend work without written notice �.. from the Engineer and shall proceed with the work operations promptly when notified by the Engineer to so resume operations. C7-7.13 TERMINATION OF CONTRACT DUE TO NATIONAL EMERGENCY: Whenever, because of National Emergency, so declared by the President of the United States or other lawful authority, it becomes impossible for the Contractor to obtain all of� the necessary labor, materials, and equipment for the prosecution of the work with reasonable continuity for a period of two months, the Contractor shall within seven days notify the City in writing, giving a detailed statement of the efforts which have been made and listing all necessary items of labor, materials, and equipment not obtainable. If, after investigations, the Owner finds that such conditions existing and that the inability of the Contractor to proceed is not attributable in whole or in part to the fault or neglect of the Contract, then if the Owner cannot after reasonable effort assist the Contractor in procuring and making available the necessary labor, materials and equipment within thirty days, the Contractor may request the Owner to terminate the contract and the Owner may comply with the request, and the termination shall be conditioned and based upon a final settlement mutually acceptable to both the Owner and the Contractor and final payment shall be made in accordance with the terms of the agreed settlement, which shall include, but not be limited to, the payment for all work executed but no anticipated ® profits on work which has not been performed. C7-7.14 SUSPENSION OR ABANDONMENT OF THE WORK AND ANNULMENT OF CONTRACT: The work operations on all or any portion or section of the work under Contract shall be suspended immediately on written order of the Engineer or the Contract may be declared cancelled by the City Council for any good and sufficient cause. The following, by way of example, but not of limitation, may be considered grounds for suspension or cancellation: a. Failure of the Contractor to commence work operations within the time specified in the Work .�. Order issued by the Owner. z �. C7-7 (7) FT. WORTH, TEX. b. Substantial evidence that progress of the work operations by Contractor is insufficient to complete the work within the specified time. C. Failure of the Contractor to provide and maintain sufficient labor and equipment to properly execute the working operations. d. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has ... abandoned the work. e. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carryon the work satisfactorily. f. Failure on the part of the Contractor to observe any requirements of the Contract Documents or to comply with any orders given by the Engineer or Owner provided for in these Contract Documents. ^ g. Failure of the Contractor promptly to make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or any defects .. of any nature the correction of which has been directed in writing by the Engineer or the Owner. h. Substantial evidence of collusion for the purpose of illegally procuring a contract or perpetrating fraud on the City in the construction of work under contract. ` i. A substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose. j . If the Contractor shall for any cause whatsoever not carryon the working operation in an acceptable manner. k. If the "Contractor commences legal action against the Owner. A copy of the suspension order or action of the City Council shall be served on the Contractor's Sureties. When work is suspended for any cause or causes, or when the contract is -- cancelled, the Contractor shall discontinue the work or such part thereof as the Owner shall designate, whereupon the Sureties may, at their option, assume the contract or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered the Contractor to discontinue, and may perform the same or may, with the written C7-7 (8) -- consent of the Owner, sublet the work or that portion of the work as taken over, provided however, that the Sureties shall exercise their option, if at all, within two weeks after the written notice to discontinue the work has been served upon the Contractor and upon the Sureties or their authorized agents. The Sureties, in such event shall assume the Contractor's place in all respects, and shall be paid by the Owner for all work performed by them in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. All monies remaining due the Contractor at the time of this default shall thereupon become due and payable to the Sureties as the work progresses, subject to all of the terms of the Contract Documents. In case the Sureties do not, within the hereinabove specified ® time, exercise their right and option to assume the contract responsibilities, or that portion thereof which the Owner has ordered by the Contractor to discontinue, then the Owner shall have the power to complete, by contract or otherwise, as it may determine, the work herein described .or such part thereof as it may deem necessary, and the Contractor hereto agrees that the Owner shall have the right to take possession of and •- use any materials, plants, tools, equipment, supplies, and property of any kind provided by the Contractor for the purpose of carrying on the work and to procure other tools, .. equipment, materials, labor and property for the completion of the work, and to charge to the account of the Contractor of said contract expense for labor, materials, tools, equipment, and all expenses incidental thereto. The expense so charged shall be deducted by the Owner from such monies as may be due or may become due at any time thereafter to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract or any part thereof. The Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest bid for the work completing the contract, but the expense to be deducted shall be the actual cost of the owner of such work. In case such expenses shall exceed the amount which would have been payable under the Contract if the same had been completed .. by the Contractor, then' the Contractor and his Sureties shall pay the amount of such excess to the city on notice from the Owner of the excess due. When any particular part of the work is being carried on by the Owner by contract or otherwise under the provisions of this section, the Contractor shall continue the remainder of the work in conformity with the terms of the Contract Documents and in such a manner as to not ® hinder or interfere with performance of the work by the Owner. C7-7.15 FULFILLMENT OF CONTRACT: The Contract will be considered as having been fulfilled, save as provided in any bond or bonds or by law, when all the work and all sections or parts of the project covered by the Contract Documents have C7-7 (9) been finished and completed, the final inspection made by the Engineer, and the final acceptance and final payment made by the Owner. -" C7-7.16 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE OWNER: A. NOTICE OF TERMINATION: The performance of the work under this contract may be terminated by the Owner in whole, or from time to time in part, in .,. accordance with this section, whenever the Owner shall determine that such termination is in the best interest of the Owner. Any such termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of work under the contract is terminated, and the date - upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Mail by the Owner. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein ... stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the Owner regarding such discretionary action. B. CONTRACTOR ACTION: After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of -•- termination; 2 . place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work under the contract as is not terminated; 3 . terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of work terminated by the notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the Owner and deliver in - the manner, at the' times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the Engineer: C7-7 (10) a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, work in process, completed work, — supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the work terminated by the notice of termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the Owner. S. complete performance of such part of the work — as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the Engineer may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the Owner has or may acquire the rest. ,. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the contractor may submit to the — Engineer a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive . of item the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by the Engineer. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the Owner shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be — subject to verification by the Engineer upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the .,. list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. — C. TERMINATION CLAIM: Within 60 days after notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the Engineer in the form and with the certification prescribed by the Engineer. Unless one or more extensions in writing are granted by the Owner upon request of the - Contractor, made in writing within such 60-day period or authorized extension thereof, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. — '� C7-7 (11) D. AMOUNTS: Subject to the provisions of Item -' C7-7.16 (C) , the Contractor and Owner may agree upon the whole or any part of the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the total or partial termination of work pursuant hereto; provided, that such agreed amount or amounts shall never exceed the total contract price as reduced by the amount of payments otherwise made and as further reduced by the contract price of work not terminated. The contract shall be amended accordingly, and the Contractor shall be paid the agreed amount. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. Nothing in C7-7.16 (E) hereafter, prescribing the amount to be paid to the Contractor in the event of failure of the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section, shall be deemed to limit, -. restrict or otherwise determine or affect the amount or amounts which may be agreed upon to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this paragraph. E. FAILURE TO AGREE: In the event of the failure of the Contractor and the Owner to agree as provided in C7-7.16 (D) upon the whole amount to be paid to _ the Contractor by reason of the termination of work pursuant to this section the Owner shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. No amount shall be due for - lost or anticipated profits. F. DEDUCTIONS: In arriving at the amount due the contractor under this section, there shall be deducted (a) all unliquidated advance or other payments on account theretofore made to the Contractor, applicable to the terminated portion of this contract; (b) any claim which the Owner may have against the Contractor in connection with this contract; and (c) the agreed price for, or the -- proceeds of sale of, any materials, supplies or other things kept by the Contractor or sold, pursuant to the provisions of this clause, and not ... otherwise recovered by or credited to the Owner. G. ADJUSTMENT: If the termination hereunder be partial, prior to the settlement of the terminated portion of this contract, the Contractor may file with the Engineer a request in writing for an C7-7 (12) equitable adjustment of the price or prices specified in the contract relating to the continued portion of the contract (the portion not terminated by the notice of termination) , such equitable adjustment as may be agreed upon shall be made in such price or prices; nothing contained herein, however, shall limit the right of the Owner and the Contractor to agree upon the amount or amounts to be paid to the Contractor for the completion of the continued portion of the contract when said contract does not contain an established contract price for such continued portion. H. NO LIMITATION OF RIGHTS: Nothing contained in this section shall limit or alter the rights which the Owner may have for termination of this contract under C7-7.14 hereof entitled "Suspension of Abandonment of the work and Amendment of Contract" or any other right which Owner may have for default or breach of contract by Contractor. C7-7.17 SAFETY METHODS AND PRACTICES: The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work at all times and shall assume all responsibilities for their enforcement. The Contractor shall comply with federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations so as to protect person and property from injury, including death, or damage in connection with the work. C7-7 c 13> FT. ORTIH, TEN. PART C - GENERAL CONDITIONS C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION C8-8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT C8-8.1 MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITIES: The determination of quantities of work performed by the Contractor and authorized by the Contract Documents acceptably completed under the terms of the Contract Documents shall be made by the Engineer, based on measurements made by the Engineer. These measurements will be made according to the United States Standard Measurements used in common practice. , and will be the actual length, area, solid contents, numbers, and weights of the materials and items installed. C8-8.2 UNIT PRICES: When in the proposal a "Unit Price" is set forth, the said "Unit Price" shall include the furnishing by the Contractor of all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appliances and appurtenances necessary for the construction of and the completion in a manner acceptable to the Engineer of all work to be done under these Contract Documents. ® The "Unit Price" shall include all permanent and temporary protection of overhead, surface, and underground structures, cleanup, finished, overhead expense, bond, insurance, patent fees, royalties, risk due to the elements and other causes, delays, profits, injuries, damages claims, taxes, and all other items not specifically mentioned that may be required to fully construct each item of the work complete in place and in a satisfactory condition for operation. C8-8 .3 LUMP SUM: When in the Proposal a "Lump Sum" is set �— forth, the said "Lump Sum" shall represent the total cost for the Contractor to furnish all labor, tools, materials, machinery, equipment, appurtenances, and all subsidiary work „® necessary for the construction and completion of all the work to provide a complete and functional item as detailed in the Special Contract Documents and/or Plans. C8-8 .4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation, as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any -- unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at any time w. C8-8 (1) before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expense incurred by or in consequence of suspension or discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment,. nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of, the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and proper expense any defects or imperfections in the _ construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfection, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of work or _ during the one year guaranty period after final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein. C8-8 .5 PARTIAL ESTIMATES AND RETAINAGE: Between the 1st and 5th day of each month the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing an estimate of the value of the work done during the previous month, or estimate period under the Contract Documents. Not later than the 10th day of the month the Engineer shall verify such estimate, and if it is found to be acceptable and the value of work performed since the last partial payment was made exceeds one hundred dollars ($100 .00) in amount, 90% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is less than $400,000, or 95% of such estimated sum will be paid to the Contractor if the total contract amount is $400,000 or greater within twenty-five (25) days after the regular estimate period. The City will have the option of preparing estimates on forms furnished by the City. The partial estimate may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part .- thereof, but which at the the time of the estimate have not been installed. (such payment will be allowed on a basis of 85% of the net invoice value thereof. ) The Contractor shall , furnish the Engineer such information as he may request to aid C8-8 (2) him as a guide in the verification or the preparation of partial estimates. It is understood that the partial estimate from month to month will be approximate only, and all partial monthly estimates and payment will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate, and such estimate shall not, in any respect, be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quality of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any monthly estimate if the contractor fails to perform the work strictly in accordance with the specifications or provisions of this contract. C8-8.6 WITHHOLDING PAYMENT: Payment on any estimate or estimates may be held in abeyance if the performance of the construction operations is not in accordance with the •• requirements of the Contract Documents. C8-8.7 FINAL ACCEPTANCE: Whenever the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents shall have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing that the improvements are ready i for the final inspection. - The Engineer shall notify the appropriate officials of the Owner, will within a reasonable time make such final inspection, and if the work is satisfactory, in an acceptable condition, and has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof, the Engineer -- will initiate the processing of the final estimate and recommend final acceptance of the project and final payment therefore as outlined in C8-8.8 below. C8-8.8 FINAL PAYMENT: Whenever all the improvements provided for by the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof shall have been completed and all requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled on the part of the Contractor, a final estimate showing the value of the work will be prepared by the Engineer as soon as the necessary measurements, computations, and checks can be made. All prior estimates upon which payment has been made are ... subject to necessary corrections or revisions in the final payment. C8-8 (3) The amount of the final estimate, less previous payments and any sum that have been deducted or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, will be paid to the Contractor within 60 days after final acceptance by the Owner on a proper resolution of the City Council, provided the Contractor has furnished to the Owner satisfactory evidence of payment as follows: Prior to submission of the final estimate for payment, the Contractor shall execute an affidavit, as furnished by the City, certifying that all persons, firms, associations, corporations, or other organizations furnishing labor and/or materials have been paid in full, that the wage scale established by the City Council in the City of Fort Worth has been paid, and that there are no claims pending for personal injury and/or property damages. The acceptance by the Contractor of the last or final payment as aforesaid shall operate as and shall release the Owner from all claims or liabilities under the .Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under Contract Documents or any act or neglect of said City relating to or connected with the Contract. The making of the final payment by the Owner shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. C8-8.9 ADEQUACY OF DESIGN: It is understood that the Owner believes it has employed competent Engineers and designers to prepare the Contract Documents and all modifications of the approved Contract Documents. It is, therefore, agreed that the Owner shall be responsible for the adequacy of its own design features, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure, and the practicability of the operations of the completed project, provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract -- Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the Owner. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof, and all approved additions and alterations thereto. C8-8 10 GENERAL GUARANTY: Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and C8-8 (4) -- pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outline. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. C8-8 .11 SUBSIDIARY .. WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by the Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal, for each bid item. Surface restoration, rock excavation and cleanup are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. C8-8 .12 MISCELLANEOUS PLACEMENT OF MATERIAL: Material may be .. allocated under various bid items in the Proposal to establish unit prices for miscellaneous placement of material. These materials shall be used only when directed by the Engineer, depending on field conditions. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material will be made for only that amount of material used, measured to the nearest one-tenth unit. Payment for miscellaneous placement of material shall be in accordance with the General Contract Documents regardless of the actual amount used for the project. ^^ C8-8.13 RECORD DOCUMENTS: Contractor shall keep on record a copy of all specifications, plans, addenda, modifications, shop drawings and samples at the site, in good order and annotated to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to Engineer upon completion of the work. -- C8-8 (5) - PART CS - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS W SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ■ FORT WORTH,WATER DEPARTMENT WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT PROJECTS September 2,2003 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: In Section C1-1.2 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ■ delete Paragraph C1-1.2b SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and add the following: "b. SPECIAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Special Contract Documents are prepared for each specific project as a supplement to the General Contract Documents and include the following items: PART A- NOTICE TO BIDDERS (Advertisement) White SPECIAL INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS White PART B-PROPOSAL(Bid) White ■ M/WBE BID SPECIFICATIONS Golden Rod PART C -GENERAL CONDITIONS Canary Yellow PART CS- SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Green PART D-SPECIAL CONDITIONS Green PART E-TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS White PERMITS/EASEMENTS (Some Permits are Multicolored) White 0 PART F-BONDS AND INSURANCE White PART G-CONTRACT White _ PART H-PLANS/FIGURES (may be bound separately) White" 2. DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORATION AND PUBLIC WORKS: Delete entire Paragraph C1-1.17,and replace with the following: C1-1.17 DIRECTOR OF TRANSPORATION AND PUBLIC WORKS: The officially appointed Director of the Transportation and Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth, or his duly authorized representative,assistant, or agents. ■ 3. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING: Add the following paragraph after C1-1.17 and before C1-1.18: ■ C1-1.17A DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING: The officially appointed Director of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth, referred to in the charter as the City Engineer, or his duly authorized representative assistant, or agents. ■ 4. ENGINEER: Delete entire Paragraph C1-1.19, and replace with the following: The Director of the Fort Worth Department of Engineering, the Director of Fort Worth Transportation and Public Works Department, the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department, or their duly authorized assistants, agents, engineers, inspectors, ■ or superintendents, acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them. ■ CS-1 5. PROPOSAL FORM: In Section C2-2.1, Paragraph 1, revise last sentence to read as follows: "The Bidder shall furnish a Financial Statement, Equipment Schedule, and - Experience Record, all of which must be properly executed and filed with the Director of the Water Department one week prior to the hour for opening of bids. Information shall be on forms provided by the Bidder and acceptable to the City. 6. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE OF PROJECT: In Section C2-2.3, Paragraph 2, add the following to the last sentence: "except for changes in the site conditions caused by factors outside of the control of the Contractor which occur after the Contractor's inspection and prior to installation." 7. INTERPRETATION AND PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL: Part C -General Conditions, Section C2-2, exchange paragraphs C2-2.7, C2-2.8, and C2-2.9 with the following: C2-2.7 DELIVERY OF PROPOSAL: No proposal will be considered unless it is delivered, accompanied by its proper Bid Security and other required material, to the Purchasing Manager or his representative at the official location and stated time set forth in the proposal at the proper time to the proper place. The mere fact that a proposal was dispatched will not be considered. The Bidders must have the proposal actually delivered. Each proposal shall be in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the word "PROPOSAL" and the name or description of the project designated in the "Notice To Bidders". The envelope shall be addressed to the Purchasing Manager, City of Fort Worth Purchasing Division,PO Box 17027,Fort Worth, Texas 76102." C2-2.8 WITHDRAWING PROPOSALS: Proposals actually filed with the Purchasing Manager cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. A request for non consideration of a proposal must be made in writing, ■ addressed to the City Manager, and filed with him prior to the time set for the opening of proposals. After all proposals not requested for non-consideration are opened and publicly read aloud, the proposals for which non-consideration requests have been properly filed may, at the option of the Owner,be returned unopened. C2-2.9 TELEGRAPHIC MODIFICATION OF PROPOSALS: Any bidder may modify his proposal by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the time set for opening proposals, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Purchasing Manager prior to the said proposal opening time, and provided further, that the City Manager is satisfied that a written and duly authenticated confirmation of such telegraphic communication over the signature of the bidder was mailed prior to the proposal opening time. If such confirmation is not received within forty-eight (48) hours after the proposal opening time, no further consideration will be given to the proposal. CS-2 8. MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ' COMPLIANCE:Delete entire Paragraph C3-3.2, and replace with the following: C3-3.2 MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISES: In a accord with ' City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE/WBE SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, and/or the GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM ("with Documentation') and/or the JOINT VENTURE FORM as appropriate. The Documentation must be received by the managing department no later than 5:00 p.m, five (5) City business days after the bid ■ opening date. The bidder shall obtain a receipt from the appropriate employee.of the managing department to whom delivery was made. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. Failure to comply shall render the bid non-responsive. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide the Owner complete and accurate ■ information regarding actual work performed by a minority business enterprise (MBE) and/or women business enterprise (WBE) on the contract and payment thereof Contractor further agrees to permit any audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE and/or WBE. The misrepresentation of facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate Federal, State or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements. Further, any such misrepresentation facts (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or ■ commission of fraud will result in the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less that three ■ (3)years. 9. C3-3.5 AWARD OF CONTRACT is modified to read as follows: "The Owner reserves the right to withhold final action on the proposals for a reasonable time, not to exceed the period stated for the duration of the Bid Security ■ stated in the Notice to Bidders or 90 days,whichever is shorter." 10. C3-3.7 BONDS. For the Paragraph after Paragraph C3-3.7d OTHER BONDS, which ■ begins with'No sureties", change the entire paragraph to read as follows: "In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must(1)hold a certificate • of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of$100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States Secretary of the Treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance CS-3 pa shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. Each bond shall be properly .. executed by both the Contractor and the Bonding Company." 11.0 INSURANCE.Delete entire Paragraph C3-3.11 INSURANCE, and replace with the following:: F C3-3.11 INSURANCE: The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance required under the Contract Documents, and such insurance has been approved by the Owner and certificates of Insurance shall be delivered to the Owner (City of Fort Worth, Contract Administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102) prior to commencement of work on the contract project. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for delivering to the Owner the sub- contractor's certificate of insurance for approval. The prime Contractor shall indicate on the certificate of insurance included in the documents for execution whether or not his insurance covers sub-contractors. It is the intention of the Owner that the insurance coverage required herein shall include the coverage of all sub-contractors. The General Contractor may require all subcontractors to be insured and submit documentation ensuring that the requirements of C3-3.11 are met for all subcontractors. Failure of the Owner to request required documentation, shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. The Contractor's — liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. a. COMPENSATION INSURANCE: The Contractor shall maintain, during the life of this contract,Worker's Compensation Insurance on all of his employees to be engaged in work on the project under this contract, and for all sub-contractors. In case any class of employees engaged in hazardous work on the project under this contract is not protected under the Worker's Compensation Statute, the Contractor shall provide adequate employer's general liability insurance for the protection of such of his employees not so protected. Worker's compensation insurance covering employees in the project site shall be indorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the OWNER. b. COMMERICAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE: The Contractor -� Shall procure and shall maintain during the life of this contract, General Liability Insurance (Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance) in the amount not less than$500,000 covering each gccurrence/aggregate on account of bodily injury, including death, and in an amount not less than $500,000 covering each occurrence//aggregate on account of property damage with $2,000,000 umbrella policy coverage. Certificates of insurance shall state that Insurance is on an'occurrence"basis. Certificate shall also contain a statement that no exclusions by endorsement have been made to the Commercial General Liability Policy. CS-4 C. ADDITIONAL LIABILITY: The Contractor shall fiarnish insurance as a separate policies or by additional endorsement to one of the above-mentioned policies, and in the amount as set forth for public liability and property damage,the following insurance: 1. Contingent Liability(covers General Contractor's Liability for acts of sub-contractors). 2. Blasting,prior to any blasting being done. 3. Collapse of buildings or structures adjacent to excavation fif excavation are performed adjacent to same). 4. Damage to underground utilities for$500,000. 5. Builder's risk(where above-around structures are involved). 6. Contractual Liability (covers all indemnification requirements of Contract). The City, its offices, employees and servants shall be endorsed as additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's worker's compensation insurance policy. Contractor's insurance policies shall be indorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self funded or commercial coverage maintained by the OWNER shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. 7. When required by the Contract Documents, Environmental Impairment Liability Coverage must be provided in the limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 annual aggregate. The Environmental Impairment Liability (EIL) must contain coverage for sudden and accidental contamination or pollution, liability for gradual emissions, and clean-up costs. The EEL coverage shall include two year completed operations coverage on a per Project basis. A separate insurance policy may be needed to fulfill this requirement. EEL for damages incurred in the course of transporting sludge shall be covered under the contractor's insurance policy(s). d. AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE: The Contractor shall procure and maintain during the life of this Contract, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance in an amount not less than $250,000 for injuries including accidental death to any one person and subject to the same limit for each person an amount not less than $500,000 aggregate on account of'one accident, and automobile property damage insurance in an amount not less than $100,000 aggregate. CS-5 e. SCOPE OF INSURANCE AND SPECIAL HAZARD: The insurance required under the above paragraphs shall provide adequate protection for the Contractor and his sub-contractors, respectively, against damage ,. claims which may arise from operations under this contract, whether such operations be by the insured or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by him, and also against any of the following special hazards which may be encountered in the performance of the Contract. f. PROOF OF CARRIAGE OF INSURANCE: The Contractor shall fiunish the owner with satisfactory proof of coverage by insurance required in these Contract Documents in the amounts and by carriers satisfactory to the Owner. (Sample attached.) Other than Worker's Compensation Insurance, in lieu of specified insurance, the City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in writing any alternative coverage. All insurance requirements made upon the Contractor shall apply to the sub-contractors, should the Prime Contractor's insurance not cover the sub-contractor's work operations. g. DEDUCTIBLE LIMITS. The deductible limits or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000 per occurrence unless .. otherwise approved by the City. h. INSURANCE COMPANY: The insurance company with whom the Contractor's insurance is written shall be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and shall have a current A.M. Best Rating of"A:VII" or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. i. NOTIFICATION. During the lifetime of this contract, the Contractor shall notify the ENGINEER in writing, of any known loss occurrence that could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. PM j. CANCELLATION: Insurance shall be endorsed to provide the City with a minimum of thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal and/or material change in insurance policy terms or coverage. A minimuml0 day notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of insurance premium to insurance company. CITY RESPONSIBILITIES. The City shall not be responsible for direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor's Insurance. 12. LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL CHARGES(Reference C44.5c): The Contractor agrees that should any change in the work of extra work be ordered, the following applicable percentage shall be added to Material and Labor Costs to cover overhead and profit: CS-6 PM 1. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces shall not exceed 15%. 2. Allowance to the Contractor for overhead and profit for extra work performed by a subcontractor and supervised by the Contractor shall not exceed 10%. Contractor shall be reimbursed for direct field overhead when the change requires an extension of the Contract period. Contractor shall not be reimbursed for indirect overhead or indirect costs related to changes to this contract. 13. TESTING COSTS: Section 5-5.12,revise the first sentence to read as follows: "Where, as called for in the Contract Documents, tests of materials or equipment are necessary, such tests will be made at the expense of and paid for by the Contractor unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Technical Specifications." 14. LAWS TO BE OBSERVED: Section C6-6.1, delete "or which may be enacted later". After the word "exist," add "at the time of the Contract or may be hereafter exist during the performance of the Contract." 15. BUILDING PERMITS: Paragraph C6-6.2 Insert the following at the end of the Paragraph; "Contractors are responsible for obtaining all construction permits from the governing agencies. Contractor shall schedule all code inspections with the Code Inspection Department in accordance with the permit requirements and submit copy of updated schedule to the Engineer weekly. Building, plumbing, electrical and mechanical building permits are issued without charge. Water and sewer access fees will be paid by the Water Department. Any other permit fees are the responsibility of the Contractor." 16. BARRICADES, WARNINGS AND FLAGMEN: In Paragraph C6-6.8, replace the word "watchmen" wherever in appears with the word "flagmen". In the first paragraph, lines five (5) and six (6), replace "take all such other precautionary measures" with "take all reasonable necessary measures". 17. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS:Delete entire Paragraph C6-6.12, and replace with the following: "C6-6.12 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS: Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify the City' Engineer and Architect, and their personnel at the project site for the Contractor's sole negligence. In addition,the Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, agents, servants, and employees, from and against all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees subcontractors, licensees or invitees, CS-7 whether or not any such iniury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by _ the negligence or alleged negligence of the Owner, its ofricers, agents, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Owner from and against any and all injuries to the Owner's officers, agents, servants, and employees, loss or destruction of property of the Owner arising form the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such iniury or damage is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged _ negligence of the Owner, its officers, agents, servants, or employees In the event the Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until the Contractor either (a) submits to the Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides the Owner r. with a letter from the Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if he deems it appropriate, refuse to accept bids on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract." 18. STATE SALES TAX: A. Delete Paragraph C6-6.21 STATE SALES TAX in its entirety. B. This contract is issued by an organization, which qualifies for exemption pursuant ■- to the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise, and Use Tax Act. All equipment and materials not consumed by or incorporated into the project construction are subject to State Sales Tax under House Bill 11, enacted August 15, 1991. all such taxes shall be included in the various amounts on the Proposal Form. The successful Bidder shall be required to submit a breakdown between costs of labor, consumable material and other construction costs and costs of material incorporated into the project construction prior to execution of this contract. B. At the time of execution of the Contract Documents by the Contractor, the Contractor shall complete the "Statement of Materials and Other Charges" which identifies the project costs anticipated in the Project into "Materials Incorporated into the Project" and"All Other Charges". The Contract shall be a"Separated Contract". C. The City of Fort Worth will issue appropriate Certificates of Resale to the o Contractor. D. All Change Orders to the Contract will separate charges for materials and labor and will contain the following statement: "For purposes of complying with Texas Tax Code, the Contractor agrees that the charges for material incorporated into the project in excess of the estimated quantity provided for herein will be no less than the invoice price for such material to the Contractor." CS-8 .. 19 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS: Add the following to Section C7-7: C7-7.18 AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS: The Contractor shall be required to observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS". Typically, the OZONE SEASON, within the Metroplex area, runs from May 1, through OCTOBER 31, with _ 6:00 am. - 10:00 a.m. being critical BECAUSE EMISSIONS FROM THIS TRVVIE PERIOD HAVE ENOUGH TIME TO BAKE IN THE HOT ATMOSPHERE THAT LEADS TO EARLY AFTERNOON OZONE FORMATION. . The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. On designated Air Pollution Watch Days, the Contractor shall bear the responsibility of being aware that such days have been designated Air Pollution Watch Days and as such shall not begin work until 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or if equipment is new and certified by EPA as "Low Emitting", or equipment bums Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions,or alternative fuels such as CNG. �• If the Contractor is unable to perform continuous work for a period of at least seven hours between the hours of 7:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m., on a designated Air Pollution Watch Day,that day will be considered as a weather day and added onto the allowable weather days of a given month. 20 C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: Delete C8-8.4 SCOPE OF PAYMENT in its entirety and replace with the following: "The Contractor shall receive and accept the compensation as herein provided, in full payment for furnishing all labor, tools, materials, and incidentals for performing all work contemplated and embraced under these Contract Documents, for all loss and damage arising out of the nature of the work or from the action of the elements, for any unforeseen defects or obstructions which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution which may arise or be encountered during the prosecution of the work at _ any time before its final acceptance by the Owner, (except as provided in paragraph C5-5.14) for all risks of whatever description connected with the prosecution of the work, for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or .. discontinuance of such prosecution of the working operations as herein specified, or any and all infringements of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other legal reservations, and for completing the work in an acceptable manner according to the ® terms of the Contract Documents. The payment of any current or partial estimate prior to the final acceptance of the •� work by the Owner shall in no way constitute an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the work, materials, or equipment, nor in any way prejudice or affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair, correct, renew, or replace at his own and CS-9 proper expense any defects or imperfections in the construction or in the strength or quality of the material used or equipment or machinery furnished in or about the P construction of the work under contract and its appurtenances, or any damage due or attributed to such defects, which defects, imperfections, or damage shall have been discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work or daring the two (2) year guaranty period after the final acceptance. The Owner shall be the sole judge of such defects, imperfections, or damage, and the Contractor shall be liable to _. the Owner for failure to correct the same as provided herein." 21. PARTIAL PAYMENTS: Change Paragraph C8-8.5 to read as follows: _ "Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor 5th day and the 20th day of the month that work has been is in progress. The estimate shall be processed by the City on the 10th day and 25th day respectively. Estimates will be paid within 25 days following the end of the estimate period, less the appropriate retainage as set out below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered ,. to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of pay estimate have not been so installed. If such materials are included within a pay estimate,payment shall be based upon 85%of the net invoice value thereof. The Contractor will furnish the engineer such information as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate. For contracts of less than$400,000.00 at the execution, retainage shall be ten percent (10%). For contracts of$400,000.00 or more at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent(5%). Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with subcontract agreement, within five (5) business days after receipt by the Contractor of the payment by the City. Contractor's failure to make the required payment to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold future payments from the Contractor until compliance with this paragraph is accomplished. It is understood that the partial pay estimates will be approximate only, and all partial pay estimates and payment of the same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of an error in any previous estimate. Payment of any _ partial pay estimate shall not,in any respect,be taken as an admission of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quality of sufficiency, or as an acceptance of the work done or the release of the Contractor of any of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other provisions of this Contract." 22. GENERAL,GUARANTY.Delete C8-8.10 GENERAL GUARANTY in its entirety and replace with the following: CS-10 Neither the final certificate of payment nor any provision in the Contract Documents nor partial or entire occupancy or use of the premises by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of the work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents or relieve the Contractor of liability in respect to any express warranties or responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the work and pay for any damage to the other work resulting therefrom .. which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient .. maintenance bond in the amount of 100 percent of the amount of the contract which shall assure the performance of the general guaranty as above outlined. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. Any reference to any shorter period of time of warranty contained elsewhere within the specifications shall be resolved in favor of this specification, it being the City's intent that the Contractor guarantee its work for a period of two (2) years following the date of acceptance of the project. 23. RIGHT TO AUDIT: Add the following to Section C8-8: C-8-8.14 RIGHT TO AUDIT: ® "(a) The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the .. Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during normal working hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this section. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (b) Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents,papers, and records of such subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during normal working hours to all subcontractor facilities, and ® shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this article together with subsection(c) hereof. The .. City shall give subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. (c) Contractor and subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse contractor for the cost of the copies as follows: 1. 50 Copies and Under- 10 cents per page. 2. More than 50 copies- 85 cents for the first page plus fifteen cents for each page CS-11 thereafter." (5/25/93) 24. SCHEDULE OF COSTS: Add the following to Section C8-8: C8-8.15 SCHEDULE OF COSTS: Following the completion of all work on the .. Project and prior to submittal of a request for final payment, the Contractor shall provide a Schedule of Costs to City for approval which lists all equipment systems, structures, building electrical and HVAC systems, overhead and project related costs. The items will be grouped into categories using the Owner's list of category codes which will be provided by the Owner at the Preconstruction Conference. The Schedule of Costs will be used by the City as input to the Capital Assets System, and will not be considered in preparation of modifications to the Contract. Costs .. associated with the preparation and processing of this schedule of costs shall be subsidiary to the price bid. The Contractor will also provide a projected payment schedule tied to the project schedule and the schedule of values which projects the monthly payments through the end of the Project. The Payment schedule must be submitted along with the first request for payment. This information is necessary to arrange financing of the Project by the City. r END OF SECTION r+ CS-12 - PART D - SPECIAL CONDITIONS D-1 GENERAL: Subject to modifications as herein contained,the Fort Worth Water Department's General Contract Documents and General Specifications. effective July 1, 1978, are made part of the Contract Documents for this Project. The Plans, Special conditions and Provisions Documents, and the rules, regulations, requirements, instructions, drawings and details referred to by manufacturer's name, number or identification included therein as specifying, referring or implying product control, performance, quality, or other shall be binding upon the Contractor. The Specifications and drawings shall be considered cooperative; therefore, work or material called for by one and not shown or mentioned in the other shall be accomplished or furnished in a faithful manner as though required by ® all. The order or precedence in case of conflicts or discrepancies between various parts of the Contract Documents subject to the ruling of the Engineer shall generally, but not necessarily,follow the guidelines listed below: 1. Plans 2. Special Contract Documents .. 3. General Contract Documents and General Specifications The following Special Conditions shall be applicable to this project and shall govern any conflicts with the General Contract documents under the provisions stated above. D-2 PROJECT DESIGNATION: Construction under these Special Documents shall be performed under the Fort Worth Water Department Project Designations: Water Project Number P274-602160023280, Sewer Project Number ,and/or Other D-3 PROJECT SIGNS: Project Signs are required at all locations which will be under construction for more than thirty (30) calendar days as indicated in Part B Proposal. Project Signs shall be in accordance with Figure 30 (dated 8-28-89) of the General Contract Documents. The _ signs may be mounted on skids or on posts. The exact locations and methods of mounting shall be approved by the engineer. Any and all costs for the required materials, labor, and equipment necessary for the furnishing of Project Signs shall be considered as a subsidiary cost of the project and no additional compensation will be allowed. D-4 CITY FURNISHED MATERIALS: _ For water projects, the City will furnish"pipe cleaning pigs," chlorine gas or chlorinated lime (HTH) and all water for initial cleaning and sterilization of water lines. All other materials for construction of the project, including water for compaction, shall be furnished by the Contractor. CITY SEC:71REMY FT. WORTH, TEX. D-5 WAGE RATES: The labor classifications and minimum wage rates set forth herein have been predetermined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, in accordance with statutory requirements, as being the prevailing classifications and rates that shall govern on all work performed by the Contractor or any subcontractor on the site of the project covered by these Contract Documents. In no event shall less that the following rates be paid. (see attached wage rates) When two or more wage rate scales are shown and wage rates shown in specific classifications are in conflict,the higher wage will be used. D-6 DEWATERING: The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the method of dewatering operation �. for the water or sewage flows from the existing mains and ground water. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage of any nature resulting from the dewatering operations. The DISCHARGE from any dewatering operation shall be conducted as approved by the Engineer. Ground water shall not be discharged into sanitary sewers. Dewatering shall be considered as incidental to a construction and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. D-7 CROSSING OF EXISTING UTILITIES: Where a proposed water line crosses over a sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line and/or a proposed sewer line crosses over a water line and the clear vertical distance is less than 9 feet barrel to barrel, the sanitary sewer or sanitary sewer service line shall be made water tight or be constructed of ductile iron pipe. The required length of replacement shall be determined by the Engineer. The material for sanitary sewer mains ^ and sanitary sewer laterals shall be Class 51 Ductile Iron Pipe with polyethylene wrapping as specified in Material Standard El-6 contained in the General Contract Documents. The material for sanitary sewer service lines shall be extra strength cast iron soil pipe with polyethylene wrapping as specified in the General Contract Documents. Adaptor fittings shall be a urethane or neoprene coupling A.S.T.M. C.425 with series 300 Stainless Steel compression straps. Payment for work such as backfill, fittings, tie-ins and all other associated appurtenances _ required, shall be included in the linear foot price of appropriate bid item. D-8 EXISTING UTILTIES: The plans show the locations of all known surface and subsurface structures. However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of these structures on the Plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure �. shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for additional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any manner whatsoever. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the locations of and protecting all existing utilities, service lines, or other property crossed or exposed by his construction 2 ■ operations. Contractor shall make all necessary provisions for the support, protection, relocation, and or temporary relocation of all utility poles, gas lines, telephone cables, utility services,water mains, sanitary sewer lines, electrical cables, drainage pipes, and all other utilities and structures both above and below ground during construction. The Contractor is liable for all damages done to such existing facilities as a result of his operations and any and all cost incurred for the protection and or temporary relocation of such facilities shall be included in the cost bid per linear foot of pipe installed. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged, the Contractor shall ■ replace or repair the utilities or service lines with the same type of original material and construction, or better, unless otherwise shown or noted on the plans, at his own cost and expense. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility or .. service line. He shall cooperate with the owners of all utilities to locate existing underground facilities and notify the Engineer at once of any conflicts in grades and alignment. In case it is necessary to change or move the property of any owner of a public utility, such property shall not be moved or interfered with until ordered to do so by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the owner of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the purpose of making such changes or repairs, of their property that may be made necessary by performance of this contract. D-9 EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS: In addition to those areas as may be designated on the Drawings, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to excavate and locate existing utilities which may affect construction of the water and/or sewer facilities. All exploratory excavations shall occur far enough in advance to permit any necessary relocation to be made with minimum delay. All costs incurred by the Contractor in making exploratory excavations shall be considered to be included in the unit price bid for constructing of water/sewer line or the associated structures. D-10 TEST HOLES: The matter of subsurface exploration to ascertain the nature of the soils, including the amount of rock, if any, through which this pipeline installation is to be made is the responsibility of any and all prospective bidders, and any bidder on this project shall submit his bid under the condition. Whether prospective bidders perform this subsurface exploration jointly or independently, and whether they make such determinations by the use of test holes or other means, shall be left to the discretion of such prospective bidders. The cost of the rock removal and other associated appurtenances, if required, shall be included in the linear foot bid price of the pipe. D-11 SUBSTITUTIONS: The specifications for materials set out the minimum standard of quality which the City believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. No substitutions will be permitted 3 ■ until the Contractor has received written permission of the Engineer to make a substitution for the material which has been specified. Where the term "or equal," or " or approved equal" is used, it is understood that if a material,product, or piece of equipment bearing the name so used is furnished it will be approvable, as the particular trade name was used for the purpose of establishing a standard of quality acceptable to the City. If a product of any other name is proposed for use, the Engineer's approval thereof must be obtained before the proposed substitute is procured by the Contractor. Where the term ""or equal," or "or approved equal" is not used in the specifications, this does not necessarily exclude alternative items or material or equipment which may accomplish the intended purpose. However, the Contractor shall have the full responsibility of proving that the proposed substitution is, in fact, equal, and the Engineer, as the representative of the City, shall be the sole judge of the acceptability of substitutions. The provisions of this sub-section as related to "Substitutions" shall be applicable to all sections of these specifications. D-12 TRENCH SAFETY: 1. GENERAL: This specification covers the trench safety requirements for all trench excavations in order to protect workers from cave-ins. The requirements of this item govern all trenches for mains, manholes, vaults, service lines, and all other appurtenances. 2. STANDARDS: The latest version of the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926, Subpart P- Excavations, are hereby made a part of this specification and shall be the minimum governing requirements for trench safety. IN 3. DEFINITIONS: A. TRENCHES: A trench is referred to as a narrow excavation made below the surface of the ground in which the depth is greater than the width, where the width measured at the bottom is not greater than fifteen (15) feet. If forms or other structures are installed or constructed in an excavation so as to reduce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the excavation to fifteen (15) feet or less at the bottom of the excavation, the excavation is also considered to be a trench. B. BENCHING SYSTEM: Benching means excavating the sides of a trench to form one or a series of horizontal levels or steps, usually with vertical or near- vertical surfaces between levels. C. SLOPING SYSTEM: Sloping means excavating to form sides of a trench that are inclined away from the excavation. D. SHIELD SYSTEM: Shields used in trenches are generally referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields." Shield means a structure that is able to withstand the 4 forces imposed on it by a cave-in and protect workers within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and move along as the work progresses. Shields can be either premanufactured or job-built in accordance with OSHA standards. .. E. SHORING SYSTEM: Shoring means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber system that supports the sides of a trench and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. Shoring systems are generally comprised of crossbraces,vertical rails(uprights),horizontal rails (wales)and/or sheeting. 4. MEASUREMENT: Trench depth is the vertical measurement from the top of the existing ground to the bottom of the pipe or structures. The quantity of trench safety systems shall be based on the linear foot amount of trench depth greater than five(5) .. feet. 5. PAYMENT: Separate payment will be made only when trench excavations exceed a depth of five (5) feet and shall be full compensation for safety system design, labor, tools, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary for the installation and removal of trench safety systems. D-12 VALVE BLOCKING: All valves shall have concrete blocking for support. Valves shall have polyethylene wrapping per Material Specification E1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13 installed prior to concrete blocking. No separate payment will be made for any of the work involved for this item and all costs incurred will be considered to be included in the bid price of the valve. D-13 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS: Reference Part E2 Construction Specifications, Section E2-7 Installing Cast Iron Pipe, Fittings, and Specials, Sub Section E2-7.11 Cast Iron Fittings: the first Paragraph shall be revised to read as follows: "E2-7.11 DUCTILE-IRON AND GRAY-IRON FITTINGS: All ductile-iron and gray- iron fittings shall be fiunished with cement mortar lining as stated in Section E1-7. The price bid per ton of fittings shall be payment in full for all fittings, joint accessories, polyethylene wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle necessary for construction as designed. All ductile-iron and gray-iron fittings, valves and specials shall be wrapped with polyethylene wrapping conforming to Material Specification E1-13 and Construction Specification E2-13. Wrapping shall precede horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle. Payment for the polyethylene .. wrapping, horizontal concrete blocking, vertical tie-down concrete blocking, and concrete cradle shall be included in bid items for valves and fittings and no other payment will be allowed." 5 D-14 VALVE CUT-INS: It may be necessary to cut-in gate valves to isolate the water main from which the extension and/or replacement is to be connected. This may require closing valves in other lines and putting consumers out of service for that period of time necessary to cut in the new valve; the work must be expedited to the utmost and all such cut-ins must be coordinated with the engineer in charge of inspection. All consumers shall be individually ' advised prior to the shut out and advised of the approximate length of time they may be without service. Payment for work such as backfill, bedding, fittings, blocking and all other associated appurtenances required, shall be included in the price of the appropriate bid items. , D-15 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT: Concrete encasement shall be Class E (1500 psi) concrete and for sewer line encasements shall conform to Fig. 113; for water line encasements it shall conform to Fig. 20 of the General Contract Documents. Requirements for such encasement are specified in Sections E1-20 and E2-20 of the General Contract Documents. Payment for work such as forming, placing, and finishing including all labor, tools, equipment and material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the linear foot price bid for Concrete Encasement. D-16 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES: All connections between proposed and existing facilities, shall consist of a watertight seal. Concrete used in the connection shall be Class A (3000 psi) concrete and meet the requirements of Section E1-20 and E2-20 of the General Contract Documents. Prior to concrete placement, a gasket, RAM-Nek or approved equal, shall be installed around " penetrating pipe. Payment for such work as connecting to existing facilities including all labor, tools, equipment, and material necessary to complete the work shall be included in the linear price of the appropriate pipe size. D-17 BID ALTERNATIVES: The Proposal section of this documents is arranged to allow the Contractor to base his bid on either ductile iron pipe or polyvinyl chloride plastic pipe. Contractor shall indicate type of pipe to be used. However, regardless of the general type pipe specified by the Contractor at certain locations, a specific type pipe has been specified on the plans. All cost for this shall be considered as subsidiary and no additional compensation will be allowed. D-18 SITE PREPARATION: The Contractor shall clear rights-of-way or easements of obstruction which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the work as a part of this project construction operations. The contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph C6-6.10 Work 6 Within Easements, Page 6-6(4), Part C - General Conditions of the Water Department General Contract Document and General Specifications. Clearing and restoration shall be considered as incidental to construction and all costs incurred will be included in the Linear Foot price of the pipe. D-19 CONCRETE AND ASSESSORIES: 1. SCOPE: The requirements of this section shall govern for all materials used and for the storage, handling, measuring, proportioning, and mixing or combining such materials in producing concrete for special manholes and incidental pier construction. All other concrete construction shall be governed by the General Contract Document Specifications. All materials shall be in accordance with requirements of ACI 301, unless amended or superseded by requirements of following articles or general notes on the Plans. Concrete shall be composed of normal Portland cement or high early strength cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and water proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided in these specifications. When not specifically shown ori the plans or stated in the Special Contract Documents, all concrete shall be 3000 psi Type Il,unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. "Central Plant", or "Transit Mixed" concrete may be permitted, but only with Engineer's approval. 2. TESTING AGENCY: All testing shall be done by an approved testing laboratory selected and paid by the Contractor. Three (3 )cylinder samples should be performed at each 20-yard interval of concrete that is placed. 3. CEMENT(ACI 3012.1): Only one brand of cement shall be used in any one structure, except by written permission of the Engineer. When such permission is granted and more than one brand is used in one structure,the resulting concrete shall be uniform in color. Portland cement shall meet the requirements of ASTM C150,Type Il with a maximum of 5% tricalcium aluminate for exposure to sewage. All cement shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM C183, C184, C187, C188, C190, and C191, "Sampling and Testing Portland Cement". 4. WATER(ACI 3012.3): The water used in all concrete shall be free from objectionable quantities of silt,organic matter, alkali, salts,and other impurities. •. 5. COARSE AGGREGATE (ACI 301 2.4): Coarse aggregate shall consist of gravel or crushed stone meeting the requirements of ASTM C33. When tested by ASTM C131 procedures, coarse aggregate shall have a percentage of wear of not more than forty(40). 7 Coarse aggregate for Class F concrete shall have a minimum of fifty (50%) percent calcium carbonate equivalent. 6. FINE AGGREGATE (ACI 301 2.4): Fine aggregate shall consist of natural sand, manufactured sand,or a combination thereof conforming to ASTM C-33. When tested in accordance with ASTM 40, "Test of Organic Impurities in Sands for Concrete",the fine aggregate shall not show a color darker than the standard color. When the fine aggregate, to be used on the job, is mixed with High Early Strength Portland Cement in the proportion of one to three, the average tensile strength of not less than three standard mortar briquets shall be equal to or greater than the tensile strength of Ottawa sand mortar briquets of the same consistency when tested at the age of three days. 7. ADMIXTURES (ACI 3012.2): A. General: Unless specified, no admixtures may be used without specific approval of the Engineer. Admixtures containing more than I%chloride ions may not be used. — B. Air Entraining Agent: Conform to ASTM C260. Add air entraining agent as indicated in ACI 301,Table 3.4.1. C. Water Reducing Admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A; Euclid Chemical Co. Eucon WR-75, Master Builders Pozzolith 200N, Protex PDA or approved equal. (At Contractor's option, water reducing admixture may be used to reduce cement content and improve workability.)Use according to manufacturer's recommendations. D. High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Super Plasticizer): Conform to ASTM C494, Type F or Type G; Euclid Chemical Co. Euco n37, Sike Chemical Corp. _ Sikament or approved equal. 8. STORAGE OF CEMENT (ACT 3012.5): Unless otherwise provided, all cement shall _ be stored in well ventilated weatherproof buildings which will protect the cement from dampness. The floor supporting the cement shall clear the ground a sufficient distance to prevent the absorption of moisture by the cement. Provisions for storage shall be ample in capacity, and the shipments shall be segregated in such a manner as to provide easy access for identification and inspection of each shipment. The Engineer may permit small quantities of cement to be stored in the open for a short period of time, (maximum 48 hours) if a raised storage platform and adequate waterproof covering are provided. No cement shall be used which has become lumped, caked or hardened. 9. STORAGE OF AGGREGATES(ACI 3012.5): The handling and storage of aggregate to be used in making concrete shall be such as to prevent the admixture of foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the site of the stock piles shall be 8 grubbed, cleared of all weeds, grass and other vegetation,and leveled off so that the entire area will be properly drained. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used. When the contract requires the use of two (2) or more sizes of aggregates, the different ® sizes shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent intermixing. _ Materials in stock piles shall be handled and placed in such a manner that segregation of materials within the pile will be avoided, and each pile shall be built up in horizontal layers of not more than three(3)feet in depth. 10. CONSTRUCTION JOINT BONDING (ACI 301 6.1.4.1): Polyvinyl acetate type bonding compound. Euclid Chemical Co. Euco Weld, Larsen Welacrete or approved .. equal. Omit 6.1.4.2 and 6.1.4.3 11. ACCESSORIES FOR FORMS (ACI 301,Chapter 4): •. A. Cone Ties:11/16" diameter, 1" depth, plastic cone and neoprene waterstop ring with suitable snap tie. B. Chamfer Strips: 3/4"45 degree job cut wood. 12. STRUCTURAL REPAIR MATERIALS (ACI 301 9.4): With prior approval of the Engineer as to methods and procedures,make structural repairs with Euclid Chemical Co. Euco Epoxy 456, 400, 463 or Sika Chemical Corp. Culma Dur Mortar, Sikadur Hi-Mod L.V. ,or Sikadur Hi-Mod or approved equal. 13. 1Y IK NG OF CONCRETE: A. Central Mixing Plant: A central mixing plant will be allowed provided the method of mixing and handling has first been approved by the Engineer, and concrete produced is in conformity with the specification requirements. Concrete: 1. Hauling Time: Discharge all concrete transmitted in a truck mixer, agitator or other transportation device within 1-1/2 hours after the mixing water has been added. 2. Extra Water: Deliver concrete to the job in exact quantities required by the design mix. Should extra water be required before depositing the concrete, the Engineer shall .. have sole authority to authorize the addition of water. Any additional water added to the mix after leaving the batch plant shall be indicated on the truck ticket and signed by the person responsible. Where extra water is added to the concrete it shall be mixed •. thoroughly for 40 revolutions of the drum or 3-1/2 minutes at mixing speed,whichever is greater. B. Transit Mixing: When transit mixing is used, the transit mixer shall be of an approved revolving drum or revolving blade type so constructed as to produce a thoroughly mixed concrete with a uniform distribution of the materials throughout the 9 mass and shall be equipped with a discharge mechanism which will insure the discharging of the mixed concrete without segregation. The mixer drum shall be water-tight when closed and shall be equipped with a locking device which will automatically prevent the discharging of the mixer prior to receiving the required number of revolutions. The entire quantity of mixing water shall be accurately measured and controlled. Each batch shall be mixed to the consistency as described herein. Any additional mixing shall be done at a slower speed specified by the manufacturer for agitation and shall be continuous until the batch is discharged. 14. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS: Construction joints shall be placed as shown on the plans unless otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer. All construction joint shall be made on horizontal and vertical planes and formed with mortises or keys made in the concrete unless shown otherwise on the plans. A. Construction Joint Bonding (ACI 302 6.1.4.1) Polyvinyl Acetate type bonding compound. Euclid Chemical Co., Euco Weld, Larsen Welacrete or approved equal and applied as recommended. Omit 6.1.4.1 and 6.1.4.3. 15. FORMS: A. FORMWORK(ACI 301, CHAPTER 4) 1. Earth Cuts (ACI 3014.1.3): Shall not be used as forms for vertical surfaces unless approved by the Engineer. 2. Chamfer Strips(ACI 3014.2.4): Install 45 degrees chamfer strips at exposed outside corners. B. FORM REMOVAL(ACI 301 4.5) 1. Form Removal: Remove formwork supporting weight of concrete only after notifying Engineer and in a manner to insure safety of the structure. Under normal conditions. Formwork may be removed when concrete is at least 14 days old and has reached 90 percent of specified strength. When temperature is below 45 degrees F, leave formwork in place an additional period of the equaling time structure was exposed to lower temperature. No live load permitted on new construction after form removal until concrete is at least 28 days old and has reached full specified strength. 2. Form Facing Material Removal: Form facing material which is removable without disturbing shores may be removed when concrete is at least 7 days old. Facing may be removed earlier if specifically approved by the Engineer and acceptable curing ... compound is applied to all surfaces immediately after form removal. C. RESHORING(ACI 3014.6) Reshoring permitted only after prior review by Engineer. 10 D. FORM REUSE Clean all form material suitable for reuse before erection. No form material will be acceptable for reuse if, in the opinion of the Engineer it will not produce a finished surface required by these Specifications or called for on the drawings. 16. PLACING CONCRETE (ACI 301): On vertical formwork, use approved bar chairs or spacer as required to maintain proper concrete cover and bar position. 17. REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS (ACI 309 9.1): Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. Modify or replace concrete not conforming to required lines, detail and elevations. Repair or replace concrete not properly placed resulting in excessive honeycombing and other defects. Do not patch, repair or replace exposed architectural finished concrete except upon express directions of Engineer. Patching of tie holes and defects is required. 18. FORMED SURFACE FINISHED (ACI 301 10.4): Formed surface finished per ACI 301 10.4. 19. CURING(ACI 301 12.1): A. Impervious Coating: Applied specified curing compounds immediately after final finishing of slabs.Apply in quantities recommended by the manufacturer. B. Wet Covering: Curing shall be continued for at least four curing days after the concrete is placed. 20. MISCELLANEOUS FINISH REQUIREMENTS: All other concrete finish work not indicated on the plans shall be provided herein, even though not specifically mentioned, as follows: 1. Finishing Exposed Surfaces: All tie wires shall be cut below surface then pointed over. All imperfections such as fins shall be removed and local surface depressions pointed over. 21.PAYW'NT FOR CONCRETE: The concrete quantities for the various structures will be paid for at the lump sum for the construction of the special manhole and piers. Price will be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, and mixing all concrete materials; placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; cost of concrete mix design except as provided in Special Contract Documents; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; and for all foams and formwork, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. D-20 TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION SEDIMENT AND WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: 1. DESCRIPTION: This item shall consist of temporary soil erosion sediment and water pollution control measures deemed necessary by the Engineer for the duration of the 11 contract. These control measures shall at no time be used as a substitute for the permanent control measures unless otherwise directed by the Engineer and they shall not include measures taken by the CONTRACTOR to control conditions created by his Pa construction operations. The temporary measures shall include dikes, dams, berms, sediment basins, fiber mats, jute netting, temporary seeding, straw mulch, asphalt mulch, plastic liners, rubble liners, baled-hay retards, dikes, slope drains and other devices. 2. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: The Engineer has the authority to define erodible earth and the authority to limit the surface area of erodible-earth material exposed by preparing right-of-way, clearing and grubbing, the surface area of erodible- earth material exposed by excavation, borrow and to direct the CONTRACTOR to provide temporary pollution-control measures to prevent contamination of adjacent streams, other water courses, lakes, ponds or other areas of water impoundment. Such _ work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, dams, sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, mats seeding or other control devices or methods directed by the Engineer as necessary to control soil erosion. Temporary pollution-control measures shall be used to prevent or correct erosion that may develop during construction prior to installation of permanent pollution-control features, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. The Engineer will limit the area of preparing right of way, clearing and grubbing, excavation and borrow to be proportional to the CONTRACTOR'S capability and .. progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent pollution-control measures current in accordance with the accepted schedule. Should seasonal conditions make such limitations unrealistic, temporary soil-erasion-control measures shall be performed as directed by the Engineer. The amount of surface area of erodible-earth material exposed at one time shall not exceed 750,000 square feet for each excavation operation, 750,000 square feet for each material source operation(other than from commercially operated sources), 750,000 square feet for each preparing of right-of-way operation or 750,000 square feet for each clearing and grubbing operation, unless otherwise shown on the plans or with prior approval by the Engineer in writing. The CONTRACTOR shall also conform to the following practices and controls. All _ labor, tools, equipment and incidentals to complete the work will not be paid for directly but shall be considered as subsidiary work to the various items included in the contract. (a). Waste or disposal areas and construction roads shall be located and constructed in a manner that will minimize the amount of sediment entering streams. (b). Frequent fording of live streams will not be permitted; therefore, temporary bridges or other structures shall be used wherever an appreciable number of stream crossings are necessary. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, .. mechanized equipment shall not be operated in live streams. 12 (c). When work areas or material sources are located in or adjacent to live streams, such areas shall be separated from the stream by a dike or other barrier to keep ' sediment from entering a flowing stream. Care shall be taken during the construction and removal of such barriers to minimize the muddying of a stream. (d). All waterways shall be cleared as soon as practicable of falsework, piling, debris or other obstructions placed during construction operations that are not a part of the finished work. (e). The CONTRACTOR shall take sufficient precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium chloride or other harmful materials. He shall conduct and schedule his operations so as to avoid or minimize siltation of streams, lakes and reservoirs and to avoid interference with .. movement of migratory fish. 3. SUBMITTAL: Prior to the start of the applicable construction, the CONTRACTOR -� shall submit for approval his schedules for accomplishment of soil-erosion-control work and his plan to keep the area of erodible-earth material to a minimum. He shall also submit for acceptance his proposed method of soil-erosion control on construction and haul roads and material sources and his plan for disposal of waste materials. No work shall be started until the soil-erosion control schedules and methods of operations have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All work,materials and equipment necessary to provide temporary erosion control shall be considered subsidiary to the contract and no extra pay will be given for this work. D-21 HYDRO MULCH SEEDING AND SODDING: Any sodding or hydro mulching required will be done in accordance with Fort Worth Public Works Department Standard Specifications item 118 and 120. If in the opinion of the Engineer, additional seeding and/or sodding is required due to the Contractor's construction,this will be seeded and sodded at the expense of the Contractor. Payment for work and all associated appurtenants required, shall be included in the appropriate bid item(s). D-22 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE: A. Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to provide the Owner (City) a certificate showing that it has obtained a policy of worker's compensation insurance covering each of its employees employed on the project in compliance with state law. No Notice to Proceed will be issued until the Contractor has complied with this section. 13 B. Subcontractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Contractor agrees to require each and every subcontractor who will perform work on the project to provide to it a certificate from such subcontractor stating that the subcontractor has a policy of worker's compensation insurance covering each employee on the project. Contractor will not permit any subcontractor to perform work on the project until such certificate has been acquired. Contractor shall provide a copy of all such certificates to the Owner(City). C. Worker's Compensation Insurance Coverage. _ 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate"). A copy of a certificate of insurance, a _ certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory worker's compensation insurance coverage for person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the Project - includes the time from he beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. -- Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Texas Labor Code Section 406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaking to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This included,without limitation,independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the City prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the 14 PM end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing the coverage has been extended. 5. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the City will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. 6. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after the contractor knew or should have known, of .. any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by Texas Worker's Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the projects that they are required to be covered and report lack of coverage. 9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to .. provide services on a project,to: _ (a)- provide coverage,based on proper reporting on the classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of .. its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; ., (b) provide to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of .. the project; (c) provide the contractor prior to the end of the coverage period a new certificate of coverage showing the extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; 15 (d) obtain from each other person with it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage,prior to the other person beginning on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage,prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for duration of project and for one year thereafter. (f) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,within 10 days �. after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts,to perform as required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on the proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. 11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. D. Posting of Required Worker's Compensation Coverage. The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing .� services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Act or other Texas Workers' Compensation Commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 10 point normal type, and shall be in both 16 English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text,without additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or _ materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project,regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. D-23 TRENCH EXCAVATION BACKFILL AND COMPACTION: Trench excavation and backfill under parking lots, driveways, gravel surfaced roads, within easements,and within existing or future R.O.W. shall be in accordance with Sections El-2 Backfill and E2-2 Excavation and Backfill of the General Contract Documents and Specifications except as specified herein. 1. TRENCH EXCAVATION: In accordance with Section E2-2 Excavation and Backfill, if the stated maximum trench widths are exceeded, either through accident or otherwise,and if the Engineer determines that the design loading of the pipe will be exceeded,the Contractor will be required to support the pipe with an improved trench bottom. The expense of such remedial measures shall be entirely the Contractor's own. All trenching operations shall be confined to the width of permanent rights-of-way, permanent easements,and any temporary construction easements. All excavation shall be in strict compliance with the Trench Safety Systems Special Condition of this document. 2. TRENCH BACKFILL: Trenches which lie outside of existing or future pavement shall be backfilled above the top of the embedment material with Type "C"backfill material. Excavated material used for Type "C"backfill must be mechanically compacted unless the Contractor can furnish the Engineer with satisfactory evidence that the P.I. of the excavated material is less than 8. Such evidence shall be a test report from an independent testing laboratory and must include representative samples of soils in all involved areas,with a map showing the location and depth of the various test holes. If .. excavated material is obviously granular in nature, containing little or no plastic material,the Engineer may waive the test report requirement. See E1-2.3, Type "C" or "D" Backfill, and E2-2.11 Trench Backfill for additional requirements. When Type "C" back- fill material is not suitable, at the direction of the Engineer, Type "B"backfill material shall be used. 17 In general, all backfill material for trenches in existing paved streets shall be in accordance with Figure A. Sand material specified in Figure A shall be obtained from PW an approved source and shall consist of durable particles free of thin or elongated pieces, lumps of clay, soil, loam or vegetable matter and shall meet the following gradation: Size Sieve % Retained Size Sieve %Retained #4 0-5 #50 0-50 .• #16 0-20 #100 60-95 (P.I. = 8 or less) #200 90-100 3. TRENCH COMPACTION: All trench backfill shall be placed in lifts per E2-2.9 Backfill. Trenches which he outside existing or future pavements shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% Standard Proctor Density(A.S.T.M.D698)by means of tamping only. Trenches which lie under existing or future pavement shall be backfilled per Figure A with 95% Standard Proctor Density by jetting, mechanical tamping, or a combination of methods. Backfill material to be mechanically tamped must be within+-4% of its -- optimum moisture content. The top two (2) feet of sewer line trenches and the top eighteen(18) inches of water line may be rolled in with heavy equipment tires,provided it is placed in lifts appropriate to the material being used and the operation can be performed without damage to the installed pipe. The Contractor shall obtain the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform r" trench compaction tests per A.S.T.M. standards on all trench backfill. Any retesting required as a result of failure to compact the backfill material to meet the standards will be at the expense of the Contractor and will be billed at the commercial rates as r' determined by the City. These soil density tests shall be performed at two (2) foot vertical intervals beginning at a level two (2)feet above the top of the installed pipe and _ continuing to the top of the completed backfill at intervals along the trench not to exceed 300 linear feet. The Contractor will be responsible for providing access and trench _ safety system to the level of trench backfill to be tested. No extra compensation will be allowed for exposing the backfill layer to be tested or providing trench safety system for tests conducted by the City. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT: All material,including any and all Type"B" backfill, and labor costs of excavation and backfill will be included in the price bid per linear foot of water and sewer pipe. All costs involved in performing the trench compaction tests made by independent laboratories shall be subsidiary to the cost of the contract. 18 D-24 SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. Submit seven (7) copies of shop drawings, layouts, manufacturer's data and material schedules as may be required by the Engineer for his review. Submittals may be checked by and stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified as the Engineer may require. Such review by the Engineer shall include checking for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with information given in the General Contract Documents. Indicated actions by the Engineer, which may result from his review, shall not constitute concurrence with any deviation from the plans and specifications unless such deviations are specifically identified by the method described below, and further shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the submitted data. Processed shop drawing submittals are not change orders. The purpose of submittals by the Contractor is to demonstrate that the Contractor understands the design concept, and that he demonstrates his understanding by indicating .. which equipment and materials he intends to furnish and install, and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use. If deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between submittals and the design drawings and/or specifications are discovered, either prior to or after submittals are processed, the design drawings and specifications shall govern. The Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the job site, fabrication processes and techniques of constriction, coordination of his work with that of other trades and satisfactory performance his work. The Contractor shall check and verify all measurements and review submittals prior to being submitted, and sign or initial a statement included with the submittal, which signifies compliance with plans and specifications and dimensions suitable for the application. Any deviation from the specified criteria shall be expressly stated in writing in the submittal. Three (3) copies of the approved submittals shall be retained by the Contractor until completion of the project and presented to the City in bound form. 2. Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following items prior to installation: ***List the required submittals here* Additional shop drawing requirements are described in some of the material specifications. .. 3. Address for Submittals-The submittals shall be addressed to the Chief Design Engineer: David R. Townsend,P.E. Fort Worth Water Department Engineering Division P.O. Box 870 Fort Worth,TX 76101 19 D-25 TESTING: a. The Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, certifications by a private laboratory for all materials proposed to be used on the project, including a mix design for any asphaltic and/or Portland cement concrete to be used, and gradation analysis for sand and crushed stone to be used along with the name of the pit from which the material _ was taken. The Contractor shall provide manufacturer's certifications for all manufactured items to be used in the project and will bear any expense related thereto. b. Tests of the design concrete mix shall be made by the Contractor's laboratory at least nine days prior to the placing of concrete using the same aggregate, cement, and .. mortar which are to be used later in the concrete. The Contractor shall provide a certified copy of the test results to the City. c. Quality control testing of in-place material on this project will be performed by the City at its own expense. Any retesting required as a result of failure of the material to meet project specifications will be at the expense of the Contractor and will be billed at commercial rates as determined by the City. The failure of the City to make any tests of materials shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to furnish materials and equipment conforming to the requirements of the contract. ^' d. Not less than 24 hours notice shall be provided to the City by the Contractor for operations requiring testing. The Contractor shall provide access and trench safety system (if required) for the site to be tested, and any work effort involved is deemed to be included in the unit price for the item being tested. e. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the trip ticket for each load of fill material delivered to the job site. The ticket shall specify the name of the pit supplying the fill material. .. D-26 SUBSIDIARY WORK: Any and all work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the project, such as conditions imposed by Plans, the General Contract Documents or these Special Contract Documents, in which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the proposal, shall be considered as a subsidiary item of work, the cost of which shall be included in the price bid in the Proposal for each bid item. Surface restoration and cleanup are general items of work which fall in the category of subsidiary work. D-27 ADDENDA: Bidders wanting further information, interpretation or clarification of the contract .. documents must make their request in writing to the Fort Worth Water Department Engineering Services, at least 96 hours prior to bid opening. Answers to all such requests will be bound and made a part of the Contract Documents. No other explanation or -• interpretation will be considered official or binding. Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from, the Contract Documents, or should the bidder be in doubt as to 20 ,,, their meaning, the bidder should at once notify the Fort Worth Water Department Engineering Services, in order that a written addendum may be sent to all bidders. Any addenda issued will be mailed or be delivered to each prospective bidder. The bid proposal as submitted by the bidder must be so constructed as to include any addenda issued by the Fort Worth Water Department,prior to 24 hours of the opening of bids with appropriate recognition of addenda so noted in the bid proposal. D-28 OSHA STANDARDS: All work performed under this contract shall meet the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA),It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ® become familiar with the provisions of the regulations published by the OSHA in the Federal Register and to perform all the responsibilities thereunder. It is the Contractor's responsibility to see that the project is constructed in accordance with OSHA regulations .. and to indemnify and save harmless the City from any penalties resulting from the Contractor's failure to so perform. D-29 PROJECT SUPERINTENDENTS: The Contractor shall keep a competent resident superintendent at the project site at all times during the progress of the work. A resume listing the qualifications and experience .. record of the proposed resident superintendent, as well as references from similar projects shall be submitted to the Owner prior to award of contract. This resident superintendent, if found to be acceptable, shall not be replaced without written notice to and consent from the Owner except under extraordinary circumstances, Qualifications of a proposed replacement shall be submitted when a request is made for replacement of the superintendent and shall be approved by the Owner prior to withdrawing the superintendent. During the construction of the project, the resident superintendent shall demonstrate an ability to properly execute the work outlined in the contract documents in a timely manner and shall consistently produce work of an acceptable quality and in accordance with the contract documents. If the Owner shall have a reasonable objection to the performance of the resident superintendent, the Contractor shall replace the resident superintendent upon written notice from the Owner. The resident superintendent is to be replaced with a superintendent acceptable to the Owner. No extension of time will be allowed for delays caused by the replacement of a resident representative. D-30 RESIDENT ENGINEER: The General Conditions, Section C1-1.19 ENGINEER, defines various persons who may be designated as the Engineer. For the prosecution of this contract, the Term Engineer shall mean the Resident Engineer as designated by the Director of the Fort Worth Water Department together with members of the staff of the Engineer who are assigned to the Project. Any contacts the contractor may wish to make with any City personnel, including .. the Water Production Supervisor, members of the plant operating staff, members of the City Administration, or Consulting Engineers, shall be arranged through the Engineer. The Contractor shall not act upon requests or instructions he may receive from any City 21 personnel or Consulting Engineers nor shall he give instructions or directions to such persons without the approval or consent of the Engineer. D-31 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS: The Contractor shall take photographs of the project site prior to construction, monthly during construction of the project and after completion of the project. Photographs may be taken with a quality 35mm or better camera, equipped to photograph either interior or exterior exposures, with lenses ranging from wide angle to 135mm. Photographs shall be taken at locations as designated by the Engineer. Contractor shall video tape all roads and work areas to be affected prior to starting construction and furnish a copy of the video tape to the Engineer. Two glossy color 3" x 5" prints and the negative shall be provided for each photograph ,. taken. Each print shall be marked on the reserve side to indicate project name, date and time, location, direction of exposure, and description of what is being photographed. Prints shall be clear and sharp with proper exposure. If prints of adequate quality are not produced from exposures,additional photographs shall be taken. D-32 TERMINATION: It is understood and agreed that this contract may be terminated by the City without obligation to the Contractor, in whole or from time to time in part, whenever such termination is determined by the City to be in the best interests of the City. Termination may be effected by delivering to the Contractor or his designated representative a notice of termination, specifying to what extent performance of the work under the contract is being terminated and the effective date of termination. After receipt of notice of termination Contractor shall: 1. Stop work specified in the notice on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination. 2. Place no further order or subcontract except as necessary to complete work already .. underway. 3. Terminate all orders and contracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the Notice of Termination. D-33. HAZARDOUS AND TOXIC MATERIALS: Insofar as permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor from and against any and all liabilities, losses, cost, damages and expenses, arising out of .. use of the materials at the Owners site which are not under the direct control of the Contractor, including, but not limited to, any and all liability resulting from personal injury, including death, property liability, at any time, however caused, due to the presence or release of, or exposure, whether to the person of property injured or otherwise, whether to the person of property injured or otherwise, to any hazardous or 22 P. toxic substance, provided, however, that the City liability shall be limited to that established in Article 6252-19, Texas Revised Code and other applicable State statutes and Constitutional provisions. D-34. SPOIL AND FILL MATERIAL: Prior to disposing on any spoil/fill material, the contractor shall advise the Director of Transportation and Public Works, acting as the City of Fort Worth's Flood Plain Administrator ("Administrator"), of the location of all sites where the contractor intends .. to dispose of such material. Contractor shall not dispose of such material until the proposed sites have been determined by the Administrator to meet the requirements of the .. Flood Plain Ordinance of the City of Fort Worth (Ordinance No 10056). All disposal sites must be approved by the Administrator to ensure that filling is not occurring within a flood plain without a permit. A flood plain permit can be issued upon approval of necessary engineering studies. No fill permit is required if disposal sites are not in a flood plain. Approval of the .. contractor's disposal sites shall be evidenced by a letter signed by the Administrator stating the site is not in a known flood plain of by a Flood Plain Fill Permit authorizing fill within the flood plain. Any expenses associated with obtaining the fill permit, �• including any necessary engineering studies, shall be at the contractor's expense. In the event the contractor disposes of spoil/fill material at a site without a fill permit or a .. letter from the Administrator approving the disposal site, upon notification by the Director of Transportation and Public Works, the contractor shall remove the spoil/fill material at its expense and dispose of such materials in accordance with the Ordinances of the City and this section. D-35 AGE: .. In accordance with the policy "(Policy") of the Executive Branch of the Federal Government, Contractor covenants that neither it nor any of its officers,members, agents, employees, program participants or subcontractors, while engaged in performing this .. contract, shall, in connection with the employment, advancement or discharge of employees or in connection with the terms, conditions or privileges of their employment, discriminate against persons because of their age except on the basis of a bona fide occupational qualification,retirement plant or statutory requirement. Contractor further covenants that neither it nor its officers, members, agents, employees, subcontractors, program participants, or persons acting on their behalf, shall specify, in solicitations or advertisements for employees to work on this contract, a maximum age .. limit for such employment unless the specified maximum age limit is based upon a bona fide occupational qualification,retirement plan or statutory requirement. .. Contractor warrants it will fully comply with the policy and will defend, indemnify and hold City harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractor against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractors' alleged _ 010KIJJw CITY Mull!iffily p. failure to comply with the above referenced Policy concerning age discrimination in the performance of this agreement. D-36 DISABILITY: In accordance with the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act 'of 1990 ("ADA"), Contractor warrants that it any and all of its subcontractors will not unlawfully discriminate on the basis of disability in the provision of services to the general public, nor in the availability, terms and/or conditions of employment for applicants for employment with, or employees of Contractor or any of its subcontractors. Contractor .. warrants it will fully comply with ADA's provisions and any other applicable federal, state and local laws concerning disability and will defend, indemnify and hold City _ harmless against any claims or allegations asserted by third parties or subcontractors against City arising out of Contractor's and/or its subcontractor's alleged failure to comply with the above-referenced law concerning disability discrimination in the performance of this agreement. D-37 INDEMNIFICATION: .. To clarify Section C6-6.12 of the General Conditions of the Contract, it is the intent of the Owner that the Contractor indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Owner, and the Owner's officers, agents, servants, and employees from and against any and all claims as .. listed herein, even though causes by the Owner's sole negligence. With respect to the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section C6-6.12, it is the Owner's intent that the language be site specific to the general area where the work to be performed under the Contract is being performed. It is not the Owner's intent that the Contractor be required to indemnify the Owner for damages to property other than that .� caused to property located in close proximity to this project, unless such damage is caused wholly or in part by the Contractor's negligence. D-38 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION A. CONTRACTOR MODIFICATION REQUEST(CMR)/PROPOSED CONTRACT MODIFICATION(PCM): Any Change in the Contract Documents will be initiated either by the Contractor issuing a Contractor's Modification request (CMR) or by the Owner issuing a Proposed Contract Modification (PCM) on forms provided by the Owner. Proposals .. will be reviewed by the Owner and if found acceptable, will be incorporated in a Change Order or a Field Order in accordance with Section C4-4 of the Contract .. Documents. The Contractor's Modification request (CMR) shall fully identify and describe the ., deviations and associated costs, time factors and impacts, and state the reason the change is requested. Any savings in costs related to the substitution/repalcement or change is to be stated in th erequest for consideration. 24 Cost of the Engineer's evaluation of any substitution or deviation requested by the Contractor shall be charged to the Contractor by the Owner. B.PROJECT INFORMATION REQUEST When necessary, the Contractor shall request additional information, clarification or interpretation of the contract documents or when the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the contract drawings and specification, the Contractor shall identify the conflict and/or request clarification/additional information using the Project .. Information Request (PIR) form provided by the Owner. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further information. The Owner will log each request and will review the request. If review of the Project information request (PIR) indicates that a change to the contract documents is required, the Owner will issue either a Field Order(FO) or Proposed Contract Modification(PCM). C. RECORD DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep on record at the site a copy of all Contract Specifications, Plans, Addenda, modifications, record and shop drawings and samples, in good condition and annotated in erasable red pencil to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be delivered to the Engineer upon completion of the work and before final payment is made. The Contractor shall retain for record purposes only, all designs and plans prepared for construction which are prepared and sealed by a State of Texas Registered Professional Engineer. Said design and plans shall include, but not be limited to. paving,buildings,mechanical and electrical systems, foundation,etc. D-39 TIME OF COMPLETION All work under this contract shall be completed within 260 calendar days. Interim .. completion dates for various facilities shall be met as outlined in Section 01040. Liquidated damages will be assessed the Contractor for failure to complete necessary work to meet these interim completion dates. Substantial Completion of the project is defined as completion of all pumps, motors, valves, pipelines, and equipment, including electrical and instrumentation, having been installed, tested, completion of 30 day operation period and commissioned with approval by the Owner and Engineer, allowing existing and new pumps to operate by May 31 sr Substantial Completion shall be met within 200 calendar days from Notice to Proceed and if such date is not met, liquidated damages shall be assessed the Contractor as stated herein. Contractor will be allowed to work double shifts and Saturdays and Sundays if Contractor can demonstrate that the work items to be performed are related to the critical path of the construction schedule and if the additional work schedule is required to meet Substantial Completion. 25 The time period between Substantial Completion and Final Completion shall be scheduled for completion of ancillary items that have no impact on the pumping of water, such as finish grading,painting and clean-up. In the event the Contractor fails to meet the Substantial Completion date of May 31, 2006, the Owner may withhold money permanently from the Contractor's total compensation at a rate of$5,500.00 per calendar day as liquidated damages until the Substantial Completion date is met. In the event the Contractor fails to complete the Project in total within the time set forth above, the Owner may withhold at a rate of $2,500.00 per calendar day as liquidated damages, including added expenses for engineering services, inspection, loss of revenue, _ etc., in connection with the Project. Delete the schedule of Liquidated Damages in Section C7-7.10 of General Conditions. r 26 CITY OF FORT WORTH BUILDING& CONSTRUCTION TRADE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR 2000 HOURLY HOURLY CLASSIFICATION RATE CLASSIFICATION RATE .. AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC $15.98 LABORER-COMMON $7.85 AIR CONDITIONING MECHANIC $10.75 LABORER-SKILLED $10.35 HELPER LATHER $14.00 �• ACOUSTIC CEILING INSTALLER $14.02 LATHER HELPER $11.00 ACOUSTIC CEILING INSTALLER $10.88 METAL BUILDING ASSEMBLER $10.00 HELPER METAL BLDG ASSEMBLER HELPER $8.70 ASBESTOS WORKER $10.50 PAINTER $12.83 .. BRICKLAYERISTONE MASON $17.21 PAINTER HELPER $8.35 BRICKLAYERISTONE MASON $10.16 PIPEFITTER $17.60 HELPER PIPEFITTER HELPER $10.18 •. CARPENTER $13.92 PLASTERER $16.00 CARPENTER HELPER $10.38 PLASTERER HELPER $11.00 CONCRETE FINISHER $12.68 PLUMBER $16.91 CONCRETE FINISHER HELPER $9.73 PLUMBER HELPER $9.75 CONCRETE FORM BUILDER $11.97 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER $10.40 CONCRETE FORM BUILDER HELPER $9.42 ROOFER $11.87 DRYWALL TAPER $11.33 ROOFER HELPER $8.33 .. DRYWALL TAPER HELPER $8.00 SHEET METAL WORKER $14.45 ELECTRICIAN JOURNEYMAN $17.46 SHEET METAL WORKER HELPER $9.57 ELECTRICIAN HELPER $11.30 SHEETROCK HANGER $12.45 ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN $12.50 SHEETROCK HANGER HELPER $9.64 ELECTRONIC TECHNICIAN HELPER $8.50 SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLER $16.87 FLOOR LAYER(CARPET) $17.00 SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLER $10.13 FLOOR LAYER(RESILIENT) $16.00 HELPER .. FLOOR LAYER HELPER $13.50 STEEL WORKER STRUCTURAL $11.36 GLAZIER $15.02 STEEL WORKER STRUCTURAL $8.80 GLAZIER HELPER $10.90 HELPER INSULATOR $12.04 WELDER $14.70 INSULATOR HELPER $9.40 WELDER HELPER $11.74 HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATORS .. CRANE,CLAMSHELL,BACKHOE, $12.50 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR $13.00 DERRICK,DRAGLINE,SHOVEL FRONT END LOADER OPERATOR $11.22 FORKLIFT OPERATOR $9.63 TRUCK DRIVER $10.31 CITY OF FORT WORTH HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PREVAILING WAGE RATE FOR 2000 HOURLY HOURLY CLASSIFICATION RATE CLASSIFICATION RATE ASPHALT RAKER $10.32 OPERATOR(Continued) ASPHALT SHOVELER $9.75 FRONT END LOADER(2-1/2 CY&Less) $9.94 BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER $9.65 FRONT END LOADER(Over 2-1/2 CY) $9.32 CARPENTER(ROUGH) $13.64 MILLING MACHINE $8.00 CONCRETE FINISHER-PAVING $10.16 MIXER $11.00 CONCRETE FINISHER-PAVING $9.70 MOTOR GRADER,FINE GRADE $12.31 HEPLER MOTOR GRADER,OTHER $13.75 -- CONCRETE FINISHER- $13.44 PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE $11.00 STRUCTURES ROLLER,STEEL WHEEL PLANT- $9.88 FLAGGER $7.00 MIX PAVEMENTS FORM BUILDER-STRUCTURES $13.44 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL,OTHER $12.12 FORM LINER-PAVING&CURB $10.25 FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING FORM SETTER-PAVING&CURB $9.24 TRAVELING N=R $10.00 FORM SETTING-STRUCTURES $9.75 SETTER,REINFORCING STEEL, $9.75 LABORER-COMMON $7.64 TRUCK DRIVER LABORER-UTILITY $8.64 LOWBOY-FLOAT $10.54 MECHANIC $13.25 SINGLE AXLE.LIGHT $8.00 SEVICER $10.13 TANDEM AXLE SEMI-TRAILER $10.22 OPERATOR TRANSIT MDQ $10.63 ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR $11.45 WINCH $9.80 ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE $11.09 CONCRETE PAVING SAW $10.53 CRANE,CLAMSHELL, $10.00 BACKHOE,DERRICK, DRAGLINE,SHOVEL (<1-1/2 CY) CRANE,CLAMSHELL, $11.52 BACKHOE,DERRICK, DRAGLINE,SHOVEL (>1-1/2 CY) onyp - PART E- SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION I _ GENERAL REQUIREMENTS City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL A. The Total Amount Bid in the Bid Form shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. The lump sum and unit prices bid shall include all costs in connection with the proper and successful _ completion of the Work,including but not limited to: furnishing all materials,equipment,supplies, and appurtenances;providing all construction equipment and tools;and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work. All Work not specifically set forth as to the pay item or items in the Bid Form shall be considered subsidiary obligations of Contractor and all costs in connection therewith shall be included in the prices bid. 1.02 BID FORM A. The Bid Form is a part of these Contract Documents and lists each item of work for which payment will be made. No payment will be made for items other than those listed in the Bid Form. B. Required items of work and incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of the Project which are not specifically listed in the Bid Form,and which are not specified in this Section to be measured or to be included in one of the items listed in the Bid Form shall be considered as incidental to the work required under this contract, and all costs thereof, including Contractor's overhead costs and profit,shall be considered as included in the prices bid for the various Bid Items. The Contractor shall prepare his bid accordingly. C. Work includes famishing all station, labor, equipment, tools and materials, and performing all operations required to complete the work satisfactorily,in place,as specified and as indicated on the - Drawings. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. Measurement of an item of work will be by the unit indicated in the Bid Form. B. Measurement will include all necessary and incidental related work not specified to be included in any other item of work listed in the Bid Form. C. Unless otherwise stated in individual sections of the specifications or in the Bid Form no separate payment will be made for any item of work,materials,parts, equipment, supplies, or related items required to perform and complete the requirements of any section. The costs for all such items required shall be included in the Contract price bid for item of which it is a part. D. Payment will be made at the Contract price per unit indicated in the Bid Form with total price of the Contract being equal to the Total Bid, as specified and as modified, by extending unit prices multiplied by quantities,as appropriate to reflect actual work included in the Project. Such price and payment shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all plant,labor,equipment, tools, and materials, and for performing all operations required to furnish to the Owner the entire Project,complete in place,as specified and as indicated on the Drawings. E. Measurement for payment does not signify acceptance of Work. 01025-Measurement&Payment.doe 01025-1 10/3/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion F. Quantities shown in the Bid Form are approximate quantities only. Payment will be made only for measured quantities actually installed and accepted by Owner. G. Measurements, such as linear feet,will be to the nearest whole unit. H. Some individual technical specification sections may contain measurement and/or payment provisions that may or may not be consistent with this Section 01025 and the Proposal in Part B. In all cases, Section 01025 and the Proposal will take precedence over the technical specifications with regard to measurement and payment. I. Where estimated quantities are shown for lump sum payment items,such quantities are provided for _w the Contractor's information only. The Engineer is not responsible for the accuracy of such informa- tion and the Contractor shall perform his own calculations to verify such quantities. No adjustment will be made in the price due to real or alleged errors in the estimated quantities. J. If the Owner elects to delete any lump sum item,the dollar amount to be deleted from the Contract shall be the total amount shown in the Proposal/Bid Form/Schedule of Values for that item,including overhead and profit. 1.04 BID ITEMS A. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION(Item 1) 1. Measurement and payment of the Lump Sum bid in the Bid Form for construction of the Northside Pump Station Expansion shall be full compensation for furnishing labor,materials, equipment and incidentals, except the work required in Bid Items 2,3,and 4,to complete the work in its entirety as shown on the Drawings and/or as specified,including mobilization and cleanup. B. ALLOWANCE FOR APPLICATIONS ENGINEERING SERVICES (Item 2) 1. The work associated with Bid Item 2 shall be performed by the Owner selected Applications Engineer(AES)for the allowance shown in the Proposal. The AES shall be HSQ Technologies. All associated Contractor mark-ups shall be included as part of Bid Item 1. Measurement and payment for Bid Item 2 will be for the work items delineated for the AES in the Specifications and in the Drawings. All other instrumentation related work shall be included as part of Bid Item 1. 2. Contractor shall enter into a subcontract agreement with HSQ Technology for the Scope of Work designated for the Applications Engineer within the Contract Documents and as summarized in the proposal letter from HSQ to Camp Dresser&McKee Inc.attached to the end of this specification. E. ALLOWANCE FOR HORIZONTAL CENTRIFICAL PUMPS AND MOTORS (Item 3) 1. The work associated with Bid Item 3 shall be performed by the Owner selected Patterson Pump Company for the allowance shown in the Proposal. The scope of work for the centrifugal pumps and motors for Patterson Pumps includes 2(two)horizontal centrifugal pumps and 2(two)motors and is summarized in the letter attached to the end of this specification.All associated Contractor mark-ups shall be included as part of Bid Item 1. All other pump/motor related work, not delineated in the letter from Patterson Pumps and in the Specifications and in the Drawings,shall be included as part of Bid Item 1. The pump/motor related work not included in the attached 01025-Measurement&Payment.doe 01025-2 10/3/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Patterson letter and necessary to complete the Work, shall be included as part of Bid Item 1. Measurement and payment for Bid Item 3 will be for the work items delineated in the letter from Patterson Pumps and in the Specifications and in the Drawings. All other pump related work shall be included as part of Bid Item 1. F. ALLOWANCE FOR APCO 8000 PUMP CONTROL VALVES (Item 4) 2. The work associated with Bid Item 4 shall be performed by the Owner selected Pump Control - Manufacturer, APCO (Valve and Primer Co.) for the allowance shown in the Proposal. The allowance includes 2(two)APCO 8000 Pump Control valves and the scope of work provided in the APCO letter at the end of this specification. All associated Contractor mark-ups or all other pump control valve related work, not delineated in the memorandum from APCO and in the Specifications and in the Drawings, shall be included as part of Bid Item 1. Measurement and payment for Bid Item 4 will be for the work items delineated in the letter from APCO and in the Specifications and in the Drawings. PART 2: PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3: EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01025-Measurement&Payment.doc 01025-3 10/3/05 D Patterson Pump Company A Subsidiary of The Gorman-Rupp Co. k4-4 EJH P.O.Box 790.9201 Ayersville Road R(T!, Toccoa,Georgia 30577 Phone:(706)886-2101•Fax:(706)886-0023 - 10 Email:dhogimppattersonpumps.com Date: October 3, 2005 To: All Bidding Contractors Re: Northside Pump Station Expansion Project Please be advised the not to exceed price for the Patterson 24x16 MAAS pumps with motor, base plate, and coupling, including factory testing, field start up, and freight to first point of delivery in Fort Worth, TX is$259,000 per unit for a total not to exceed price for this project of$518,000 for two units. Sincerely, Darrell.rvy7deir Vice President: Marketing Patterson Pump Company P. a. Box 7910 9201 Ayersville Road Toccoa., GA 30577 Direat Line 708-297-29:16 Fax 706-886-0023 dsnyfder pattersoh.p.umps;gom See us on the world wide web at www.pauersonpuinps.com 2" - 300 lb HALF CPLG - WELD TO PIPE OR TAPPED CONNECTION FOR DI PIPE 3 t 'v 2"xl/2" _ 300 lb BUSHING 3/16- E N 2" BALL VALVE I O O N 0 N PIPE TAP DETAIL a cn a� 3 DETAIL rE -v CO O O J U f/) a z CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS p NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION Date Sheet No Addendum No Figure No N cm SEPTEMBER 28, 2005 MZ-2 �1 MZ2—A LD TO VAULT-3 REFER & �AX0 SHEET E--2 WK SHEET E-2 FOR CONTINUATION i P. C2 J12 1 1 1 fI NA-61,68,66 51 7 - -t00 'SP--A 1 0.3 iSP-A ( ..w 0 SP- SP A-01 TYP TX-A �- 1 I ��C3\� EEOEr _ J--! �../ TRANSITION °--- MAIN NO I10U EKEEPiNG� "PAD 101101- 1 101 MAIN NO 2 " — Fg -1, I 7�A KA- o--- 1RTU-120 TTU-116 1 I 1C- RTU-t 2k "Sp_ s ZS id5O 05 1 d > PFC 1 URGE PFC I - VALVE RTU-121 (� S LOA-7.9 EY-2 1 2v14. 3/4'C—""'I D Rnl-•1ta 1 RTU ENCLOSURE I 1 (� POWER PLAN " 3/18" CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION GAA Dcite Sheet No Addendum No Figure No Gupta&Associates,Inc Cm :W$ra ;ss SEPT. 29, 2005 E-5iQ E5—A ,y�GREXISTING I OUND r 00 *^ 0 0 2 3 �++ EXISTING HOUSEKEEPING PA0Q4 EXISTING GROUND QS PAD (TYP) 3/4"C 0 3/4"C c y'C 1 2"C 1 3 3"C 3"C 36" 20" 46" 46" SWITCHGEAR & MCC PLAN VIEW ba 6 5 TRANSITION HSC-04 HSC-05 MAIN-2TRANSITIONHSC-04 HSC-05 PFC PFC CAPACROR CAPACITOR ©HOUSEKEEPING PAD Q SWITCHGEAR & MCC FRONT VIEW NTS CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION GAI Dote She--t No Addendum No Figure No Gupta&Associates,Inc '„',A*`114 CTA;n ;v' SEPT. 29, 2005 E-41Q E4—A City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01110 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor,materials and equipment and perform all work required for the prevention of environmental pollution in conformance with applicable laws and regulations,during and as the result of construction operations under this Contract. For the purpose of this Section, environmental pollution is defined as the presence of chemical,physical,or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare;unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life; affect other species of importance to man;or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic and/or recreational purposes. B. The control of environmental pollution requires consideration of air,water and land,and involves management of noise and solid waste,as well as other pollutants. C. Schedule and conduct all work in a manner that will minimize the erosion of soils in the area of the work. Provide erosion control measures such as diversion channels,sedimentation or filtration systems,berms,staked bay bales,seeding,mulching or other special surface treatments as are required to prevent silting and muddying of streams,rivers, impoundments, lakes, etc. All erosion control measures shall be in place in an area prior to any construction activity in that area. Specific requirements for erosion and sedimentation controls are specified in Section 02270. D. This Section is intended to ensure that construction is achieved with a minimum of disturbance to the existing ecological balance between a water resource and its surroundings. These are general guidelines. It is the Contractor's responsibility to determine the specific construction techniques to meet these guidelines. 1.02 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS A. Comply with all applicable Federal, State and local laws and regulations concerning environmental pollution control and abatement. 1.03 NOTIFICATIONS A. The Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of any non-compliance with the foregoing provisions or of any environmentally objectional acts and corrective action to be taken. State or local agencies responsible for verification of certain aspects of the environmental protection requirements shall notify the Contractor in writing,through the Engineer,of any non-compliance with State or local requirements. After receipt of such notice from the Engineer or from the regulatory agency through the Engineer, immediately take corrective action. Such notice,when delivered to the Contractor or his authorized representative at the site of the work,shall be deemed sufficient for the purpose. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly,the Owner may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost due to any such stop orders shall be made the subject of a claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor unless it is later determined that the Contractor was in compliance. 0515.46014 01110-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1.04 IMPLEMENTATION A. Prior to commencement of the work,meet with the Engineer to develop mutual understandings relative to compliance with these provisions and administration of the environmental pollution control program. B. Remove temporary environmental control features,when approved by the Engineer and incorporate permanent control features into the project at the earliest practicable time. PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EROSION CONTROL A. Provide positive means of erosion control such as shallow ditches around construction to carry off surface water. Erosion control measures,such as siltation basins,hay check dams,mulching,jute netting and other equivalent techniques,shall be used as appropriate. Offsite surface water shall be diverted around the site,to a downstream channel ahead of siltation barriers. Flow of surface water into excavated areas shall be prevented. Ditches around construction area shall also be used to carry away water resulting from dewatering of excavated areas. At the completion of the work,ditches shall be backfilled and the ground surface restored to original condition. 3.02 PROTECTION OF STREAMS AND SURFACE WATERS ,. A. Take all precautions to prevent,or reduce to a minimum,any damage to any stream or surface water from pollution by debris,sediment or other material,or from the manipulation of equipment and/or materials in or near such streams. Water that has been used for washing or processing,or that contains oils or sediments that will reduce the quality of the water in the stream, shall not be directly returned to the stream. Divert such waters through a settling basin or filter before being directed into streams or surface waters. B. Do not discharge water from dewatering operations directly into any live or intermittent stream, channel,wetlands, surface water or any storm sewer. Water from dewatering operations shall be treated by filtration, settling basins,or other approved method to reduce the amount of sediment contained in the water to allowable levels. C. Take all preventative measures to avoid spillage of petroleum products and other pollutants. In the event of any spillage,prompt remedial action shall be taken in accordance with a contingency action plan approved by the City of Ft.Worth. Submit two copies of approved contingency plans to the Engineer. D. Water being flushed from structures or pipelines after disinfection,with a C12 residue of 2 mg/1 or greater shall be treated with a dechlorination solution, in a method approved by the Engineer, prior to discharge. 051546014 01110-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3.03 PROTECTION OF LAND RESOURCES A. Restore land resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work to a condition,after completion of construction,that will appear to be natural and not detract from the appearance of the project. Confine all construction activities to areas shown on the Drawings. B. Outside of areas requiring earthwork for the construction of the new facilities,do not deface, injure,or destroy trees or shrubs,nor remove or cut them without prior approval. No ropes, cables,or guys shall be fastened to or attached to any existing nearby trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized by the Engineer. Where such special emergency use is permitted,first wrap the trunk with a sufficient thickness of burlap or rags over which softwood cleats shall be tied before any rope,cable,or wire is placed. The Contractor shall in any event be responsible for any damage resulting from such use. C. Before beginning operations near them,protect trees that may possibly be defaced,bruised, injured,or otherwise damaged by the construction equipment,dumping or other operations,by placing boards,planks,or poles around them. Monuments and markers shall be protected similarly. D. Any trees or other landscape features scarred or damaged by the Contractor's equipment or operations shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition. The Engineer will decide the method of restoration to be used and whether damaged trees shall be treated and healed or removed and disposed of. 1. All scars made on trees by equipment,construction operations,or by the removal of limbs larger than 1-in in diameter shall be coated as soon as possible with an approved tree wound dressing. All trimming or pruning shall be performed in an approved manner by experienced workmen with saws or pruning shears. Tree trimming with axes will not be permitted. 2. Climbing ropes shall be used where necessary for safety. Trees that are to remain,either within or outside established clearing limits,that are subsequently damaged by the Contractor and are beyond saving in the opinion of the Engineer, shall be immediately removed and replaced. E. The locations of the Contractor's storage and other construction buildings,required temporarily in the performance of the work,shall be cleared portions of the job site or areas to be cleared as shown on the Drawings and approved by the Engineer and shall not be within wetlands or floodplains. The preservation of the landscape shall be an imperative consideration in the selection of all sites and in the construction of buildings. Drawings showing storage facilities shall be submitted for approval of the Engineer. F. If the Contractor proposes to construct temporary roads or embankments and excavations for plant and/or work areas,he shall submit the following for approval at least ten days prior to scheduled start of such temporary work. 1. A layout of all temporary roads,excavations,embankments and drainage to be constructed within the work area. 2. Details of temporary road construction. T 0515-46014 01110-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3. Drawings and cross sections of proposed embankments and their foundations, including a description of proposed materials. G. Remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads,work areas,structures, foundations of temporary structures,stockpiles of excess of waste materials,or any other vestiges of construction as directed by the Engineer. It is anticipated that excavation,filling and plowing of roadways will be required to restore the area to near natural conditions which will permit the growth of vegetation thereon. The disturbed areas shall be prepared and seeded as approved by the Engineer. H. All debris and excess material will be disposed of outside wetland or floodplain areas in an environmentally sound manner. 3.04 PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY A. Burning-The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be permitted. B. Dust Control-Maintain all excavations,embankment, stockpiles,access roads,plant sites,waste areas,borrow areas and all other work areas within or without the project boundaries free from dust which could cause the standards for air pollution to be exceeded and which would cause a - hazard or nuisance to others. C. An approved method of stabilization consisting of sprinkling or other similar methods will be permitted to control dust. The use of petroleum products is prohibited. The use of chlorides may be permitted with approval from the Engineer. D. Sprinkling,to be approved,must be repeated at such intervals as to keep all parts of the disturbed area at least damp at all times,and the Contractor shall have sufficient competent equipment on the job to accomplish this. Dust control shall be performed as the work proceeds and whenever a dust nuisance or hazard occurs,as determined by the Engineer. 3.05 NOISE CONTROL A. Make every effort to minimize noises caused by the construction operations. Equipment shall be equipped with silencers or mufflers designed to operate with the least possible noise in compliance with Federal and State regulations. —° 3.06 MAINTENANCE OF POLLUTION CONTROL FACILITIES DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Maintain all facilities constructed for pollution control as long as the operations creating the particular pollutant are being carried out or until the material concerned has become stabilized to the extent that pollution is no longer being created. �. END OF SECTION 051546014 01110-4 ., City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01170 SPECIAL PROVISIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT A. Special care shall be taken to ensure proper alignment of all equipment with particular reference to the pumps and electric drives. The units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified millwrights after their sole plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened against the shims. After the foundation alignments have been approved by the Engineer,the bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be securely bolted in place. The alignment of equipment shall be further checked after securing to the foundations,and after conformation of all alignments,the sole plates shall be grouted in place after vibration testing. The Contractor shall be responsible for the exact alignment of equipment with associated piping and under no circumstances,will "pipe springing" be allowed. B. All wedges,shims,filling pieces,keys,packing,grout,or other materials necessary to properly align, level and secure apparatus in place shall be furnished by the Contractor. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven exactly so. Perform all grinding necessary to bring parts to proper bearing after erection. 1.02 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS A. Provide all openings,channels,chases,etc,in new construction and furnish and install anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete, as required to complete the work under this Contract. Perform all cutting,coring and rough and finish patching required in existing construction for the work of all trades. B. Electrical,HVAC and Plumbing Contractors shall furnish all sleeves, inserts,hangers,anchor bolts,etc,required for the execution of their work. It shall be their responsibility before the work of the Contractor is begun to furnish him with the above items and with templates,drawings or written information covering chases,openings,etc,which they require and to follow up the work of the Contractor as it progresses,making sure that their drawings and written instructions are carried out. Failing to do this,they shall be responsible for the cost of any corrective measures which may be required to provide necessary openings,etc. If the Contractor fails to carry out the directions given him, covering details and locations of openings,etc,lie shall be responsible for any cutting and refinishing required to make the necessary corrections. In no case shall beams, lintels,or other structural members be cut without the approval of the Engineer. 1.03 GREASE,OIL AND FUEL A. All grease,oil and fuel required for testing of equipment shall be furnished with the respective equipment. The Owner shall be furnished with a year's supply of required lubricants including grease and oil of the type recommended by the manufacturer with each item of equipment supplied under Divisions 11, 13, 15 and 16. -- 0515116014 01170-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Fxpansion 1.04 TOOLS A. Any special tools(including grease guns or other lubricating devices)which may be necessary for the adjustment,operation and maintenance of any equipment shall be furnished with the respective equipment. B. All spare parts shall be furnished in heavy steel tool boxes complete with lock,duplicate keys and contents clearly labeled on the outside of the tool box. 1.05 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS A. All single and multi speed three phase induction motors 5 Hp and larger shall be furnished with , factory provided power factor correction capacitors. B. Capacitors shall be sized by the manufacturers such that over voltage due to self excitation will be �. prevented and transient torques limited to normal values. Full load power factor shall be corrected to not less than 0.95 where such correction will not violate the provisions of NEC Article 460. C. Capacitor enclosures shall be compatible with those specified for their respective motors, i.e. dust-tight for indoor installation in non-hazardous areas and weatherproof for outdoor installations. D. Capacitors shall be dry or oil insulated with integral fuse protection and discharge resistor. The insulating medium shall be non-flammable and meet U.S.Environmental Protection Agency -w Standards. E. Capacitors shall be installed under Division 16. 1.06 PIPE MARKING A. Pipe marking is included in Division 9 under Painting,but it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to assist, as required by the Engineer, in identifying pipe contents,direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. Piping is included in Division 15. 1.07 VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. The Contractor shall prepare a valve schedule for all valves required for the work showing a number,the location,type,function,and normal operating position,for each valve. The schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval not less than 120 days prior to start-up. B. The Contractor shall furnish tags for all valves required for the work. Valve tags shall be 2-in diameter, 19 gauge brass,with brass hooks suitable for attaching the tag to the valve operator. Tags shall be stamped or etched with the valve number and the information on the valve schedule coded in a system provided by the Owner. Submit two samples of the type of tag proposed and the manufacturer's standard color chart and letter styles to the Engineer for approval. C. The Contractor shall install valve tags on all valves required for the Work. 0515-46014 01170-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1.08 NOISE LIMITATIONS A. All equipment to be furnished under this Contract,unless specified otherwise in the technical specifications,shall be designed to ensure that the sound pressure level does not exceed 85 decibels over a frequency range of 37.8 to 9600 cycles per second at a distance of 3-ft from any portion of the equipment,under any load condition,when tested using standard equipment and methods. Noise levels shall include the noise from the motor. Mufflers or external baffles shall not be acceptable for the purpose of reducing noise. Data on noise levels shall be included with the shop drawing submittal. 1.09 SPARE PARTS A. Where spare parts are specified in the technical Sections,furnish all spare parts recommended by the manufacturer or system supplier for one year of service. In addition,furnish all spare parts itemized in each Section. B. Collect and store all spare parts in an area to be designated by the Engineer. Furnish the Engineer with an inventory listing all spare parts,the equipment they are associated with,the name and address of the supplier and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivery cost. -� C. Spare parts shall be packed in cartons,properly labeled with indelible markings with complete descriptive information including manufacturer,part number,part name and equipment for which the part is to be used and shall be properly treated for one year of storage. 1.10 WEATHER PROTECTION A. In the event of inclement weather,the Contractor shall protect the Work and materials from damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,any portion of the Work or materials has been damaged by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced with new materials and Work to the satisfaction of the Engineer. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION 0515.46014 01170-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Schedule,attend,and administer as specified,preconstruction conference,periodic progress meetings,and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. B. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. C. Meetings administered by Owner may be tape recorded.If recorded,tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by Owner for future reference. ^ D. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section,may be held when requested by the Owner,Engineer or Contractor. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Pre-bid conference is included in Information to Bidders. 1.03 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. A preconstruction conference will be held within ten days after award of Contract and before Work is started. The conference will be scheduled and administered by the Owner. B. The Owner will preside at the conference,prepare the minutes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the conference. C. Attendance: 1. Contractor's project manager. 2. Contractor's superintendent. -- 3. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire to invite or the Owner may request. 4. Construction Manager 5. Engineer's representatives. 6. Owner's representatives. 7. Others as appropriate. 051546014 01200-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion D. Preliminary Agenda: Introductions 1. Schedule. 2. Construction Scheduling, including critical path. 3. Designation of responsible personnel. 4. Authority of.Contractor. 5. Authority of Construction Manager and Engineer. 6. Submittals. 7. Procedures for Change Orders,CMRs,PCMs,Field Orders,RFIs,etc. 8. Record Drawings 9. Quality control. 10. Safety Procedures. 11. Temporary construction facilities. �. 12. Use of City Facilities. 13. Security and Work after Normal Hours. 14. Measurement and payment. 15. City Administrative Procedures,including M/WBE procedures. 1.04 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Formal project coordination meetings will be held monthly. Meetings will be scheduled and administered by Construction Manager. Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as-needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include,but not be limited to: 1. Coordinating station/equipment shutdowns. 2. Installation of equipment. 3. Start-up of equipment or station. 4. Problem Area Resolutions 5. Equipment approval. 051546014 01200-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion B. The Construction Manager will preside at progress meetings,prepare the minutes of the meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of each meeting. C. Attendance: Same as preconstruction conference. D. Preliminary Agenda: 1. Review,approval of minutes of previous meeting. 2. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 3. Field observations,problems,conflicts. 4. Problems which impede construction schedule. 5. Review of off-site fabrication,delivery schedules. 6. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other construction contracts. 7. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 8. Revisions to construction schedule. 9. Progress,schedule,during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of schedules. 11. Review submittal schedules. 12. Maintenance of quality standards. 13. Pending changes and substitutions. 14. Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on construction schedule and on completion date. b. Effect on other contracts of the Project. 15. Review Record Documents. 16. Review monthly pay request. PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION r r ,�921UD 051546014 01200-3 �IN SN�kff ^V Ff, INTH, TEaL City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01300 -, SUBMITTALS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS µ A. This Section specifies the general methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following work-related submittals: Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples,Mock Ups,Construction Photographs, and Construction or Submittal Schedules. Detailed submittal requirements will be specified in the technical specifications sections. B. All submittals shall be clearly identified by reference to Specification Section,Paragraph,Drawing No.or Detail as applicable. Submittals shall be clear and legible and of sufficient size for sufficient �. presentation of data. 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES A. Shop Drawings 1. Shop drawings,as specified in individual work Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to, custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) drawings, scheduled information,setting diagrams,actual shopwork manufacturing instructions,custom templates, special wiring diagrams, coordination drawings, individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including performance curves and certifications,as applicable to the Work. 2. All shop drawings submitted by subcontractors for approval shall be sent directly to the Contractor for checking. The Contractor shall be responsible for their submission at the proper time so as to prevent delays in delivery of materials. 3. The Contractor shall check all subcontractor's shop drawings regarding measurements,size of members,materials,and details to satisfy himself that they conform to the intent of the Drawings and Specifications. Shop drawings found to be inaccurate or otherwise in error shall be returned to the subcontractors for correction before submission thereof. 4. All details on shop drawings submitted for approval shall show clearly the relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure,and where correct fabrication of the work depends upon field measurements;such measurements shall be made and noted on the drawings before being submitted for approval. B. Product Data 1. Product data as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, standard prepared data for manufactured products(sometimes referred to as catalog data),such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation instructions,availability of colors and patterns, manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability, roughing-in diagrams and templates,catalog cuts,product photographs,standard wiring diagrams,printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams,production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications,mill reports,product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended spare-parts listing and printed product warranties,as applicable to the Work. , 01300-Submittals.doe 01300-1 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. Samples 1. Samples specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to, physical examples of the work such as sections of manufactured or fabricated work, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of repetitively-used products, color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets,specimens for coordination of visual effect,graphic symbols and units of work to be used by the Engineer or Owner for independent inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by subcontractors,prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 1. Field measurements 2. Field construction criteria 3. Catalog numbers and similar data 4. Conformance with the Specifications B. Each shop drawing,sample and product data submitted by the Contractor shall have affixed to it the following Certification Statement including the Contractor's Company name and signed by the person who actually reviewed the submittal. "Certification Statement: By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified field measurements,field construction criteria, materials,dimensions,catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each item with other applicable approved shop drawings." Shop drawings larger than 8 1/2"x 11"shall be folded to 8 1/2"x 11". Shop drawings and product data sheets shall be bound together in an orderly fashion and bear the above Certification Statement on the cover sheet. The cover sheet shall fully describe the packaged data and include a listing of all items within the package. Provide to the Construction Manager a copy of each submittal transmittal sheet for shop drawings,product data and samples at the time of submittal of said drawings,product data and samples to the Engineer. C. The Contractor shall follow the submittal numbering requirements provided in Paragraph D-42 ofthe Special Conditions. In addition,the Contractor shall utilize an 8-character submittal cross-reference identification numbering system in the following manner: 1. The first five digits shall be the applicable Specification Section Number. 2. The next two digits shall be the numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. -- 3. The last character shall be a letter,A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same Drawing(i.e. A=2nd submission,13=3rd submission, C=4th submission,etc.). A typical submittal number would be as follows: 03300-08-B 03300 =Specification Section for Concrete 08 =The eighth initial submittal under this specification section B =The third submission(second resubmission)of that particular shop drawing D. Notify the Engineer in writing,at the time of submittal,of any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 01300-Submittals.doc 01300-2 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion E. The review and approval of shop drawings,samples or product data by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor and the Engineer will have no responsibility therefor. F. No portion of the work requiring a shop drawing,sample,or product data shall be started nor shall any materials be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data shall be at the Contractor's risk. The Owner will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies required to accomplish conformity. G. Project work, materials, fabrication, and installation shall conform with approved shop drawings, applicable samples,and product data. 1.04 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule,and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. B. Each submittal, appropriately coded,will be returned within 30 calendar days following receipt of submittal by the Engineer. C. Number of submittals required: 1. Shop Drawings as defined in Paragraph 1.02 A: Eight copies for electrical, instrumentation, architectural and HVAC submittals. Seven copies for all other submittals. If Contractor requires more than three copies of Shop Drawings returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. 2. Product Data as defined in Paragraph 1.02 B: Four copies. 3. Samples: Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. D. Submittals shall contain: 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. 2. The Project title and number. 3. Contractor identification. 4. The names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product,with the specification section number,page and paragraph(s). 6. Field dimensions,clearly identified as such. 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials. 8. Applicable standards,such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents. 01300-Submittals.doo 01300-3 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals. 11. An 8-in H 3-in blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps. - 1.05 REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES A. The review of shop drawings, data, and samples will be for general conformance with the design u. concept and Contract Documents. They shall not be construed as: 1. permitting any departure from the Contract requirements; 2. relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, dimensions,and materials; and/or 3. approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, except as otherwise provided herein. B. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy,for coordinating the work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes,for techniques of assembly, and for performing work in a safe manner. C. If the shop drawings,data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a departure from the Contract requirements which Engineer finds to be in the interest of the Owner and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the Engineer may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. D. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under one of the following codes. Code 1 C "APPROVED"is assigned when there are no notations or comments on the submittal. When returned under this code the Contractor may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. Code 2 C "APPROVED AS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. Code 3 C "APPROVED AS NOTED/CONFIRM". This combination of codes is assigned when a confirmation of the'notations and comments IS required by the Contractor. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. This confirmation shall specifically address each omission and nonconforming item that was noted. Confirmation is to be received by the Engineer within 15 calendar days of the date of the Engineer's transmittal requiring the confirmation. Code 4 C "APPROVED AS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is assigned -" when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a resubmittal of the package. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; however,all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final product. This -- resubmittal is to address all comments,omissions and non-conforming items that were noted. Resubmittal is to be received by the Engineer within 15 calendar days of the date of the Engineer's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. Code 5 C "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the intent of the Contract Documents. The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the submittal into conformance. It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor to meet the Contract Documents. 01300-Submittals.doe 01300-4 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Code 6 C "COMMENTS ATTACHED" is assigned where there are comments attached to the returned submittal which provide additional data to aid the Contractor. Codes 1 through 5 designate the status of the reviewed submittal with Code 6 showing there has been an attachment of additional data. E. Resubmittals will be handled in the same manner as first submittals. On resubmittals the Contractor shall direct specific attention,in writing on the letter of transmittal and on resubmitted shop drawings - by use of revision triangles or other similar methods,to revisions other than the corrections requested by the Engineer,on previous submissions. Any such revisions which are not clearly identified shall be made at the risk of the Contractor. The Contractor shall make corrections to any work done because of this type revision that is not in accordance to the Contract Documents as may be required by the Engineer. F. Partial submittals may not be reviewed. The Engineer will be the only judge as to the completeness of - a submittal. Submittals deemed by the Engineer to be not complete will be returned to the Contractor, and will be considered"Not Approved"until resubmitted. The Engineer may at his/her option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. G. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to constitute a change to the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall give written notice thereof to the Engineer at least seven working days prior to release for manufacture. H. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer,the Contractor shall carry out the construction in accordance therewith and shall make no further changes therein except upon written instructions from the Engineer. 1.06 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved product data and samples, where required,to the job site file and elsewhere as directed bythe Engineer. Number of copies shall be as directed by the Engineer but shall not exceed the number specified in Paragraph 1.04C. 1.07 MOCK UPS A. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections,include,but are not necessarily limited to,complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of work to be used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. 1.08 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. The Contractor shall take photographs of the project site prior to construction, monthly during the construction of the project and after completion of the project. Photographs shall be taken with a quality 35mm or better quality date back camera,with lenses ranging from wide angle to 135mm. Photographs shall be taken at location designated by the Engineer. B. Two glossy color 3"x 5"prints and the negative shall be provided for each photograph taken. Each print shall be marked on the reverse side to indicate project name,date and time,location,direction of exposure,and a description of what is being photographed. Prints shall be clear and sharp with proper exposure. If prints of adequate quality are not produced from exposures,additional photographs shall w be taken immediately. C. The Contractor shall provide eight (8) photographs of the site prior to construction. Starting one month after the date of the preconstruction photographs, and continuing as long as the work is in progress, eight (8) monthly photographs shall be taken to accurately record the work that has 01300-Submittals.doc 01300-5 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion progressed during that period. Photographs are to be submitted with the monthly Partial Pay Request in plastic binders. D. After the project has been completed and all construction trailers,materials etc.have been removed, the Contractor shall employ a professional photographer approved by the Engineer to photograph the project. Six(6)photographs are to betaken. Two(2)eight by ten(8"x10")glossy color prints and negatives are to be provided for each photograph. Negatives shall be of a quality to permit enlargements. The Contractor shall clean the interior of the pump station to the Engineer's approval including sweeping the facility and wiping down all of the existing and proposed equipment. 1.09 PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER(P.E.)CERTIFICATION FORM A. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications,the Contractor shall submit a P.E. Certification for each item required, in the form attached to this Section, completely filled in and stamped. 1.10 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTALS A. Coordination of Submittal Times: Prepare and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the related work or other applicable activities,or within the time specified in the individual work sections, of the Specifications,so that the installation will not be delayed by processing times including disapproval and resubmittal (if required), coordination with other submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, delivery and similar sequenced activities. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 1.11 REPETITIVE REVIEW A. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the Owner's expense. All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the Engineer and at the Contractor's expense,based on the Engineer's then prevailing rates. Invoices for repetitive reviews will be deducted from Contractor's Pay Requests. B. The need for more than one resubmission or any other delay in obtaining Engineer's review of submittals,will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract Time. PART 2: PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3: EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01300-Submittals.doc 01300-6 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion P.E.CERTIFICATION FORM The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is a Professional Engineer registered in the State of and that he/she has been employed by (Name of Contractor) to design (Insert P.E. Responsibilities) in accordance with Specification Section for the (Name of Project) The undersigned further certifies that he/she has performed the design of the -„ (Name of Project) that said design is in conformance with all applicable local, State and Federal codes,rules and regulations,and that his/her signature and P.E. stamp have been affixed to all calculations and drawings used in,and resulting from,the design. The undersigned hereby agrees to make all original design drawings and calculations available to the City of Fort Worth or Owner's representative within seven days following written request therefor by the Owner. P.E.Name Contractor's Name °— Signature Signature Address Title Address Place P.E.Stamp Here .. with Date and Signature 01300-SubmhWs.doc 01300-7 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01465 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP -- PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide a competent field services technician of the manufacturers of all equipment furnished under Divisions 11, 13, 15 and 16 to supervise installation, adjustment, initial operation and testing,performance testing,final acceptance testing and startup of the equipment. B. Perform specified equipment field performance tests,final acceptance tests and startup services. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Operation and Maintenance Data is included in Section 01730. B. Performance and acceptance testing and startup requirements are included in the respective sections of Divisions 11, 13, 15 and 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name,address and resume of proposed field services technicians at least 30 days in advance of the need for such services. B. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300-Submittals,detailed testing procedures for shop tests, field performance tests and final acceptance tests as specified in the various equipment sections. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Test procedures shall be submitted at least 30 days in advance of the proposed test dates and shall include at least the following information: a. Name of equipment to be tested, including reference to specifications section number and title. b. Testing schedule of proposed dates and times for testing. C. Summary of power, lighting,water,etc,needs and identification of who will provide them. d. Outline specific assignment of the responsibilities of the Contractor and manufacturers' factory representatives or field service personnel. e. Detailed description of step-by-step testing requirements,with reference to appropriate standardized testing procedures and laboratory analyses by established technical organizations(e.g.,ASTM,WPCF Standard Methods,etc). 0515-46014 01465-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion f. Samples of forms to be used to collect and record test data and to present tabulated test results. 2. Copies of test reports upon completion of specified shop,performance and acceptance tests. Test reports shall incorporate the information provided in the test procedures submittals, modified to reflect actual conduct of the tests and the following additional information: - a. Copy of all test data sheets and results of lab analyses. b. Summary comparison of specified test and performance requirements vs actual test results. C. Should actual test results fail to meet specified test and performance requirements, describe action to be taken prior to re-testing equipment. 3. Copies of the manufacturer's field service technician's report summarizing the results of his/her initial inspection,operation,adjustment and pre-tests. The report shall include detailed descriptions and tabulations of the points inspected,tests and adjustments made, quantitative results obtained,suggestions for precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance,and the equipment supplier's Certificate of Installation in the format specified herein. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 1. AWWA C653 -Disinfection for Potable Water Facilities. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) C. Water Pollution Control Federation(WPCF) D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field service technicians shall be competent and experienced in the proper installation, adjustment,operation,testing and startup of the equipment and systems being installed. B. Manufacturers'sales and marketing personnel will not be accepted as field service technicians. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 0515.46014 01465-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRELEVE NARY REQUIREMENTS A. After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is presumably ready for operation,before it is operated by others,the manufacturer's field service technician shall inspect,operate,test and adjust the equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points where applicable: 1. Soundness(without crack or otherwise damaged parts). w 2. Completeness in all details,as specified and required. 3. Correctness of setting,alignment and relative arrangement of various parts. 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants. B. The operation,testing and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under the conditions specified. C. Upon completion of this work,the manufacturer's field service technician shall submit a signed - report of the results of his/her inspection,operation, adjustments and tests. 3.02 WITNESS REQUIREMENTS A. Shop tests or factory tests may be witnessed by the Owner and/or Owner's representatives,as required by the various equipment specifications. B. Field performance and acceptance tests shall be performed in the presence of the Owner,the Owner's designated personnel and/or Owner's representatives. 3.03 STARTUP AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE PUMP STATION AND RELATED SYSTEMS A. General Requirements 1. Successfully execute the step-by-step procedure of startup and performance demonstration specified herein. 2. The startup and performance demonstration shall be successfully executed prior to Substantial Completion and acceptance by the Owner of the pump station and its related systems. 3. All performance tests and inspections shall be scheduled at least 15 working days in advance .. or as otherwise specified with the Owner and the Engineer. All performance tests and inspections shall be conducted during the work week of Monday through Friday,unless otherwise specified. 0515-46014 01465-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion B. Preparation for Startup 1. Upon completion of the pump station expansion,all piping and equipment shall be flushed with potable water and hydraulically checked for leaks,cracks,and defects in accordance with Section 01680. They shall also be disinfected in accordance with AWWA C653. 2. All mechanical and electrical equipment shall be checked to ensure that it is in good working order and properly connected. Preliminary run-ins of the pumps and other equipment shall be made. All systems shall be cleaned and purged as required. All piping and equipment,which are hydraulically checked shall be drained and returned to their original condition once the water testing is complete. 3. All instruments and controls shall be calibrated through their full range. All other adjustments required for proper operation of all instrumentation and control equipment shall be made. 4. Perform all other tasks needed for preparing and conditioning the pump station facilities for proper operation. 5. No testing or equipment operation shall take place until it has been verified by the Engineer that all specified safety equipment has been installed and is in good working order. 6. No testing or equipment operation shall take place until it has been verified by the Engineer that all lubricants,tools,maintenance equipment, spare parts and approved equipment operation and maintenance manuals have been furnished as specified. r.. C. Facilities Startup 1. Startup period shall not begin until all of the pump station's facility and equipment have been tested as specified and are ready for operation. The Owner shall receive spare parts, safety equipment,tools and maintenance equipment, lubricants,approved operation and maintenance data and the specified operation and maintenance instruction prior to the startup with raw water. All valve tagging shall also be complete prior to this startup. 2. Demonstrate the successful operation of the new facility and equipment as a prerequisite of Substantial Completion and Acceptance per Divisions 11, 13, 15 & 16. 3. In the event of failure to demonstrate satisfactory performance of the facility on the first or —• any subsequent attempt,all necessary alterations,adjustments,repairs and replacements shall be made. When the facility is again ready for operation, it shall be brought on line and a new test shall be started. This procedure shall be repeated as often as necessary until the facility has operated continuously to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer, for the specified duration. 4. The Owner will furnish all operating personnel(other than vendor's or subcontractor's service personnel)needed to operate equipment during the final test period;however, said personnel will perform their duties under Contractor's direct supervision. Until performance tests are completed and units and systems are accepted by the Owner as substantially complete,the Contractor shall be fully responsible for the operation and maintenance of al l new facilities. 051546014 01465-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 5. The Owner will provide all necessary water and electricity. However,the Contractor shall provide all necessary personnel of the various construction trades,i.e.,electricians, plumbers,etc,and field service personnel of the major equipment suppliers on an 8 hour per day basis at the facilities and on a 24 hour per day basis locally during the startup period. Major equipment suppliers shall include,but not be limited to,the following: a. Instrumentation and Control Equipment b. Pumping Equipment HSC-04,HSC-05,Including Pump Control Valves(PCV-04 to PCV-05) c. Valves(BFV-04,05,09,and 10)) 6. Do not,at any time,during startup allow the facility to be operated in a manner which subjects equipment to conditions that are more severe than the maximum allowable operating conditions for which the equipment was designed. 0515-46014 01465-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump station Expansion EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER'S CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION Owner Project Contract No. EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATION SECTION EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION I Authorized representative of (Print Name) (Print Manufacturer's Name) hereby CERTIFY that (Print equipment name and model with serial no.) installed for the subject project has(have)been installed in a satisfactory manner,has(have)been tested and adjusted, and is(are)ready for final acceptance testing and operation on Date Time CERTIFIED BY: (Signature of Manufacturer's Representative) Date: END OF SECTION 0515-46014 01465-6 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 TEMPORARY OFFICES A. Temporary offices shall be established on the job site where shown on the drawings or approved by the Engineer. Office shall be adequately furnished,and maintained in a clean,orderly condition by the Contractor. The Contractor or an authorized representative shall be present in the field office at all times while work is in progress. Instructions received there from the Engineer shall be considered as delivered to the Contractor. 1.02 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE A. Provide the telephone with an automatic telephone answering device to record messages when the - office is not manned. B. Provide facsimile device and separate phone number. 1.03 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER A. Furnish temporary light and power, including 220 Volt service for welding,complete with wiring, lamps and similar equipment as required to adequately light all work areas and with sufficient power capacity to meet the reasonable needs of all subcontractors. Make all necessary arrangements with the local electric company for temporary electric service and pay all expenses in connection therewith. B. Provide properly configured NEMA polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110-120 Volt plugs into higher voltage outlets. For connection of power tools and equipment,provide outlets equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters,reset button and pilot light. C. Provide grounded extension cords. Use"hard-service"cords where exposed to abrasion and traffic. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electric cords if more than one length is required. D. Provide general service incandescent lamps as required for adequate illumination. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures where exposed to breakage. Provide exterior fixtures where exposed to moisture. 1.04 TEMPORARY AIR, STEAM AND WATER A. Provide all air, steam and water, including temporary piping and appurtenances required for cleaning and testing pipelines and equipment. Remove temporary piping and appurtenances upon approval of equipment being tested. B. Potable water for construction purposes is available to the Contractor. 0515.46014 01500-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1.05 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Provide portable UL-rated,Class A fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations,provide portable UL-rated Class ABC dry chemical extinguishers or a combination of NFPA recommended Classes for the exposure. Comply with NFPA 10 and 241 for classification,extinguishing agent and size required by location and class of fire exposure. 1.06 RESTROOM FACILITIES A. Contractor may use restroom facilities located in the pump station building. Facilities shall be kept clean during the duration of the project. Contractor shall keep restroom adequately stocked. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) "- PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION 051546014 01500-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01600 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section specifies the general requirements for the delivery handling,storage and protection for all items required in the construction of the work. Specific requirements, if any, are specified with the related item. " 1.02 TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY A. Transport and handle items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Schedule delivery to reduce long term on-site storage prior to installation and/or operation. Under no circumstances shall equipment be delivered to the site more than one month prior to -« installation without written authorization from the Engineer. C. Coordinate delivery with installation to ensure minimum holding time for items that are hazardous,flammable,easily damaged or sensitive to deterioration. D. Deliver products to the site in manufacturer's original sealed containers or other packing systems, complete with instructions for handling,storing,unpacking,protecting and installing. E. All items delivered to the site shall be unloaded and placed in a manner which will not hamper the Contractor's normal construction operation or those of subcontractors and other contractors and will not interfere with the flow of necessary traffic. F. Provide necessary equipment and personnel to unload all items delivered to the site. G. Promptly inspect shipment to assure that products comply with requirements,quantities are correct and items are undamaged. For items furnished by others(i.e.Owner,other Contractors), perform inspection in the presence of the Engineer. Notify Engineer verbally, and in writing, of any problems. 1.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect products in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions,with seals and . labels intact and legible. Storage instruction shall be studied by the Contractor and reviewed with the Engineer by him/her. Instruction shall be carefully followed and a written record of this kept by the Contractor. Arrange storage to permit access for inspection. B. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. C. Cement and lime shall be stored under a roof and off the ground and shall be kept completely dry at all times. All structural,miscellaneous and reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground or otherwise to prevent accumulations of dirt or grease and in a position to prevent accumulations of 0515-46014 01600-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion standing water and to minimize rusting. Beams shall be stored with the webs vertical. Precast concrete shall be handled and stored in a manner to prevent accumulations of dirt,standing water, staining,chipping or cracking. Brick,block and similar masonry products shall be handled and -- stored in a manner to reduce breakage,cracking and spalling to a minimum. D. All mechanical and electrical equipment and instruments subject to corrosive damage by the atmosphere if stored outdoors(even though covered by canvas)shall be stored in a weathertight building to prevent injury. The building may be a temporary structure on the site or elsewhere, but it must be satisfactory to the Engineer. Building shall be provided with adequate ventilation to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer. 1. All equipment shall be stored fully lubricated with oil,grease and other lubricants unless otherwise instructed by the manufacturer. 2. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum of once weekly to ensure proper lubrication and to avoid metal-to-metal "welding". Upon installation of the equipment,the Contractor shall start the equipment,at least half load, once weekly for an adequate period of time to ensure that the equipment does not deteriorate from lack of use. - 3. Lubricants shall be changed upon completion of installation and as frequently as required thereafter during the period between installation and acceptance. New lubricants shall be put into the equipment at the time of acceptance. 4. Prior to acceptance of the equipment,the Contractor shall have the manufacturer inspect the equipment and certify that its condition has not been detrimentally affected by the long storage period. Such certifications by the manufacturer shall be deemed to mean that the equipment is judged by the manufacturer to be in a condition equal to that of equipment that has been shipped,installed,tested and accepted in a minimum time period. As such,the manufacturer will guaranty the equipment equally in both instances. If such a certification is not given,the equipment shall be judged to be defective. It shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION 051546014 01600-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01656 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER FACILITIES PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor and materials required to disinfect the potable water facilities. B. The potable water facilities include: 1. Piping which is designated to carry Potable Water(PW). PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 CHLORINE A. Liquid chlorine shall meet the requirements of AWWA B301. B. Calcium hypochlorite shall meet the requirements of AWWA B300. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Piping shall be cleaned and disinfected in compliance with all applicable sections of AWWA Standard C-651. The "slug method" shall be used for disinfection. Interior surfaces of pipelines shall be exposed to a concentration of 100 ppm for a period of not less than three hours,after which the lines shall be flushed clean until the chlorine concentration in the water leaving the line is no higher than that generally prevailing in the system,or less than 1 ppm. Chlorine solution with a higher residual may remain in the line,without flushing, if approved by the Owner. 3.02 PROCEDURES A. Pipelines 1. During.installation,the interior of all pipe,fittings and other accessories shall be kept as free as possible from dirt and foreign matter at all times. If, in the opinion of the Owner, the pipe contains dirt or foreign matter that could not be removed during the flushing operation, the interior of the pipe will be cleaned and swabbed with a bactericidal solution. When pipe laying is not in progress,the open ends of the pipe shall be sealed with watertight plugs. If water has accumulated in the trench,the seal shall remain in place until the trench-water has been removed to such an extent that it will not enter the pipe. 2. After completion of hydrostatic pressure tests and prior to disinfection, the pipeline shall be flushed as thoroughly as possible, with the water pressure and outlets available. If feasible, flushing rate should develop a velocity in the pipeline of at least 2.5 fps. If a velocity of 2.5 fps is not obtained,the requirements of Paragraph 3.02 A.1 above shall be rigidly enforced. The NS0515S01.656 01656-1 3/8/02 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion minimum quantity of water used for flushing shall be in excess of the storage capacity of the pipeline to insure that clean water has traversed the entire length of line. 3. After flushing has been completed to the point that apparent dirt and foreign matter have been removed from the pipeline, either liquid chlorine or calcium hypochlorite solution shall be injected into the pipeline as provided in AWWA C-651. 4. Following chlorination,treated water shall be flushed from the newly installed pipeline at its extremities until the replacement water throughout its length is proved by test to a) meet regulations of Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ),or b)meet requirements of the public health authority having jurisdiction. The satisfactory quality of water delivered by the new pipeline shall continue for a period of at least two days. Samples will be taken from a tap located and installed in such a way as to prevent outside contamination. Unless otherwise directed,the sample tap shall either be a hose bib or a disconnected service tap of a 1/4 inch copper riser(with stop-cock), which shall be provided by the Contractor. Should the initial treatment fail to achieve the satisfactory quality described above, the original chlorination procedure shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.03 WATER SOURCE . A. Water for disinfection purposes may be obtained in accordance with Section 01500. 3.04 BACTERIOLOGICAL SAMPLING AND TESTING A. The Owner shall perform all sampling for bacteriological tests and shall pay for the initial testing to be performed by Owner's laboratory. All subsequent testing,should the initial test fail,shall be paid for by the Contractor. END OF SECTION NS0515S01.656 01656-2 3/8/02 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section outlines the procedure to be followed in closing out the Contract. 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. The substantial completion date shall be established as stated in the Bid Proposal. 1.03 FINAL CLEANING A. At the completion of work and immediately prior to final inspection,cleaning of the entire project shall be accomplished according to the following provisions: 1. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean,sweep,wash,and polish all work and equipment provided under the Contract and existing equipment, including finishes. The cleaning shall leave the structures and site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2. All Subcontractors shall similarly perform,at the same time,an equivalent thorough cleaning of all work and equipment provided under their contracts. 3. The Contractor shall remove all temporary structures and all debris, including all dirt,sand, gravel,rubbish and waste material. See Section 01500,Temporary Facilities. 4. Should the Contractor not remove rubbish or debris,or not clean the buildings and site as specified above,the Owner reserves the right to have the cleaning done at the expense of the Contractor. B. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned. — C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturers. D. In preparation for substantial completion or occupancy,conduct final inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces,and of concealed spaces. E. Remove grease,dust,dirt,stains, labels,fingerprints,and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces. Polish surfaces so designated to shine finish. F. Repair,patch,and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish,to match adjacent surfaces. G. Replace air-handling filters if units were operated during construction. 0515-46014 01700-1 ��Cl City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion H. Vacuum clean all interior spaces, including inside cabinets. Broom clean paved surfaces,rake clean other surfaces of grounds. I. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. Do not drop or throw materials from heights. J. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet,newly-painted surfaces. 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. After final cleaning and restoration and upon written notice from the Contractor that the work is completed,the Engineer will make a preliminary inspection with the Owner and the Contractor present. Upon completion of this preliminary inspection,the Engineer will notify the Contractor, in writing, of any particulars in which this inspection reveals that the work is defective or incomplete. B. Upon receiving written notice from the Engineer,the Contractor shall immediately undertake the work required to remedy deficiencies and complete the work to the satisfaction of the Engineer. C. When the Contractor has corrected or completed the items as listed in the Engineer's written notice,he shall inform the Engineer, in writing,that the required work has been completed. _. Upon receipt of this notice,the Engineer,in the presence of the Owner and the Contractor,will make his final inspection of the project. D. Should the Engineer fund all work satisfactory at the time of his inspection,the Contractor will be allowed to make application for final payment. Should the Engineer still find deficiencies in the work,the Engineer will inform the Contractor of the deficiencies and will deny the Contractor's request for final payment until such time as the Contractor has satisfactorily completed the required work. 1.05 FINAL SUBMITTALS A. No application for final payment will be accepted until all submittals have been made and approved by the Engineer, including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Final shop drawings. 2. Project Record Documents 3. All interface information. 4. All Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 5. All required indices and schedules. 6. All Manufacturers'Certificates of Proper Installation. 7. All construction photographs, including those of the completed project. 0515-46014 01700-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 8. All State required submittals. 9. Certificate that all outstanding debts are paid and that there are no liens on the project. 1.06 ACCESSORY ITEMS A. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner,upon acceptance of the equipment, all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full operation. These special accessory items include,but are not limited to,the specified spare parts,adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment,initial fill-up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks, light bulbs, fuses,hydrant wrenches,valve wrenches,valve keys,handwheels,and other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all equipment. B. The Owner shall provide all process chemicals used in the operation of the plant for purposes of starting up equipment. 1.07 GUARANTEES,BONDS,AND AFFIDAVITS A. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees,bonds,certificates, licenses, and affidavits required for work or equipment as specified are satisfactorily filed with the Engineer. 1.08 RELEASE OF LIENS OR CLAIMS A. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of release of liens has been submitted to the Owner as required by the General Conditions. 1.09 FINAL PAYMENT A. Final payment will be made to the Contractor in accordance with the Agreement. PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION �,, 0515116014 01700-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Maintain at the site,for the Owner's use,one record copy of: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. $° 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract. 5. Engineer's Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Approved Shop Drawings,Working Drawings and Samples. 7. Field Test records. 8. Construction photographs. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 0 13 00: Submittals. 1.03 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from documents used for construction. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI/CSC format. C. Maintain documents in a clean,dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record „m documents for construction purposes. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the Engineer. " E. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments,the Contractor is to exhibit the currently updated "record documents"for review by the Engineer and the Owner. 0515-46014 01720-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1.04 MARKING DEVICES A. Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color code designated by the -, Engineer. 1.05 RECORDING A. Label each document"PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. C. Drawings-Legibly mark to record actual construction: 1. All underground piping with elevations and dimensions. Changes to piping location. Horizontal and vertical locations of pipe fittings,underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Actual installed pipe material,class,etc. 2. Field changes of dimension and detail. 3. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 4. Details not on original contract drawings. 5. Equipment relocations and piping. D. Specifications and Addenda-Legibly mark each Section to record: 1. Manufacturer,trade name,catalog number, and Supplier of each Product and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. E. Shop Drawings(after final review and approval): 1. Five sets of record drawings for each piece of equipment,piping,electrical system and instrumentation system. 1.06 SUBMITTAL A. At every six month interval a copy of the up to date Record Drawings shall be provided to the _ Engineer. At Contract close-out,deliver Record Documents to the Engineer for the Owner. B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate,containing: 1. Date. 2. Project title and number. 3. Contractor's name and address. 051546014 01720-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 4. Title and number of each Record Document. 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative. PART 2: PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3: EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION 051546014 01720-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under Contract. 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in other pertinent sections of specifications. B. Instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance of products and in operation of equipment and systems. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 0 13 00: Submittals. B. Section 01700: Contract Closeout. C. Section 01720: Project Record Documents. D. Section 01740: Warranties and Bonds. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings. 1.04 FORM OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Format 1. Size: 8 1/2 inches x 11 inches. 0515116014 01730-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2. Paper: a. 40 pound minimum,white,for typed pages. b. Holes reinforced with plastic,cloth or metal. 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data,or neatly typewritten. 4. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab,bind in with text. b. Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages but not larger than 14 inches x 17 inches. 5. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product,or each piece of operating equipment. -- a. Provide typed description of product,and major component parts of equipment. b. Provide indexed tabs. 6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title"OPERATING AND _. MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". List: a. Title of Project. b. Identity of separate structure as applicable. c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. d. List name, address,phone number and website address for Contractor,Engineer, Supplier,Manufacturer and Local Representative. C. Binders: 1. Commercial quality three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers. 2. When multiple binders are used,correlate the data into related consistent groupings. D. An electronic form of the fmal O&M Manual shall be provided. 1.05 CONTENT OF MANUAL A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume,arranged in systematic order. 1. Contractor,name of responsible principal,address and telephone number. 2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. 0515-46014 01730-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3. List, with each product,name,address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer. b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume. c. Identify area of responsibility of each. d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents. B. Product Data 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed. b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. c. Delete references to inapplicable information. C. Drawings 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems. b. Control and flow diagrams. 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation. 3. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 2. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel giving: a. Proper procedures in event of failure. 0515-46014 01730-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1.06 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Submit five copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content-For architectural products,applied materials and finishes: 1. Manufacturer's data,giving full information on products. a. Catalog number, size,composition. b. Color and texture designations. c. Information required for re-ordering special-manufactured products. 2. Instructions for care and maintenance. a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods. b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to product. c. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Content,for moisture-protection and weather-exposure products: 1. Manufacturer's data,giving full information on products. a. Applicable standards. b. Chemical composition. C. Details of installation. 2. Instructions for inspection,maintenance and repair. D. Additional requirements for maintenance data: Respective sections of Specifications. 1.07 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit five copies of complete manual in final form. B. Content,for each unit of equipment and system,as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts. a. Function,normal operating characteristics,and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves,engineering data and tests. 051546014 01730-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Operating procedures: a. Start-up,break-in,routine and normal operating instructions. b. Regulation,control,stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions. C. Summer and winter operating instructions. d. Special operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to"trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly,repair and reassembly. d. Alignment,adjusting and checking. 4. Servicing and lubrication schedule: a. List of lubricants required. 5. Manufacturees printed operating and maintenance instructions. 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer. 7. Original manufacturees parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear. b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. 8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings. a. As-installed color coded piping diagrams. 10. Charts of valve tag numbers,with location and function of each valve. 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts,manufacturer's current prices,and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. 051546014 01730-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. Content, for each electric and electronic system,as appropriate: 1. Description of system and component parts. a. Function,normal operating characteristics,and limiting conditions. b. Performance curves,engineering data and tests. C. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. 2. Circuit directories of panelboards. a. Electrical service. b. Controls. C. Communications. 3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams. -- 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions. b. Sequences required. C. Special operating instructions. 5. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations. b. Guide to"trouble-shooting". c. Disassembly,repair and reassembly. -- d. Adjustment and checking. 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions. 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts,manufacturer's current prices,and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications. D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel. E. Additional requirements for operating and maintenance data: Respective sections of Specifications. 0515.46014 01730-6 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Submit five copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents of Operation and Maintenance Manuals within 60 days after Notice to Proceed. 1. The Engineer will review the preliminary draft and return two copies with comments. B. Submit five copies of completed data in final form no later than 30 days following the Engineer's review of the last shop drawing and/or other submittal specified under Section 0 13 00. 1. Two copies will be returned with comments to be incorporated into final copies. C. Submit five(5)copies of approved manual in final form directly to the offices of the Engineer within 30 calendar days of product shipment to the project site and preferably within 30 days after the reviewed copy is received. D. Submit six copies of addendum to the operation and maintenance manuals as applicable and certificates within 30 days after final inspection and plant start-up test. 1.09 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance,fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in operation,adjustment and maintenance of products,equipment and systems. B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. The O&M Manual shall be approved prior to commencing training. 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. C. Instruction of Owner's operations personnel will require a minimum of two days on site. Two 4- hour hour classes on each of the two days shall be provided for the four operations groups. This training will not reduce the training required in the individual equipment specifications. Additional classes for the instrument technicians and mechanics shall be provided as specified in the individual equipment specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION 0515116014 01730-7 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Compile specified warranties and bonds, in accordance with the General Conditions. B. Co-execute submittals when so specified. C. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. D. Submit to the Engineer for review and transmittal to Owner. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Instructions to Bidders: Bid Bonds. B. Conditions of the Contract: Performance Bond and Payment Bond. C. Agreement. D. Section 01700: Contract Closeout. E. Special Conditions: Maintenance Bond. 1.03 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Assemble warranties,bonds and service and maintenance contracts,executed by each of the respective manufacturers,suppliers,and subcontractors. B. Number of original signed copies required: Two each. C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed, in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item. 1. Product or work item. 2. Firm,with name of principal,address and telephone number. 3. Scope. 4. Date of beginning of warranty,bond or service and maintenance contract. 5. Duration of warranty,bond or service maintenance contract. 0515-46014 01740-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: a. Proper procedure in case of failure. b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 7. Contractor,name of responsible principal, address and telephone number. 1.04 FORMS OF SUBMITTALS A. Prepare in duplicate packets. B. Format: 1. Size 8 1/2 inches x 11 inches,punch sheets for standard 3-post binder. a. Fold larger sheets to fit into binders. 2. Cover: Identify each packet with typed or printed title"WARRANTIES AND BONDS". List: a. Title of Project. b. Name of Contractor. C. Binders: Commercial quality,three-post binder,with durable and cleanable plastic covers and maximum post width of 2 inches. 1.05 WARRANTY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment manufacturer. The manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with the Contractor's for two(2)years,unless otherwise specified,commencing at the time of final acceptance by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining certificates for equipment warranty for all major equipment specified under Divisions 11, 13, 15 and 16. The Engineer reserves the right to -- request warranties for equipment not classified as major. The Contractor shall still warrant equipment not considered to be"major" in the Contractor's two-warranty period even though certificates of warranty may not be required. C. For certain pieces of equipment,the Owner may require a warranty of more than two years. The requirement for a warranty of more than two years shall be specified in individual sections of the Specifications. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION(NOT USED) END OF SECTION 051546014 01740-2 m, DIVISION 2 ' SITEWORK City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK _ A. Fumish all labor,materials and equipment required and perform all site preparation,complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Obtain all permits required for site preparation work prior to proceeding with the work. C. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer,the areas to be cleared, grubbed and stripped shall generally consist of the entire project site,with the exception of those areas specifically designated to remain in an undisturbed,natural condition. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Environmental Protection is included in Section 01110. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Special Conditions,Part D,copies of all permits required prior to clearing,grubbing, and stripping work. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CLEARING A. Cut and remove all timber,trees,stumps,brush,shrubs,roots,grass,weeds,rubbish and any other objectionable material resting on or protruding through the surface of the ground as designated by the contract drawing or as directed by Engineer. B. Preserve and protect all other trees and vegetation. 3.02 GRUBBING A. Grub and remove all stumps,roots in excess of 1-1/2-in in diameter,matted roots, brush,timber, logs,concrete rubble and other debris encountered to a depth of 18-in below original grade. B. Refill all grubbing holes and depressions excavated below the original ground surface with suitable materials and compact to a density conforming to the surrounding ground surface. 0515.46014 02100-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 3.03 STRIPPING A. Strip topsoil from all areas to be occupied by buildings,structures,and roadways and all areas to ... be excavated or filled. B. Topsoil shall be free from brush,trash, large stones and other extraneous material. Avoid mixing topsoil with subsoil. C. Stockpile and protect topsoil until it is used in landscaping, loaming and seeding operations. Dispose of surplus topsoil after all work is completed. 3.04 DISPOSAL A. Dispose of material and debris from site preparation operations by hauling such materials and debris to an approved offsite disposal area. No rubbish or debris of any kind shall be buried on the site. B. Burning of cleared and grubbed materials,or other fires for any reason will not be permitted. 3.05 PROTECTION A. Trees and other vegetation designated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer to remain shall be protected from damage by all construction operations by erecting suitable barriers, guards and enclosures,or by other approved means. Conduct clearing operations in a manner to prevent falling trees from damaging trees and vegetation designated to remain and to the work being constructed and so as to provide for the safety of employees and others. B. Maintain protection until all work in the vicinity of the work being protected has been completed. C. Do not operate heavy equipment or stockpile materials within the branch spread of existing trees. D. Immediately repair any damage to existing tree crowns,trunks,or root systems. Roots exposed and/or damaged during the work shall immediately be cut off cleanly inside the exposed or damaged area. Treat cut surfaces with an acceptable tree wound paint and topsoil spread over the exposed root area. E. When work is completed,remove all dead and downed trees. Live trees shall be trimmed of all dead and diseased limbs and branches. All cuts shall be cleanly made at their juncture with the trunk or preceding branch without injury to the trunk or remaining branches. Cuts over 1-in in diameter shall be treated with an acceptable tree wound paint. F. Restrict construction activities to those areas within the limits of construction designated on the Drawings,within public rights-of-way,and within easements provided by the Owner. Adjacent properties and improvements thereon, public or private,which become damaged by construction operations shall be promptly restored to their original condition,to the full satisfaction of the property owner. END OF SECTION 051546014 02100-2 DIVISION 9 FINISHES City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 09901 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required for the surface preparation and application of shop painting systems on ferrous metals,excluding stainless steels,as specified �. herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Field painting is included in Section 09902. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit,in accordance with Section 01300-Submittals,manufacturer's specifications and data on ,. the proposed painting systems and detailed surface preparation,application procedures and dry mil thickness. Submittals shall indicate compliance with the specification requirements. Submittal shall include the following: 1. Representative physical samples of each type of proposed primers and scheduled surface to be primed. 2. Color Samples-4 each. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Society for Protective Coatings(SSPQ 1. SSPC SP-1 Specification for Solvent Cleaning 2. SSPC SP-2 Specification for Hand Tool Cleaning 3. SSPC SP-3 Specification for Power Tool Cleaning 4. SSPC SP-5 Specification for White Metal Blast Cleaning 5. SSPC SP-6 Specification for Commercial Blast Cleaning mm 6. SSPC SP-7 Specification for Brush-Off Blast Cleaning 7. SSPC SP-10 Specification for Near White Metal Blast Cleaning 8. SSPC SP-11 Specification for Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal 0515.46014 09901-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 9. SSPC PA-1 Painting Application Specification B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) .- 1. ASTM B117-Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus 2. ASTM D3359-Standard Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test C. ANSI/NSF Standard 61 for Potable Water Systems. D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PAINTING SYSTEMS A. The following surfaces shall have the paint systems.scheduled below applied at the dry film thickness(DFT)in mils per coat noted. The tern ADFT=means minimum dry film thickness. B. Painting System No. 5, Submerged Ferrous Metals in potable water, including interior pump surfaces which are in contact with potable water,provide materials certified in accordance with NSF Standard 61. 1. Surface Preparation: Surfaces shall be blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-10. ,- 2. Manufacturers: a. Tnemec 1 Coat:FC20-1211 Pota-Pox Epoxy Primer(3.5-4.5 DFT)(shop priming only) 2 Coats: Series 20 Pota-Pox(4-6 DFT per coat)(shop finish painting only) b. Carboline 1 Coat: Hi-Gard Epoxy Primer(3.5-4.5 DFT)(shop priming only) 2 Coats:Hi-Gard(4-6 DFT per coat)(shop finish painting only) c. Ameron 1 Coat:Amerlock 400 Epoxy Primer(3.5-4.5 DFT)(shop priming only) 2 Coats:Amerlock 400(4-6 DFT per coat)(shop finish painting only) 051546014 09901-2 ,,, City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project d. ICI Paints 1 Coat:Intergard 750HS(3.5-4.5 DFT) or 1 Coat: Glid Guard Corrosion resistant HS Expoy Gray 5466/5469(3.5 -4.5 DFT) e. Or equal C. Painting System No. 6 and 7,Non-galvanized Structural Steel and Non-Galvanized Ferrous Metals. 1. Surface Preparation:per paragraph 3.01. 2. Manufacturers: a. Tnemec 1 Coat: 90-97 Theme-Zinc(2.5-3.5 DFT)(shop priming only) 2 Coats: 66-Color Hi Build-Epoxoline(3-5 DFT per coat)(shop finish painting only) b. Carboline 1 Coat: 859(3-5 DFT)(shop priming only) 2 Coats: 890(4-6 DFT per coat)(shop finish painting only) c. Ameron 1 Coat:Amercoat 68HS(3-5 DFT)(shop priming only) 2 Coats:Amerlock 400 Epoxy(3-5 DFT per coat)(shop finish painting only) d. Or equal D. Painting System No. 8 and 9,Galvanized Metal and Nonferrous Metals. 1. Surface Preparation:per paragraph 3.01. 2. Manufacturers: . a. Tnemec 1 Coat: Series 20-1211 Pota Pox Primer(3.5-4.5 DFT) b. Carboline 1 Coat:Higard Primer(3.5-4.5 DFT) c. Ameron 0515-46014 09901-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 1 Coat: Amercoat 385 Epoxy Primer(3.5-4.5 DFT) d. Or equal „ E. Nonprimed Surfaces 1. Gears,bearings surfaces and other similar surfaces not to be painted shall be given a heavy shop coat of grease or other suitable rust-resistant coating. This coating shall be maintained as necessary to prevent corrosion during all periods of storage and erection and shall be satisfactory to the Engineer up to the time of Substantial Completion. F. Compatibility of Coating Systems 1. Shop priming shall be done with primers that are guaranteed by the manufacturer to be compatible with their corresponding primers and finish coats specified in Section 09902 and which are recommended for use together. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 APPLICATION A. Surface Preparation and Priming 1. Except where other surface preparation methods are specified nonsubmerged components scheduled for priming shall be blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP-6 immediately prior to priming. Submerged components scheduled for priming shall be blast cleaned in �. accordance with SSPC-SP-10 immediately prior to priming. 2. Surfaces shall be dry and free of dust,oil,grease,dirt,rust,loose mill scale and other foreign material before priming. Environment shall be free of airborne dust and dirt until coating is dry. 3. Shop prime in accordance with the coating manufacturer's recommendations. B. Galvanized,aluminum,stainless steel and copper surfaces specified to be painted shall have all oxidation and foreign material removed before painting by SSPC SP-1,using an approved V.O.C. compliant method. Galvanized and other metal surfaces shall then be brush-off blast cleaned to SSPC SP-7 standards to provide a uniform 1 mil surface profile. C. Comply with the application instructions of the coating manufacturer and the additional requirements of this Section. D. Apply coatings under conditions within the following tolerances: 1. Air Temperature: Minimum 50 degrees F to maximum 90 degrees F. 2. Surface Temperature:Minimum 50 degrees F to maximum 100 degrees F and a minimum of 5°F above the dew point. 3. Relative Humidity: Maximum 85 percent. 0515-46014 09901-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 3.02 FABRICATED EQUIPMENT A. All items to be shop primed shall be cleaned of all loose material prior to priming. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,any prime coating has been improperly applied or if material contrary to 4 this Section has been used,that coating shall be removed by blast cleaning to white metal and reprimed in accordance with this Section. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take whatever steps are necessary to properly protect the shop prime against damage from weather or any other cause. C. Wherever fabricated equipment is required to be blast cleaned,protect all motors,drives, bearings,and gears from the entry of grit. Any equipment found to contain grit shall be promptly and thoroughly cleaned. 3.03 INSPECTION AND REPAIR A. Measure representative coating areas for DFT per SSPC PA-2. Apply additional coat if required to attain specified DFT. B. Where characteristics of coating prohibit recoating,remove and replace unacceptable coating. END OF SECTION 051546014 09901-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 09902 FIELD PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all materials, labor,equipment and incidentals required and perform all the painting necessary to complete this Contract in its entirety as specified herein. B. It is the intent of this Section to paint all exposed structural and miscellaneous steel; mechanical and electrical equipment;valves operators;pumps;pipe,fittings and valves;electrical conduit and appurtenances;and all other work obviously required to be painted unless otherwise specified. Minor items not mentioned shall be included in the work of this Section where they come within the general intent of this Section as stated herein. - C. Items having factory finish and other factory finished items obviously are not field painted. The Contractor is responsible for having damaged factory finish painted items repaired or, if so ordered,for replacing items. D. Existing Pump HSC-03 is required to be painted under this Section. E. The following items will not be painted: 1. Concrete unless otherwise specified 2. Non-ferrous metals and stainless steels,unless specifically noted otherwise. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Valve identification is included in Section 01170. B. Shop priming and surface preparation of equipment and piping(except copper piping)are specified in Section 09901 and included in the respective Section with the item to be primed. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer for review in accordance with Section 01300—Submittals,working drawings,and product data including Manufacturer's specifications and data on the proposed paint systems and detailed surface preparation,application procedures and dry film thickness. Certify that the systems submitted meet all applicable volatile organic carbon regulations. Equivalent systems are to be submitted at no additional costs to meet any new regulations. 1. Color cards for initial color selections 2. Three sets of 8-in by 8-in samples,on 1/4-in hardboard,of all colors required for all types of paint. Include special colors as required. Resubmit until approved. 051546014 09902-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project B. Schedule of painting Operations: Submit to the Engineer for review a complete Schedule of Painting Operations within 90 days after the Notice to Proceed along with an Owner approved color selection chart. This Schedule is imperative so that the various fabricators may be notified of the proper shop prime coat to apply. Properly notify and coordinate the fabricator's surface preparation and painting operations with these Specifications. This Schedule shall include for each surface to be painted,the brand name,the percent volume of solids,the coverage and the number of coats the Contractor proposes to use in order to achieve the specified dry film thickness,and color charts. When the Schedule has been approved,apply all material in strict accordance with the approved Schedule and the manufacturer's instructions. Wet and dry paint film gauges shall be made available to the Engineer to verify the proper application while work is in progress. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The Society for Protective Coatings(SSPQ 1. SSPC SP-1 -Surface Preparation Specification No. 1 Solvent Cleaning. 2. SSPC SP-2- Surface Preparation Specification No.2 Hand Tool Cleaning. B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 PRE-PAINTING CONFERENCE A. Well in advance of commencement of painting operations,but after major equipment has been delivered, a pre-painting conference shall be held to mutually agree on paint schedules,colors, application rates,manufacturers requirements and all appurtenances required to complete the project on time and within allotted budgets. All parties with an interest in the painting work shall attend, including the Contractor,the manufacturer,the Owner,the Engineer,and the painting subcontractor. The Contractor shall contact each party and arrange the meeting. B. The conference shall include an inspection of the areas to be painted by all parties and a discussion of the conformance of each area with the specifications. Important issues such as environmental conditions,climate control systems,original primer,dry film thickness,and monitoring the number of coats that have been field applied shall be discussed and problems shall be resolved. A listing of the Owner's approved colors shall be submitted by the painting contractor. C. A written record of the meeting shall be submitted to the Engineer by the Contractors. 1.06 SAFETY A. The Contractor shall submit a Safety plan to the Owner for approval prior to beginning work. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws, Codes, Standards and Ordinances,Rules, Regulations,Lawful Orders or Public Authorities as they apply to safety procedures under Federal, State and Local Jurisdiction. B. The Contractor shall maintain a safe workplace and enforce a continuous safety program to provide protection against potential hazards. All personnel must be made aware of hazards and the precautions against them. 0515-46014 09902-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All painting materials shall be by the Tnemec Company,Inc.,Ameron(VyGuard), Carboline,ICI Devoe,or equal.The painting material supplied shall be certified in accordance to NSF Standard 61. No brand other than those named will be considered for approval unless the brand and type of paint proposed for each item in the following schedule together with sufficient data substantiated by certified tests conducted at no cost to the Owner,to demonstrate its equality to the paint(s)named is submitted to the Engineer in writing for approval within 30 days after the Effective Date of the General Contract. The type and number of tests performed shall be subject to the Engineer's approval. B. All painting materials shall be delivered to the mixing room in unbroken packages,bearing the manufacturer's brand and name. They shall be used without adulteration and mixed,thinned and applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions for the applicable materials and surface and with the Engineer's approval before using. C. Shop priming shall be done with primers that are guaranteed by the manufacturer to be compatible with the finish paints to be used. Refer to Section 09901 for special primers. D. All coating utilized shall be certified"non-lead"(less than 0.06% lead by weight in the dried film)as defined in part 1303 of the consumer Product Safety Act. E. Work areas will be designated by the Engineer for storage and mixing of all painting materials. Materials shall be in full compliance with the requirements of pertinent codes and fire regulations. Proper containers outside of the buildings shall be provided and used for painting wastes and no plumbing fixture shall be used for this purpose. 2.02 COLOR CODING FOR PIPES AND EQUIPMENT A. The color code establishes,defines and assigns a definite color for each process system. All elements which are an integral part of the system,that is originating from the equipment and/or supplying the equipment, shall be painted between and up to but not including the fixed flanges nor the flexible conduit connections on the equipment. Valves and fittings shall be painted in the color of the main body of the pipe. B. All pipes and equipment shall be painted according to the attached schedule. Elements which are not listed on the Schedule will be assigned a color by the Engineer and shall be treated as an integral part of the Contract. C. All hanger saddles and pipe support floor stands shall be painted the same color and with the same paint as the pipe it supports. Hanger rods and hanger rod connections to building structure shall be painted to match the color of the wall or ceiling to which it is attached. 2.03 LETTERING OF TITLES A. The name of the materials in each pipeline and alongside this an arrow indicating the direction of flow of fluids,shall be indicated on each pipe system. Titles shall not be located more than 26 0515116014 09902-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project linear feet apart and shall also appear directly adjacent to each side of any wall the pipeline breaches, adjacent to each side of the valve regulator,flowcheck,strainer cleanout and all pieces of equipment. -- B. Titles shall identify the contents by complete name at least once in each space through which it passes and thereafter by generally recognized abbreviations, letters or numerals as approved. , Identification title locations shall be determined by the Engineer but in general they shall be placed where the view is unobstructed and on the two lower quarters of pipe or covering where they are overhead. Title should be clearly visible from operating positions especially those adjacent to control valves. C. Numbers and letters shall be die-cut from 3.5 mil vinyl film and prespaced on carrier tape. Adhesive and finish surface shall be protected with one piece removable liners. Color shall be white or black as approved depending on substrate color. D. Letter size shall be as indicated in the following table: OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE OR COVERING SIZE OF LETTERS LEGEND 3/4-in to 1-1/4-in 1/2-in 1-1/2-in to 2-in 3/4-in 2-1/2-in to 6-in 1-1/2-in 8-in to 10-in 2-1/2-in Over 10-in 3-in E. The system for preparation and application of letters shall be Type B a.s.i/2 by ASI Sign Systems; Architectural Graphics Inc.or equal. Letter type shall be Optima Bold,upper case. Grid 2 spacing shall be employed. Arrow shall match as approved, letter type and size. The instructions of the manufacturer shall be followed in respect to storage,surface preparation and applications of letters. 2.04 TITLES FOR EQUIPMENT A. Titles indicated in attached schedules shall be provided in vinyl film as specified above on all equipment using 1-in high Optima Bold upper case,Grid 2 spacing,white or black in color as approved depending on substrate. Titles shall be mounted at eye level on machines where ... possible or at the upper most broad vertical surface of low equipment. Where more than one piece of the equipment item to be titled exists,the items shall be numbered consecutively as indicated on the mechanical drawings or as directed by the Engineer;for example Pump No. 1, Pump No. 2,etc. Titles shall be composed in more than one line if required and justified on the left hand side as approved. 0515.46014 09902-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 2.05 METAL TAGS . A. For pipelines smaller than 3/4-inch in diameter,securely fasten metal tags,2-1/2 inch x 1/2 inch, of Birmingham or Stubs 17 gauge brass with lettering etched and filled with enamel. Tags shall be approved by the Engineer. 2.06 FABRICATED EQUIPMENT A. Unless otherwise indicated all fabricated equipment shall be shop primed and shop or field finished. B. All items to be shop primed shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material prior to priming. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,any prime coating shall have been improperly applied or if material contrary to these Specifications shall have been used,that coating shall be removed by sandblasting to white metal and reprimed in accordance with these Specifications. C. All shop prime coats shall be of the correct materials and applied in accordance with these Specifications. Remove any prime coats not in accordance with these Specifications by sandblasting and apply the specified prime coat at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Shop primed surfaces shall be cleaned thoroughly and damaged or bare spots retouched with the specified primer before the application of successive paint coats in the field. E. Be responsible for and take whatever steps are necessary to properly protect the shop prime and finish coats against damage from weather or any other cause. F. A shop finish coat shall be equal in appearance and protection quality to a field applied finish coat. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,a shop finish coat does not give the appearance and protection quality of other work of similar nature,prepare the surfaces and apply the coat or coats of paint as directed by the Engineer to accomplish the desired appearance and protection quality. Submit to the Engineer substantial evidence that the standard finish is compatible with the specified finish coat. G. Wherever fabricated equipment is required to be sandblasted,protect all motors,drives, bearings, gears,etc.,from the entry of grit. Any equipment found to contain grit shall be promptly and thoroughly cleaned. 2.07 EXTRA PAINT A. Furnish one unopened gallon can of each type and each color of paint used. 2.08 TESTING EQUIPMENT A. Notify Engineer after completion of each coat of paint. After inspection and checking of film thickness, and for other imperfections,and after approval by Engineer,proceed with the succeeding coat. Purchase for Owner two(2)new dry-film thickness gauges for checking the film thickness and one holiday detector. Calibrate dry-film thickness gauge at the Site using Bureau of Standards standard shim blocks. Provide one holiday detector for holiday testing. 051546014 09902-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 1. Product and Supplier: Provide the following: a. Film Thickness Tester: Model FM-III as manufactured by Mikeotest,(Furnish Two). -- b. Holiday Detector: Model M-1 as manufactured by Tinker&Rasor. 2. Engineer shall witness all holiday testing and shall be notified of all scheduled testing twenty-four(24)hours in advance. 3. Additional coats shall be applied,if required,to produce the specified film thickness and to correct holidays and to completely fill all surface air holes. 4. Holiday testing shall be performed by Contractor. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared as specified herein and shall be dry and clean before painting. Special care shall be given to thoroughly clean interior concrete and CMU surfaces to receive polyamide cured epoxy paint of all marks before application of finish. B. All metal welds,blisters,etc,shall be ground and sanded smooth. All pits and dents shall be filled and all imperfections shall be corrected so as to provide a smooth surface for painting. All rust, loose scale,oil,tar and asphalt bearing coatings,grease and dirt shall be removed by use of approved solvents,wire brushing, grinding or sanding. C. Concrete surfaces shall have been finished to a smooth,rubbed,completed product. Report unsatisfactory surfaces to the Engineer. Concrete shall be left for one month minimum before painting and shall be free of dust,oil,curing compounds and other foreign matter D. Concrete masonry unit surfaces shall be smooth and cleaned of all dust, loose mortar and other foreign matter. E. Allow new concrete and masonry to cure a minimum of 28 days prior to coating. Submerged concrete surfaces and those subject to splashing,scheduled to be painted and for tank coating " system and chemical fill station containment, shall be brush sandblasted to open void spaces and bug holes with resultant finish being a uniform profile equal to 80 grit sandpaper. Fill all bugholes with Tnemec Series 218 as required to provide a continuous void-free surface. F. Galvanized(except metal deck surfaces),aluminum,and copper surfaces shall have all oxidation, foreign material and soluble surface contaminants removed before painting by SSPC SP1,using an approved V.O.C.compliant method. Galvanized and,when ordered,the other metal surfaces specified above shall be brush blasted to SSPC SP7 standards to provide a uniform 1 mil surface profile and to remove insoluble surface contaminants. 3.02 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. All colors will be selected by the Engineer and Owner. 051546014 09902-6 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Fxpansion Project B. The following types of paints by Tnemec Co. and Ameron have been used as a basis for the paint schedule: 1. Hi-build Epoxoline(Series 66),or Ameron Amercoat 385 -polyamide cured epoxy 2. Potapox(Series 20)(FC-fast cure where scheduled),or Ameron Amerlock 400(Amerlock 2—fast cure where scheduled)-polyamide cured epoxy(NSF Standard 61 certified for contact with water being treated and elsewhere as scheduled). 3. Envirofil(No. 130-6601 olive color)-waterborne cementitious acrylic,or Amercoat 147 (Off-white color)—waterborne acrylic block filler 4. Endura-Shield III-semi-gloss(Series 73)-high-build acrylic polyurethane enamel, or Amercoat 450H—aliphatic polyurethane. 5. Silicone Aluminum(No.39-661)-high heat silicone aluminum(to 600 degrees F), or Amercoat 878-high heat silicone aluminum(to 1000 degrees F). - 6. Elasto-Shield(Series 264 and trowel grade, Series 265TG)-modified polyurethane(NSF Standard 61 certified). 7. Hydro-Zinc(Series 90-91H20 2000),or Amercoat 68HS-organic vehicle zinc-rich(NSF Standard 61 certified). 8. Vinester(Series 120)-vinyl ester,or PSX 758-engineered siloxane surfacer. 9. Theme-Cryl(Series 6)-acrylic latex emulsion,eggshell finish,or Amercoat 220— waterborne acrylic. C. The fallowing surfaces shall have the types of paint scheduled below applied at the dry film thickness(DFT)in mils per coat noted: 1. Exterior non submerged ferrous metals. a. 1 coat Series 90-97 or 91 H2O 2000 on properly prepared unprimed metal or for touch-up(2.5-3.5 DFT),or 1 coat Amercoat 68HS on properly prepared unprimed metal or for touch-up(2.0-3.0) b. 1 coat Series 66 or 20(4.0 DFT), 1 coat Series 73 (3.0 DFT),or 1 coat Amercoat 385 (4.0 DFT), 1 coat Amercoat 450H(3.0 DFT) ._ 2. Interior non-submerged concrete scheduled for painting. a. 2 coats Series 66(5.0 DFT),2 coats Amercoat 385 (5.0 DFT) 3. Interior non-submerged ferrous metals a. Tnemec 2 Coats: 69-Color Hi-Build Epoxoline II(4—6 DFT per coat) 0515-46014 09902-7 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project coats of paint have deteriorated,shall be properly cleaned and retouched before any successive painting is done on them in the field. All such field painting shall match as nearly as possible the original finish. Preparation and painting shall be provided by the Contractor. 3. Equipment shipped with a protective shop painting coat or coats shall be touched up to the satisfaction of the Engineer with primers as recommended by the manufacturer of the finish paint. Preparation and painting shall be provided by the Contractor. C. Field Painting 1. All painting at the site shall be under the strict inspection of the Engineer. Only skilled painters and,where dictated by special conditions or systems and so ordered, specialist painters shall be used on the work. 2. All paint shall be at room temperature before applying,and no painting shall be done when the surface temperature is less than 5°above the dew point in dust-laden air,when rain or snow is falling, until all traces of moisture have completely disappeared from the surface to - be painted or when the environmental conditions are outside of the limitations of the coating manufacturer. 3. Field Touch-up of shop primed steel: All failed areas shall be prepared in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Submerged areas shall be spot abrasive blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP10 Near White Metal Blast Cleaning;nonsubmerged areas shall be pot abrasive blasted in accordance with SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Feather-edge the remaining intact coatings with the failed areas. Spot prime with the originally specified primer the same day that the surface preparation has been performed. 4. Successive coats of paint shall be different shades(from paint manufacturer's stock or shop mixed paint)of the required colors so as to make each coat easily distinguishable from each other with the final undercoat the approximate shade of the finished coat to ensure no show- through as approved. Notify Engineer after completion of each coat of paint. After inspection&checking of film thickness,and for other imperfections, and after approval by Engineer,proceed with the succeeding coat. 5. Finish surfaces shall not show brush marks or other irregularities. Undercoats shall be thoroughly and uniformly sanded with the type paper appropriate for the undercoats to remove defects and provide a smooth even surface. All sides shall be painted. 6. Painting shall be continuous and shall be accomplished in an orderly manner so as to ., facilitate inspection. Materials subject to weather shall be primed coated as quickly as possible. Surfaces of exposed members that will be inaccessible after erection shall be cleaned and painted before erection. 7. All painting shall be performed by approved methods with number of coats modified as required to obtain the total dry film thickness specified. Spray painting shall be performed specifically by methods submitted and as approved by the Engineer. 8. All surfaces to be painted as well as the atmosphere in which painting is to be done shall be kept warm and dry by heating and ventilation, if necessary,until each coat of paint has 051546014 09902-9 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES .. 2 2 �rM� City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 10423 CAST PLAQUE ,. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Perform all work required to complete, as indicated by the Contract Documents,and furnish all supplementary items necessary for the proper installation of all Cast Plaques. B. A Cast Plaque with City logo,plant and facility name,City officials,engineers,construction manager and contractor shall be provided on the exterior wall of the Northside Pump Station Building. C. Plaque shall match existing plaque. 1.02 WARRANTY A. Provide a minimum two(2)years against defects in manufacturer and installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS �. A. Samples: Submit for approval samples showing construction and finish specified. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit manufacturer's literature and mark sufficiently to indicate compliance with these specifications. 2. Show locations,methods of supporting,methods of anchoring and finishes. 3. Submit mock-up of plaque, indicating lettering, spacing,etc.,for approval. PART 2 PRODUCTS - 2.01 ACCEPTABLE PRODUCT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS A. A specific product or material manufactured by any of the following listed manufacturers is "acceptable"(not"approved")only if the specific product or material can evidence exact compliance with the Contract Documents. 1. Andco Industries Corp. 2. A.R.K.Ramos. 3. Gemini,Inc. 4. Lake Shore Markers. 5. Matthews. 6. Metal Arts,Div.of L&H Mfg.Co. 7. Metallic Arts. ._„ 0515-46014 10423-1 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 11212 -„ HORIZONTAL SPLIT-CASE CENTRIFUGAL PUW(S) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required and completely install,put in operation and field test two(Pump Numbers HSC-04 and HSC-05)horizontally mounted,axial split-case single stage,double suction, double volute,constant speed,centrifugal pumps and ® motors as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. All necessary and desirable accessory equipment and auxiliaries whether specifically mentioned in this Section or not shall be furnished and installed as required for an installation incorporating the highest standards for this type of service. Also included shall be supervisory services during installation and field testing of each unit and instructing the regular operating personnel in the .» proper care,operation and maintenance of the equipment. C. Power factor correction capacitors conforming to the requirements of Division 16 shall be furnished under this Section. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete work and the installation of anchor bolts are included in Division 3;however,anchor bolts for these units as recommended by the pump manufacturer shall be furnished by the Contractor under this Section. B. Field painting is included in Section 09902. C. Instrumentation and controls,other than those specified herein,are specified under their respective Sections of Division 13. D. Valves,mechanical piping and appurtenances and pipe hangers and supports are included in Division 15. �» E. Electrical work except as hereinafter specified is included in Division 16. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300-Submittals,shop drawings and product data. Submittals shall be provided by apparent low bidder within ten(10)days of submission of bids. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Certified dimensional drawings of each item of equipment and auxiliary apparatus to be furnished. 2. Certified foundation,pump support and anchor bolt plans and details. 0515.46014 11212-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 2. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC) 3. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI) 4. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) 5. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 6. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM) 7. American Welding Society(AWS) 8. American Bearing Manufacturers Association(ABMA) 9. Hydraulic Institute(HI) 10. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers(IEEE) 11. National Electrical Code(NEC) 12. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA) 13. Occupational Safety and Health Administration(OSHA) 14. The Society for Protective Coatings(SSPC) 15. Underwriters Laboratories(LTL) B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. To assure unity of responsibility,the motors,base plates shall be furnished and coordinated by the pump manufacturer. The Contractor and manufacturer shall assume responsibility for the satisfactory installation and operation of the entire pumping system including pumps,motors, base plates as specified. B. The equipment covered by this Section is intended to be standard pumping equipment of proven ability as manufactured by concerns having extensive experience in the production of such ., equipment similar to the applications stated in Paragraphs 1.01 and 1.06. Units specified herein shall be furnished by a single manufacturer. The equipment furnished shall be designed, constructed and installed to operate satisfactorily when installed as shown on the Drawings. C. Pumps shall be manufactured in accordance with the Hydraulic Institute Standards,except where otherwise specified herein. D. The pump manufacturer shall be fully responsible for the design,arrangement and operation of all connected rotating components,of the assembled pumping unit mounted on a fabricated steel 051546014 11212-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Furnish all special tools and test equipment required or the proper servicing of all equipment as specified in Section 01170. All such tools and test equipment shall be furnished in a suitable steel tool chest complete with lock and duplicate keys. B. All spare parts shall be properly protected for long periods of storage and packed in containers that are clearly identified with indelible markings as to contents. C. Furnish the following spare parts for each pump model. 1. Complete set of all wear rings. 2. One complete set of mechanical seals. 3. Complete set of gaskets and O-rings. 1.09 PATENTS AND LICENSES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all patents or licenses that exist on the equipment that may be provided. B. The Contractor and equipment manufacturer shall assume all costs of patent fees or licenses for the equipment or process;and shall safeguard and save harmless the City/Engineer from all damages,judgments,claims and expenses arising from license fees,or claimed infringement of any letters,patent or patent rights,or fees for the use of any equipment or process structural feature or arrangement of any of the component parts of the installation;and the price bid shall be deemed to include payment of all such patent fees, licenses or other costs pertaining thereto. 1.10 EQUIPMENT TESTING USING ELECTRICAL AND VIBRATIONAL ANALYSIS A. After all the proposed equipment has been installed in the pump station and the equipment is ready to be placed into operation, and all the proposed equipment in the facility has been certified for complete installation and ready for operation by the equipment manufacture(s). The Contractor shall retain the services of a qualified independent mechanical testing firm to analyze the installed electrical and mechanical equipment for vibration,alignment,allowable tolerances,oil analysis, infrared analysis(thermograph)electrical testing,etc.for compliance with the manufacture's recommendations,applicable industry standards(Hydraulic Institute, NSF/ANSI 60 and 61 and NFS Certification Mark for Potable water),and these specifications.All work found to be defective or requiring modification or adjustment shall be corrected at no additional cost to the City.The results of these tests shall be reported in writing to the Engineer.The following are Pre-approved testing firms: 1.Envibe-Houston,TX 2. Smith Pump-Waco,TX 0515116014 11212-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project D. Each major piece of equipment shall be furnished with a stainless steel nameplate(with embossed data)securely mounted to the body of the equipment. As a minimum,the nameplate for the pumps shall include the manufacturer's name and model number,serial number,rated flow capacity,head,speed and all other pertinent data. As a minimum,nameplates for motors shall include the manufacturer's name and model number,serial number,horsepower,speed, input voltage,amps,number of cycles and power and service factors. E. Refer to Section 01170 for noise limitations for the equipment. 2.02 CONDITIONS OF SERVICE A. Pump Numbers HSC-04 and HSC-05 shall be Model 24 x 16 MAAS by Patterson Pump Company,or approved equal. Both pumps are to be supplied by a single manufacturer and shall be identical in every respect with all parts interchangeable. 1. Pump Numbers HSC-04 and HSC-05 shall be designed for the conditions of service tabulated as follows. a. Service: Water Booster Pumps b. Equipment Tag Numbers: HSC-04 and HSC-05 c. No.of pumps: 2 Duty: 2 Standby: 0 d. Liquid: Potable Water e. Maximum Temperature(degree F): 100 f. Design capacity(gpm): 12,750 g. Design total head(TH)(ft): 250 h. Minimum efficiency at design point(percent): 88 percent 1 i. Shut-off head(ft)must be greater than: 320 to 325 feet 1 j. Flow range: 5,100 to 17,500 gpm 1 k. Minimum efficiency(percent)throughout the flow range 5,100 to 17,500 gpm: 70 1 1. Minimum capacity(gpm)at 160 ft of head: 17,500 .µ 1 in. Minimum capacity(gpm)at 314 ft of head: 5,100 n. Maximum NPSHR at maximum run out capacity(ft): 31 o. Maximum speed(rpm): 880 p. Non-overloaded motor BHp: 927 Hp q. Motor Hp: 1,000 Hp 0515-46014 11212-7 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project E. A tag with the following wording must be installed on each seal water drain valve: "The valve on the seal water drain line must be closed when the pump is operating." F. The pump bearings shall be of the heavy duty single double row anti-friction type arranged for oil lubrication complete with constant-level oiler designed in accordance with ABMA Standards for a minimum L-10 life of 100,000 hours,without the addition of external cooling. The inboard and outboard bearings shall be interchangeable. Removable bearing housings shall be bolted and doweled to bearing brackets that are cast integral with the pump lower half casing. G. Pump shaft(s)shall be of heat treated alloy steel,rigid-shaft type and of sufficient size to transmit the full driver horsepower with a liberal safety factor,accurately machined over the entire length and free from harmful and damaging vibrations. The shaft(s)shall be protected from wear in the stuffing box areas by renewable hardened 400 series chrome steel shaft sleeves with a minimum 300 to 350 Brinell hardness.The sleeves shall be sealed to prevent leakage between the sleeve and the shaft. Shrink fit shaft sleeves will not be acceptable. H. Furnish and install tapped holes in the suction and discharge flanges and 1/4-in copper pipe nipples complete with stainless steel ball valves for use in connecting pressure gauges. Nipples shall be of such length and provided with elbows if necessary so that a pressure gauge may be easily installed and read. I. The pumps shall be provided with two glycerin-filled suction and discharge pressure gauges with a 1/4-in NPT inlet and 4.5-in dials. The suction gauges shall be of the compound type to indicate both vacuum and pressure and be graduated to read 15-psi positive pressures and 15 psi negative pressures. The discharge gauges shall be graduated from 0 to 150 psi. The gauges shall be connected to the pump nozzles. All fittings and cocks shall be red brass. The pressure gauges shall be equal to Figure 1980 Solfrunt standard gauges,Model 150000-4 series,by Amtek,U.S. Gauge Division. J. The pump and its driving equipment shall be designed and constructed to successfully withstand a maximum turbining speed of the unit resulting from backflow through the pump of 150 percent of the design operating speed or the runaway speed that would occur at an applied head equal to the maximum static head,whichever is greater. 2.04 PUMP DRIVE SYSTEM A. Each pump shall be driven by a horizontal single speed solid shaft squirrel cage induction electric motor with a maximum horsepower and speed as specified in Paragraph 2.02.A above and with WPII,enclosure,resistance temperature detectors and shall meet all the requirements of Section 16151. B. The pump motors shall be suitable for driving the pumps continuously over the entire pumping range. The pump motors shall be furnished by the pump manufacturer. The motors shall be constructed and guaranteed to withstand runaway reverse speed equal to 150 percent of synchronous speed or the runaway speed that would occur at an applied head equal to the maximum static head,whichever is higher. C. Each pump shall be directly connected to its driver by means of a FaWs,Fast's or equal all metal flexible coupling, suitably sized to transmit the required driving torque and to accommodate unavoidable shaft misalignment. �„ 051546014 11212-9 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordinate with other trades,equipment and systems to the fullest extent possible. B. Take all necessary measurements in the field to determine the exact dimensions for all work and the required sizes of all equipment under this contract. All pertinent data and dimensions shall be verified. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations in the locations shown on the Drawings. Anchor bolts shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and setting plans. B. Qualified supervisory services, including manufacturers'engineering representatives,shall be provided for a minimum of 3 days(8-hour man-days,excluding travel tune)to ensure that the work is done in a manner fully approved by the respective equipment manufacturer. The pump manufacturer's representatives shall specifically supervise the installation and alignment of the pump with the driver,the grouting,the alignment of the connecting piping and the installation of the field-installed mechanical seal. If there are difficulties in the start-up or operation of the equipment due to the manufacturer's design or fabrication,additional service shall be provided at no cost to the Owner. Services of the manufacturer's representatives and training shall be - provided when the first pump is started,with follow-up visits upon start-up of each subsequent PUMP. C. Connection of piping to pumps shall be done in presence of the Engineer. All piping connections to the pump shall be done without bending and/or twisting the piping to mate with the pump flange connections. D. A certificate from each equipment manufacturer shall be submitted stating that the installation of his/her equipment is satisfactory,that the equipment is ready for operation and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed in the operation, lubrication and care of each unit. See Section 01465 for certificate of installation form. E. An installation report, in accordance with Sections 01300—Submittals and 01465—Equipment Testing and Start-up,shall be submitted by the equipment manufacturer following installation of equipment. 3.03 FIELD TESTS A. In the presence of the Engineer,such tests as necessary to indicate that the pumps and motors and conform to the efficiencies and capacities specified shall be performed. A 30-day operating period of the pumps will be required before acceptance. If a pump performance does not meet the specified requirements,corrective measures shall be taken or the pump shall be removed and �. replaced with a pump that satisfies the conditions specified. All test procedures shall be in accordance with factory test procedures specified above,and certified results of tests shall be submitted. The Cbntractor shall provide, calibrate and install all temporary gauges and meters, shall make necessary tapped holes in the pipes,and install all temporary piping and wiring 051546014 11212-11 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION CITY 13K,70 Y FT. W."ONTH, � �Z, 1�Nv City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 13300 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS-GENERAL PROVISIONS PART L GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. A pre-approved Process Control System Integrator(PCSI)shall furnish all services and equipment defined herein and in other specification sections as listed in Article 1.02,Related Work B. All materials,equipment,labor,and services required to achieve a fully configured,integrated and operational process control system shall be provided. The PCSI shall design and coordinate the process control system for proper operation with related equipment and materials furnished by other suppliers under other sections of these specifications and with related existing equipment. C. Remote Terminal Unit(RTLI)programming,configuration,and integration,including loading of software on computers,operating system software configuration,and radio configuration was completed by the PCSI under the Northside Pump Station and Ground Storage Reservoir Project (Project No.0515-23855). D. Auxiliary and accessory devices necessary for system operation or performance to interface with existing equipment or equipment provided by other suppliers under other sections of these specifications,shall be included whether or not they are shown on the drawings. These devices include,but are not limited to,transducers,current isolators,signal conditioners or interposing relays. E. Substitution of functions or type of equipment specified shall not be acceptable. In order to ensure interchange ability of parts,maintain quality,interface between the various subsystems, and establish minimums with regard to ranges and accuracy,strict compliance with the above requirements shall be maintained. System design shall allow removing individual devices from service without disrupting other devices in service. F. Equipment shall be fabricated,assembled,installed,and placed in proper operating condition in full conformity with detail drawings,specifications,engineering data,instructions,and recommendations by the equipment manufacturer as approved by the Engineer. G. To facilitate the Owner's existing operation and maintenance,products shall be by the same major manufacturer,with panel-mounted devices of the same type and model as far as possible. H. The City of Fort Worth Water Department SCADA system at the Holly Plant is an existing.The 1/0 associated with the station are existing. The PCSI shall be interfacing with the existing control system at the Holly Plant. The PCSI shall coordinate with the owner and Electrical Contractor to insure the existing screens,database(s),etc. at the Holly Plant SCADA system is fully integrated to accomplish full monitoring and control functionality with the Northside Pump Station Expansion. 0515513.300 13300-1 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion J. All equipment and installations shall satisfy applicable Federal,State,and local codes. K. Supplementing this section,the Drawings and the related specification sections provide additional details regarding instrument devices,functional requirements of the system,and interfacing with other equipment. L. All materials,equipment,labor,and services necessary to achieve the monitoring and control functions described herein shall be provided in a timely manner so that the monitoring and control functions are available when the equipment is ready to be placed into service. M. The PCSI shall coordinate and schedule all required testing with the General Contractor,Owner, and Engineer. N. The PCSI shall coordinate and schedule all required training with the General Contractor,Owner, and Engineer. O. The PCSI shall provide a monthly status report and updated project schedule to the General Contractor to include in the General Contractor's overall project schedule. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. The PCSI shall furnish all materials,labor,and services specified in the following specification sections as required to ensure that a single,coordinated system is supplied: 1. Section 13315-Process Instrumentation&Controls-Products B. Divisions requiring coordination shall include,but not be limited to,the following: ,. L Division 1 -General Requirements 2. Division 11 -Equipment 3. Division 13-Special Construction , 4. Division 15-Mechanical C. The PCSI shall coordinate with all equipment suppliers,mechanical subcontractor,electrical subcontractor,and General Contractor. 1.03 COORDINATION MEETINGS A. The PCSI shall schedule and administer a minimum of one mandatory coordination meetings. The PCSI shall make arrangements for meetings and prepare agenda with copies to participants at least one week before scheduled meetings. The meetings shall be held at the General Contractor's field office and shall include,as a minimum,attendance by the Owner,Engineer, General Contractor's project engineer,PCSI's project engineer,and the electrical subcontractor. 1. The coordination meeting shall be held for the PCSI to: 0515S 13.300 13300-2 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion a. Summarize their understanding of the project b. Discuss any proposed substitutions or alternatives C. Schedule testing and delivery milestone dates d. Request any additional information required from the Owner and/or Engineer. 2. The coordination meeting.shall be held for the PCSI to: a. Discuss comments made on the submittal package b. Refine scheduled milestone dates C. Coordinate equipment installation activities 3. A typical agenda may include,but is not limited to,the following: a. Review minutes of previous meetings b. Review of work progress C. Field observations,problems,and decisions d. Identification of problems which impede planned progress e. Review of submittal schedule and submittal status f. Review of off-site fabrications and delivery schedules g. Maintenance of progress schedule h. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules -- i. Planned activities for subsequent work period j. Coordination of projected progress k. Maintenance of quality and work standards 1. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination in. Other business relating to Work 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop Drawings in accordance with Special Conditions. These shop Drawings shall fully demonstrate that the equipment and services to be furnished comply with the provisions of these specifications and provide a true and complete record of the equipment as manufactured and delivered. Each submittal shall be securely bound with an index and sectional dividers. All submittal drawings shall be legible and reduced to a maximum size of 11-inches x 17-inches. B. The Engineer shall determine whether a product is an"Approved Equal"based upon the information listed herein and the manufacturer's data sheets regarding the models specified Alternate equipment must meet the criteria listed herein and any additional information in the manufacturer's data sheets in order to be accepted as an"Approved Equal". Supplier must furnish five working installation references for any alternate equipment along with owner, contact,and telephone number. C. The submittals listed below shall be provided as a minimum. Other specification sections may require other submittals not listed here. Each submittal must be complete. No partial submittals 0515513.300 13300-3 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion shall be accepted. �. 1. System Input/Output List 2. Project Plan The project plan shall be submitted and approved before any additional submittals(except System Input/Output List)shall be accepted. 3. Field Instruments 4. Testing 5. Loop Diagrams 6. Spares,Expendables,and Test Equipment -� 7. Operation and Maintenance(O&M)Manuals D. Submittal Descriptions 1. Project Plan a. The Project Plan shall provide an overview of the proposed system including system architecture drawing,approach to work,proposed work schedule indicating milestones and potential meetings,project personnel and organization,details of factory testing and field testing.The Project Plan shall also include an acknowledgment of conformance to the specification on a paragraph-by-paragraph basis indicating any proposed deviations. The schedule shall be coordinated with the project execution schedule and illustrate all major project milestones including the following: 1) Schedule for all subsequent project submittals 2) Schedule for all project design review meetings 3) Schedule for manufacture,assembly and staging of all process control system equipment -` 4) Schedule for all tests 5) Schedule for shipment of all process control system equipment and peripheral devices 6) Schedule for equipment start-up 7) Schedule for all training 2. Field Instruments .- 0515513.300 13300-4 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion a. This submittal shall provide complete documentation of all field instruments using ISA-S20 format. A complete Bill of Materials(BOM)listing all instrumentation equipment shall be provided. Data Sheets 1.) Provide data sheets for each instrument listing model numbers,options,and - ancillary devices that are being provided. The data sheets shall be provided with an index,proper identification,and cross- referencing. The data sheets shall include,but not be limited to,the following information: 2) Plant Equipment Number and ISA tag number per the Loop Diagrams 3) Product(item)name used herein and on the Contract Drawings 4) Manufacturer's complete model number 5) Location of the device 6) Input-output characteristics 7) Range,size,and graduations 8) Physical size with dimensions,enclosure NEMA classification and mounting w details 9) Materials of construction of all components 10) Instrument sizing calculations where applicable 11) Certified calibration data for all flow metering devices Equipment Specification Sheets 1) Provide equipment specification sheets which shall fully describe the device,the intended function,how it operates and its physical environmental and performance characteristics. Each data sheet shall have appropriate cross references to loop or equipment identification tags. As a minimum the specification sheets shall include the following: a) Dimension,rigid-clearances b) Mounting or installation details c) Connection 0515513.300 13300-5 920/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion d) Electrical power or air requirements e) Materials of construction . f) Environmental characteristics g) Performance characteristics h) Complete information regarding the field instruments as required by ISA-55.4 standards shall be provided under this contract. 3. Testing Test Plan A test plan shall be submitted after the Owner and/or Engineer have approved all hardware submittals. The test plan shall demonstrate that the PCSI has designed and configured a system that meets the design specifications.The test plan shall be submitted prior to the preparation of the detailed test procedures and submit outlines of the specific proposed tests. Submittals shall include examples of the proposed forms and checklists. The system shall be tested using the system architecture drawing and a Bill of Materials of all hardware indicating manufacturer,model,and serial number. The documents for the test -- plan shall be structured so that the Engineer understands what the inputs are,what the predicted outputs should be and what the actual outputs are. The test plan shall have a sign-off and date block for the PCSI,General Contractor,Owner,and Engineer. The test plan should include the following as a minimum: a. A Bill of Materials(BOM)listing control system components b. System hardware summary C. A testing schedule describing the specific tasks to be performed and the time allotted for each task d. Communications tests to the RTU and Plant SCADA system for discrete and analog I/O data transfer mm e. 100 percent 1/0 point test including all spare points based upon the previously submitted system 1/0 list - Test Procedures The test procedures shall be submitted after the preliminary test procedure submittals have been reviewed by the Engineer and returned stamped either"approved"or"approved as noted,confirm." The submittal shall document the proposed procedures to be followed during the test. Procedures shall include test descriptions,forms,and checklists to be used to control and document the required tests. 0515513.300 13300-6 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion For Test Documentation submit a copy of the signed off test procedures upon completion of each required test. 4. Loop Diagrams a. Provide detailed loop diagrams on single 11-in.x 17-in or 8.5-in.x 11-in sheets for each monitoring or control loop. The loop diagram shall show all components of the loop both analog and discrete signals including all relays,switches,dropping resistors, etc.which are being provided for proper operation. Loop numbers used shall correspond to the loop numbers indicated in the contract documents. The format shall be the Instrument Society of America,Standard for Instrument Loop Diagrams, ISA-55.4,and the following requirements: 1) On each diagram present a tabular summary of a. The output capability of the transmitting instrument b. The input impedance of each receiving instrument c. Estimate of the loop wiring impedance based on wire sizes and approximate length used d. The total loop impedance e. Reserve output capacity 2) Show all interconnecting wiring between equipment,panels,terminal junction boxes and field mounted components. The diagrams shall show all components and panel terminal board identification numbers and all wire numbers. This diagram shall include all intermediate terminations between field elements and panels(e.g.,terminal junction boxes). The diagrams shall be coordinated with the electrical contractor and bear mark showing this has been done. 3) Show location of all devices 4) Show instrument description showing type,manufacturer,model number,range, setpoints,and operation(e.g.,fail open,open on energization,normally closed, etc.)as applicable. 5) Show all instrument loop power or instrument air requirements back to termination on terminal block or bulkhead,fuse blocks(including fuse size),etc., as applicable. 6) Show all grounding points within cabinets and panels and identify the connection point of individual components. 7) Complete information regarding the field instruments as required by ISA-S5.4 standards shall be provided on the loop diagrams under this contract. 0515513.300 13300-7 9/20105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 5. Spares,Expendables,and Test Equipment This submittal shall include the following for each Subsystem: a. A list of,and descriptive literature for,spares,expendables,and test equipment as . specified in Instrumentation Sections(13315) b. A separate list of,and descriptive literature for,additional spares, expendables,and test equipment recommended by the PCSI C. Unit and total cost for the additional spare items recommended for each subsystem . d. Storage instructions for all spare parts e. Any specialty software or hardware tools used during configuration of the project.. NOTE:These specialty tools must be turned over to the Owner. 1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM). 1. ASTM A269-Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. B. Instrument Society of America(ISA) 1. ISA S5.2-Binary Logic Diagrams for Process Operations 2. ISA S5.3 -Graphic Symbols for Distributed Control/Shared Display Instrumentation Logic and Computer Systems. 3. ISA S5.4-Instrument Loop Diagrams 4. Display Instrumentation Logic and Computer Systems C. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1. ANSI X3.5-Flowchart Symbols and Their Usage in Information Processing D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA) E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.06 PCSI A. The PCSI shall perform all work necessary to select,furnish,configure,customize,debug,install, connect,calibrate,and place into operation all hardware and software specified within this 0515S 13.300 13300-8 9/20/05 ,�, City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Division and other related divisions. B. The PCSI shall be: 1. HSQ Technologies 1435 Huntington Avenue South San Francisco,CA 94080 Attn:Alan Nelson Phone: 1-800-486-6684 1.07 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The PCSI shall be responsible for providing all instruments and devices,shown or not shown in the instrumentation contract drawings,but indicated to be provided in the contract documents or in Division 13 specifications. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Shipping Precautions 1. After completion of shop assembly,factory test,and approval,all equipment,cabinets, panels,and consoles shall be packed in protective crates and enclosed in heavy-duty polyethylene envelopes or secured sheeting to provide complete protection from damage, dust and moisture. Dehumidifiers shall be placed inside the polyethylene coverings. The - equipment shall then be skid-mounted for final transport. Lifting rings shall be provided for moving without removing protective covering. Boxed weights shall be shown on shipping tags together with instructions for unloading,transporting,storing,and handling at jobsite. 2. Special instructions for proper field handling,storage,and installation required by the manufacturer for proper protection,shall be securely attached to the packaging for each - piece of equipment prior to shipment. The instructions shall be stored in re-sealable plastic bags or other acceptable means of protection. - 3. None of the control equipment shall be shipped to the site until the room(s)is(are) environmentally suitable. 4. All equipment supplied under Section 13315 shall be shipped to the job site via a dedicated air ride van. B. Identification 1. Each component shall be tagged to identify its location,tag number and function in the system. Identification shall be prominently displayed on the outside of the package. 2. Each piece of equipment supplied shall have a permanent stainless steel or other non-corrosive material tag firmly attached and permanently and indelibly marked with the instrument tag number,as given in the Drawings. 0515513.300 13300-9 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. Storage 1. Equipment shall not be stored out-of-doors. Equipment,including in-line equipment,shall be stored in dry permanent shelters and adequately protected against mechanical injury. If any apparatus has been damaged,the General Contractor at his own cost and expense shall repair such damage. If any equipment has been subject to possible damage by water,it shall be thoroughly dried and put through such tests as directed by the Engineer. Any repair or replacement shall be at the cost and expense of the General Contractor. 1.09 PROJECUSITE REQL IREMENTS A. Environmental Requirements. Air-conditioned areas require NEMA Type 1A, 12 ventilated enclosures. Equipment below grade shall be NEMA Type 4X. All other areas require NEMA Type 4X stainless steel enclosures. Outdoor areas require sun shields. B. Elevation. Equipment shall be designed to operate at a ground elevation of approximately 2500 feet above mean sea level. C. Temperature. Indoor areas' equipment shall be suitable for 10 to 35 C degrees ambient. Outdoor areas'equipment shall be suitable for 7.30 to 50 C degrees ambient. Storage temperatures shall range from zero to 50 C degrees ambient. Additional cooling or heating shall be furnished if required by the equipment. D. Relative Humidity. Air-conditioned area equipment shall be suitable for 20 to 95 percent relative,non-condensing humidity. All other equipment shall be suitable for 0 to 100 percent relative,condensing humidity. E. Power Supply. 120 volts AC sources of electric supply shall be unregulated industrial panel boards. 1.10 MAINTENANCE A. Spare Parts 1. Spare parts shall be as defined in the related specification sections. All,spare parts shall be new and unused. 2. All spare parts shall be individually packaged and labeled. 3. The spares listed above shall be packed in a manner suitable for long-term storage and shall be adequately protected against corrosion,humidity,and temperature. B. Specialty Tools 1. Any specialty software or hardware tools used on the project must be turned over to the Owner. 1.11 WARRANTY 0515513.300 13300-10 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion A. Provide equipment warranties per Section 01740,Warranties and Bonds,and herein. 1.12 O&M MANUALS A. Prior to final acceptance of the system and owner training,operating and maintenance manuals covering instruction and maintenance on each type of equipment shall be famished in accordance with Section 01730,Operating and Maintenance Data. B. The instructions shall be bound in three-ring binders with Drawings reduced or folded for inclusion and shall provide the following as a minimum: 1. A comprehensive index 2. A complete "As Constructed"set of approved shop Drawings 3. A complete list of the equipment supplied,including serial numbers,ranges,and pertinent data 4. Full specifications for each item 5. System schematic drawings"As Constructed",illustrating all components,piping and electrical connections of the systems supplied under this Section 6. Detailed service,maintenance,and operation instructions for each item supplied 7. Special maintenance requirements particular to this system clearly defined, along with special calibration and test procedures 8. Operating instructions which incorporate a functional description of the entire system,with references to the systems schematic Drawings and instructions 9. Complete parts lists with stock numbers and name,address,and telephone number of the local supplier C. The final documentation shall be new documentation written specifically for this project but may include standard and modified standard documentation. Modifications to existing hardware or -" software manuals shall be made on the respective pages or inserted adjacently to the modified pages. All standard documentation furnished shall have all portions that apply clearly indicated. All portions that do not apply shall be lined out. D. The manuals shall contain all illustrations,detailed drawings,wiring diagrams,and instructions necessary for installing,operating,and maintaining the equipment. The illustrated parts shall be numbered for identification. All information contained therein shall apply specifically to the equipment furnished and shall only include instructions that are applicable. All such illustrations shall be incorporated within the printing of the page to form a durable and permanent reference book. E. If the PCSI transmits any documentation or other technical information which he considers proprietary,such information shall be designated. Documentation or technical information which 0515513.300 13300-11 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion is designated as being proprietary will be used only for the design,construction,operation,or maintenance of the system and,to the extent permitted by law,will not be published or otherwise disclosed. F. The final documentation requirements are as follows: 1. As-built documentation shall include all previous submittals,as described in this Specification,updated to reflect the as-built system. Any errors in or modifications to the system resulting from the Factory and/or Functional Acceptance Tests shall be incorporated in this documentation. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Process Control System: 1. All instrumentation supplied shall be of the manufacturer's latest design and shall produce or be activated by signals which are established standards for the water and wastewater industries. 2. All electronic instrumentation shall be of the solid-state type and shall utilize linear transmission signals of 4 to 20 mA DC(milliampere direct current);however,signals between instruments within the same panel or cabinet may be 1-5V DC(volts direct current),or the like. 3. Output of equipment not of the standard signals as outlined,shall have the output immediately raised and/or converted to compatible standard signals for remote transmission. No zero based signals will be allowed. 4. All instruments shall be provided with mounting hardware,floor stands,wall brackets,or instrument racks as shown on the Drawings or as required. 5. Equipment installed in a hazardous area shall meet Class,Group,and Division as shown on the Electrical Drawings,to comply with the National Electrical Code. 6. All indicators and recorder readouts shall be linear in process units,unless otherwise noted. 7. All transmitters shall be provided with either integral indicators or conduit mounted indicators in process units,accurate to two percent. 8. Electronic equipment shall be of the manufacturer's latest design,utilizing printed circuitry and suitably coated to prevent contamination by dust,moisture and fungus. Solid state components shall be conservatively rated for their purpose to assure optimum long term performance and dependability over ambient atmosphere fluctuations and 0 to 95%percent relative humidity. The field mounted equipment and system components shall be designed for installation in dusty,humid,and slightly corrosive service conditions. 9. All equipment,cabinets,and devices furnished hereunder shall be heavy-duty type,designed 0515513.300 13300-12 920/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion for continuous industrial service. The system shall contain products of a single manufacturer,insofar as possible,and shall consist of equipment models which are currently in production. All equipment provided shall be of modular construction and shall be capable of field expansion. 10. The field mounted digital system equipment and system components shall be designed for installation in dusty,humid,and slightly corrosive service conditions. 11. All electronic/digital equipment shall be provided with radio frequency interference protection and shall be FCC approved. B. Electrical 1. All equipment shall be designed to operate on a 60-Hertz alternating current power source at a nominal 120 volts,plus or minus 10 percent,except where specifically noted. All regulators and power supplied required for compliance with the above shall be provided between power supply and interconnected instrument loop. Where equipment requires voltage regulation,constant voltage transformers shall be supplied. 2. Materials and equipment used shall be UL approved wherever such approved equipment and materials are available. 3. All equipment shall be designed and constructed so that in the event of a power interruption, the equipment specified hereunder shall resume normal operation without manual resetting when power is restored. 2.02 TUBING AND FITTINGS A. All instrument air header takeoffs and branch connections less than 2-inches shall be 316- stainless steel. B. All instrument shut-off valves and associated fittings shall be supplied in accordance with the piping specifications and all instrument installation details. Fittings shall be Swagelok 316 stainless steel or equal and valves shall be Whitney 316 stainless steel or equal. C. All instrument tubing shall be fully annealed ASTM A269 Seamless 316 grade free of OD scratches and having the following dimensional characteristics as required to fit the specific installation: 1. 1/4-in to 1/2-in OD x 0.035 wall thickness 2. 5/8-in to 1-in OD x 0.049 wall thickness 3. 1-in OD x 0.065 wall thickness 4. 1-1/4-in OD x 0.065-wall thickness 5. 1-1/2-in OD x 0.083 wall thickness 6. 2-in OD x 0.095 wall thickness 0515S13.300 13300-13 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion D. All process connections to instruments shall be annealed 1/2-in OD stainless steel tubing,Type 316. E. All tube track shall be supported by stainless steel and installed as per manufacturer's installation instructions. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION A. The process control system,instrumentation,and accessory equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The locations of equipment,transmitters, alarms,and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be as approved by the Engineer during construction. All information relevant to the placing of process control work shall be obtained in the field. In case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. B. The instrumentation loop diagrams indicate the intent of the interconnection between the individual instruments. Any exceptions should be noted. Two complete sets of approved shop drawings shall be kept at the job site during all on-site construction. Both sets shall be marked up identically to reflect any modifications made during field installation or startup. All markings shall be verified and initialed by the Engineer or his designated representative. C. Following completion of installation and the Operational Readiness Test,one set of the marked up drawings shall be provided to the Engineer,the other set shall be retained by the Supplier for incorporation of the mark-ups into final as-built documentation. D. The instrumentation installation details on the Contract Drawings indicate the designed installation for the instruments specified. Where specific installation details are not specified or '- shown on the Drawings,the American Petroleum Institute(API)Recommended Practice 550 shall be followed as applicable. E. All work shall be executed in full accordance with codes and local rulings. Should any work be performed contrary to said rulings,ordinances and regulations,the General Contractor shall bear full responsibility for such violations and assume all costs arising therefrom. F. Unless specifically shown in the Contract Drawings,direct reading or electrical transmitting instrumentation shall not be mounted on process piping. Instrumentation shall be mounted on instrument racks or stands as detailed on the installation detail drawings. All instrumentation connections shall be provided with shutoff and drain valves. For differential pressure transmitters,valve manifolds for calibration,testing,and blow down service shall also be -- provided. For slurries,chemical or corrosive fluids,inline diaphragm seals shall be provided. G. All piping to and from field instrumentation shall be provided with necessary unions,test tees, couplings,adapters,and shut-off valves. H. Field instruments requiring power supplies shall be provided with local electrical shutoffs and -. 0515S13.300 13300-14 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion '- fuses as required. I. Brackets and hangers required for equipment mounting shall be provided and shall be installed in a worlananlike manner and not interfere with any other equipment. J. The shield on each process instrumentation cable shall be continuous from source to destination and be grounded as directed by the manufacturer of the instrumentation equipment,but in no case shall more than one ground point be employed for each shield. -" K. The PCSI,acting through the General Contractor,shall coordinate the installation,the placing and location of system components,and their connections to the process equipment panels, cabinets and devices,subject to the Engineer's approval. The PCSI shall be responsible for ensuring that all field wiring for power and signal circuits is done correctly in accordance with best industry practice and provide for all necessary system grounding to ensure a satisfactory functioning installation. The General Contractor hereunder shall schedule and coordinate his work under this Section with that of the electrical work specified under applicable Sections. 3.02 TESTS(GENERAL) A. As a minimum,the testing shall include the following: 1. Operational Readiness Tests(ORT) 3. Functional Demonstration Tests(FDT) 4. 7-Day Site Acceptance Tests(SAT) B. Each test shall be in the cause and effect format. The person conducting the test shall initiate an input(cause)and,upon the system's or subsystem's producing the correct result(effect),the specific test requirement shall be satisfied. C. All tests shall be conducted in accordance with prior Engineer-approved procedures,forms,and checklists. Each specific test shall be described and followed by a section for sign off by the appropriate party after its satisfactory completion. D. Copies of these sign off test procedures,forms,and checklists will constitute the required test documentation. E. Provide all special testing materials and equipment. Wherever possible,perform tests using actual process variables,equipment,and data. Where it is not practical to test with real process variables,equipment,and data,provide suitable means of simulation. Define these simulation techniques in the test procedures. F. The General Contractor shall require the PCSI to coordinate all testing with the Engineer,all affected Subcontractors, and the Owner. The General Contractor shall require all affected equipment suppliers with control panels or process control system suppliers to fully cooperate and participate in all tests as required for complete and effective tests. G. The Engineer reserves the right to test or retest all specified functions whether or not explicitly 0515513.300 13300-15 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion stated in the prior approved Test Procedures. H. The Engineer's decision shall be final regarding the acceptability and completeness of all testing. I. No equipment shall be shipped until the Engineer has received all test results and approved the system is ready for shipment. J. The PCSI shall furnish the services of servicemen,all special calibration and test equipment and labor to perform the field tests. . K. Correction of Deficiencies 1. All deficiencies in workmanship and/or items not meeting specified testing requirements shall be corrected to meet specification requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Testing,as specified herein,shall be repeated after correction of deficiencies is made until the specified requirements are met. This work shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.03 OPERATIONAL READINESS TESTS(ORT) A. Prior to startup and the Functional Demonstration Test,the entire system shall be certified (inspected,tested,and documented)that it is READY for operation. B. Loop/Component Inspections and Tests:The entire system shall be checked for proper installation,calibrated, and adjusted on a loop-by-loop and component-by-component basis to ensure that it is in conformance with related submittals and these Specifications. The ORT shall be complete,fully documented with every page signed off. The ORT documentation shall be submitted and approved prior to the start of the FDT. 1. The Loop/Component Inspections and Tests shall be implemented using Engineer-approved forms and checklists. a. Each loop shall have a Loop Status Report to organize and track its inspection, adjustment,and calibration. These reports shall include the following information and check-off items with space for sign off by the PCSI: 1) Project Name 2) Loop Number 3) Tag Number for each component 4) Check-off/sign-off for each component ■ Tag/identification ■ Installation ■ Termination-wiring 0515513.300 13300-16 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion ■ Termination-tubing ■ Calibration/adjustment 5) Check-off/sign-off for the loop ■ Panel interface terminations ■ I/O interface terminations ■ I/O signal operation ■ Inputs/outputs operational:received/sent,processed,adjusted -« ■ Total loop operation 6) Space for comments b. Each active Analog Subsystem element and each UO module shall have a Component Calibration Sheet. These sheets shall have the following information,spaces for data entry,and a space for sign off by the PCSI: 1) Project Name 2) Loop Number 3) Component Tag Number of UO Module Number 4) Component Code Number Analog System 5) Manufacturer(for Analog system element) 6) Model Number/Serial Number(for Analog system) 7) Summary of Functional Requirements: ■ Indicators and Recorders: Scale and chart ranges ■ Transmitters/Converters: Scale and chart ranges ■ Computing Elements:Function ■ Controllers: Action(direct/reverse)control Modes(PID) ■ Switching Elements:Unit range,differential(FDC✓D/ADJUSTABLE),Preset (AUTO/MANUAL) ■ UO Modules:Input or output 8) Calibrations: ■ Analog Devices:Required and actual inputs and outputs at 0, 10,50,and 100 percent of span,rising and falling ■ Discrete Devices:Required and actual trip points and reset points ■ Controllers: Mode settings(PID) ■ UO Modules:Required and actual inputs or outputs for 0, 10,50,and 100 percent of span,rising and falling 9) Space for comments 0515S 13.300 13300-17 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 10) Space for sign off by the PCSI 2. The General Contractor shall require the PCSI to maintain the Loop Status Reports and Component Calibration Sheets at the job-site and make them available to the Engineer/Owner at any time. 3. These inspections and tests do not require witnessing. However,the Engineer shall review and initial all Loop Status Sheets and Component Calibration Sheets and spot-check their entries periodically and upon completion of the Operational Readiness Test. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected. The ORT shall be complete,fully documented,with every page signed off. The ORT documentation shall be submitted and approved prior to start the FDT 3.04 FUNCTIONAL DEMONSTRATION TEST(FDT) - A. Prior to startup and the 7-Day Test,the entire installed instrument and control system shall be certified that it is ready for operation. All preliminary testing,inspection,and calibration shall be complete as defined in the Operational Readiness Tests. The FDT will be a joint test by the PCSI and all equipment suppliers with control panels,process control systems,and witnessed by the Engineer. The Owner and the Engineer shall be notified in writing of the proposed dated at least 15 calendar days prior to start of the test. The pump station shall be started up and fully operational prior to the start of the FDT. B. Once the facility has been started up and is operating,a witnessed Functional Demonstration Test shall be performed on the complete system to demonstrate that it is operating and in compliance with these Specifications. Each specified function shall be demonstrated on a paragraph-by-paragraph,loop-by-loop,and site-by-site basis. ` C. Loop-specific and non-loop-specific tests shall be the same as specified under the Operational Readiness Test except that the entire installed system shall be tested and all functionality " demonstrated. The Engineer shall determine if the system is operating satisfactory. D. Updated versions of the documentation shall be made available to the Engineer at the job-site both before and during the tests. In addition,one copy of all O&M Manuals shall be made available to the Engineer at the job-site both before and during testing. E. The system shall operate for 100 continuous hours without failure before this test shall be considered successful. 3.05 7-DAY SITE ACCEPTANCE TEST(SAT) A. After completion of the Operational Readiness and Functional Demonstration Tests,the PCSI shall be responsible for operation of the entire system for a period of 7 consecutive days,under conditions of full plant process operation,without a single non-field repairable malfunction. B. During this test,plant operating and PCSI personnel shall be present as required. For this test, the PCSI is expected to provide personnel who have an intimate knowledge of the system hardware and software. 0515S13.300 13300-18 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. While this test is proceeding,the Owner shall have full use of the system. Only plant operating personnel shall be allowed to operate equipment associated with live plant processes. D. Any malfunction during the tests shall be analyzed and corrected by the PCSI. The Engineer and/or Owner will determine whether any such malfunctions are sufficiently serious to warrant a - repeat of this test. E. During this 7 consecutive day test period,any malfunction which cannot be corrected within 24 hours of occurrence by PCSI personnel,or more than two similar failures of any duration,will be considered a non-field-repairable malfunction. F. Upon completion of repairs by the PCSI,the test shall be repeated as specified herein. G. In the event of rejection of any part or function,the PCSI shall perform repairs or replacement within 7 days. H. Upon successful completion of the 30-day site acceptance test and subsequent review and approval of complete system final documentation,the system shall be considered substantially complete,and the one-year warranty period shall commence. 3.06 CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS A. To assist the PCSI in determining the scope of work,a series of loop diagrams and details are provided. Unless specifically stated otherwise,the PCSI shall be responsible for providing all instrumentation,control equipment,and auxiliary devices necessary to perform the functions specified herein and as shown and described on these diagrams. Any auxiliary devices such as lightning/surge protectors,relays,timers,signal isolators,signal boosters,etc.which are necessary for complete operation of the system,or to perform the functions specified,shall be included whether or not they are specifically shown or tabulated on the loop diagrams. B. The intent of the loop diagrams(as shown in the Drawings)is to describe in as much detail as possible,the hardware,software and functional requirements of a process measurement and control system. They are not intended to convey requirements for conduit and wiring between panels or system components. This information is included in appropriate electrical specifications and Drawings. Any additional wiring or raceway required for a fully operational system shall be provided at no additional cost to the owner. END OF SECTION 0515513.300 13300-19 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion -` SECTION 13315 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS-PRODUCTS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This section covers the furnishing,installation,and services for the field-mounted instruments and analyzers,major systems,panels,and subassemblies as detailed on the drawings and in the Loop Diagrams. B. Refer to Section 13300. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS 'A. Refer to Section 13300. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Engineer shall determine whether a product is an Approved Equal based upon the information listed herein and the manufacturer's data sheets regarding the models specified. Alternate equipment must meet the criteria listed herein and any additional information in the manufacturer's data sheets in order to be accepted as an Approved Equal. Supplier must furnish five worldng installation references for any alternate equipment along with Owner,contact,and telephone number. 1.06 MAINTENANCE AND TEST EQUIPMENT A. Provide spare parts as indicated on the individual device specifications. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS A. Pressure Transmitters 1. Type: a. Microprocessor based intelligent type. b. Diaphragm actuated. 0515513.315 13315-1 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2. Function/Performance: a. Accuracy: 0.1 percent of span(linear output). b. Stability: Combined temperature effects shall be less than 0.2 percent of maximum span per 50 degrees F temperature change. Effect on accuracy due to static pressure changes shall be negligible. " c. Power Requirements: Loop-powered,two wire type. d. Output: 4-20 mA DC. Output shall be linear for pressure and level applications. For flow metering applications the output shall be the square root of the input differential pressure. e. RFI Protection: 0.1 percent error between 27 and 500 NM at 30 v/m field intensity. f. Drift: 0.10 percent per six months for 4-20 mA output. g. Sensor Technology: Digital. h. Over Range Protection: Provide positive over range protection. 3. Physical: ,.. a. Electrical Classification: Intrinsically safe for Class I and Class II,Division 1 locations. b. Enclosure: NEMA 4X. c. Sensor Diaphragm Material:Cobalt-Nickel-Chrome alloy or Hastelloy C. d. Gaskets: Teflon. e. Sensor Fill Fluid: Shall be suitable for process fluid being measured. When used for chemical metering service,sensor fill fluid shall be rated specifically for the chemical being measured. 4. Options/Accessories Required: a. Provide span and zero adjustment at each transmitter. b. Provide local indication at each transmitter,either analog gauge or LCD readout. Scale shall be in engineering units. c. Provide hand held programmer(s)as specified under tools and test equipment. d. For each transmitter provide a Model SBZ43 multimatic manifold as manufactured by D/A Manufacturing Co.,Inc,and mounting brackets as required. The manifold shall be 316- stainless steel and provide the following modes of operation: 1) Normal Mode 0515513.315 13315-2 9/20/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2) Zeroing Mode 3) Isolation Mode 4) Calibration Mode 5) Blowdown Mode 5. Manufacturer(s): a. Rosemount, l l51GP-7-S-22-M4-B1 with Pressure Range 0-150 PSI,no approved equal. B. Pressure Switch 1. Type: a. Diaphragm actuated. 2. Function/Performance: d a. Repeatability: Greater than 1.0 percent of pressure. b. Setpoint: Field adjustable and set between 30 and 70 percent of the adjustable range. c. Dead Band: Adjustable d. Reset: Unit shall be of the automatic reset type unless noted otherwise on the Instrument Device Schedules. e. Over Range Protection:Over range protection to maximum process line pressure. f. Switch Rating: 250V AC at 10 amps; and 30V DC at 5 amps. 3. Physical: a. Housing: NEMA 4X. b. Switching Arrangement: Single pole double throw(SPDT)unless double pole double throw (DPDT)switches are shown on the instrument device schedule. c. Wetted Parts: Teflon coated diaphragm,viton seals,stainless steel connection port. d. Connection Size: 2-in NPT. 4. Accessories/Options Required: a. Shutoff Valve: Provide process shutoff valve which can be used as an adjustable pressure snubber. 0515S 13.315 13315-3QdgNP A��J, City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 5. Manufacturer(s): a. Static-O-Ring(SOR) b. United Electric c. Ashcroft d. Mercoid PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. See execution requirements in Section 13300. END OF SECTION 0515513.315 13315-4 9/20/05 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 15051 PIPING-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section specifies the basic administrative and testing requirements for piping. Specific piping materials,systems and related installation and testing requirements are specified in other Sections of Division 1 and 15. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Piping materials and systems are included in other Sections of Division 15. B. Valves are included in Section 15100. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300-Submittals,general submittals for piping and piping - systems are listed below. It is not intended that all submittals listed below be provided for all piping materials and systems. Refer to individual System or Piping Sections for specific submittals. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data 1. Piping layouts in full detail. 2. Location of pipe hangers and supports. 3. Location and type of backup block or device to prevent joint separation. 4. Large scale details of wall penetrations and fabricated fittings. 5. Schedules of all pipe,fittings, special castings,couplings,expansion joints and other appurtenances. 6. Catalog cuts of joints,couplings,harnesses,expansion joints, gaskets,fasteners and other accessories. 7. Brochures and technical data on coatings and linings and proposed method for application and repair. C. Samples D. Design Data 0515.46014 15051-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project E. Test Reports 1. Four copies of certified shop tests showing compliance with appropriate standard. ... 2. Four copies of all field test reports,signed by Contractor. F. Certificates 1. Copies of certification for all welders performing work in accordance with ANSI B31.1. G. Manufacturers Installation(or application)instructions. H. Statement of Qualifications I. Manufacturers Field Report J. Project Record Document K. Operation and Maintenance Data in accordance with Section 0 173 0. L. Warranties 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. ASTM A307-Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1. ANSI B 16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 2. ANSI B31.1 -Power Piping C. American Welding Society(AWS) 1. AWS B2.1 -Specification for Welding Procedure and Performance Qualifications .- D. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 1. AWWA Manual M11 -Steel Pipe-A Guide for Design and Installation E. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) _ F. Underwriters Laboratories(UL) G. Factory Mutual(FM) 0515-46014 15051-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project H. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials shall be new and unused. B. Install piping to meet requirements of local codes. C. Provide manufacturer's certification that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. Reference to standards such as ASTM and ANSI shall apply to those versions in effect at the time of bid opening. D. Coordinate dimensions and drilling of flanges with flanges for valves,pumps and other equipment to be installed in piping systems. Bolt holes in flanges to straddle vertical centerline. E. Reject materials contaminated with gasoline, lubricating oil, liquid or gaseous fuel,aromatic compounds,paint solvent,paint thinner and acid solder. F. Pipe-joint compound,for pipe carrying flammable or toxic gas,must bear approval of UL or FM. .� G. Unless otherwise specified,pressures referred to in all Piping Sections are expressed in pounds per square in gauge above atmospheric pressure,psig and all temperature are expressed in degrees Fahrenheit(F). 1.06 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. During loading,transportation and unloading,take care to prevent damage to pipes and coating. Carefully load and unload each pipe under control at all times. Place skids or blocks under each pipe in the shop and securely wedge pipe during transportation to ensure no injury to pipe and lining. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Specific piping materials and appurtenances are specified in the respective Piping or System Sections. B. General installation materials shall be as specified below. 1. Unions shall be brass or bronze unions for joining nonferrous pipe;malleable brass or bronze-seated iron or steel unions for joining ferrous pipe;PVC unions for joining PVC pipe;CPVC unions for joining CPVC pipe. 2. Flanged Joints. Bolt and nuts,Grade B,ASTM A307,bolt number and size same as flange standard;studs-same quality as machine bolts; 1/16-in thick rubber gaskets with cloth insertions;rust-resistant coatings. 3. Temporary Plugs shall be standard plugs or caps which are suitable for permanent service. ,, 0515.46014 15051-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All dirt,scale,weld splatter,water and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside and outside of all pipe and sub-assemblies prior to installing. B. All pipe joints and connections to equipment shall be made in such a manner as to produce a minimum of strain at the joint. C. Install piping in a neat manner with lines straight and parallel or at right angles to walls or column lines and with risers plumb. Run piping so as to avoid passing through ductwork or directly under electric light outlets and/or interference with other lines or extending beyond furring lines '- as determined by Architectural Drawings. All work shall be accomplished using recognized methods and procedures of pipe fabrication and in accordance with the latest revision of applicable ANSI Standards,ASME Codes and Pipe Fabrication Institute Standards. —~ 1. Use full length of pipe except where cut lengths are necessary. Do not spring or deform piping to make up joints. 2. Pipe shall be cut square,not upset, undersize or out of round. Ends shall be carefully reamed and cleaned before being installed. a. Bending of pipe is not permitted. Use fittings for all changes in direction. 3. Do not use bushings except where specifically approved by the Engineer. Reducers shall be eccentric to provide for drainage from all liquid-bearing lines and facilitate air removal from water lines. 4. Verify the locations and elevations of any existing piping and manholes before proceeding with work on any system. Any discrepancies between the information shown on the Drawings and the actual conditions found in the field shall be reported at once to the Engineer. No claim for extra payment will be considered if the above provision has not been complied with. 5. Where lines of lower service rating tie into services or equipment of higher service rating the isolation valve between the two shall conform to the higher rating. 6. Mitering of pipe to form elbow is not permitted. 7. All piping interiors shall be thoroughly cleaned after installation and kept clean by approved temporary closures on all openings until the system is put in service. Closures should be suitable to withstand the hydrostatic test. 8. End caps on pre-cleaned pipe shall not be removed until immediately before assembly. All open ends shall be capped immediately after completion of installation. 051546014 15051-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project D. Test Connections 1. Provide 1/2-in female NPT test connection equipped with 1/2-in brass plug on all pump suction and discharge lines. E. Unions 1. Unions screwed or flanged shall be provided where indicated and in the following locations even if not indicated. a. In long runs of piping to permit convenient disassembly for alterations or repairs. b. In by-passes around equipment. c. In connections to tanks,pumps and other equipment between the shut-off valve and the equipment. d. In connections on both sides of traps,controls and automatic control valves. 3.02 UNIONS A. Use unions to allow dismantling of pipe,valves and equipment. 3.03 WELDING A. Welding in accordance with ANSI B31 and AWS B3.0. B. Install welding fittings on all welded lines. Make changes in direction and intersection of lines with welding fittings. Do not miter pipes to form elbows or notching of straight runs to form tees, or any similar construction. Do not employ welder who has not been fully qualified in above specified procedure and so certified by approved welding bureau or similar locally recognized testing authority. Submit welder's certification to Engineer seven(7)days prior to beginning welding. 3.04 FLANGED JOINTS A. Make flanged joints with bolts;bolt studs with nut on each end;or studs with nuts where one flange is tapped. Use number and size of bolts conforming to same ANSI Standard as flanges. Before flanges pieces are assembled,remove rust resistant coating from machined surfaces,clean gaskets and smooth all burrs and other defects. Make up flanged joints tight, care being taken to prevent undue strain upon valves or other pieces of equipment. 3.05 SLEEVE COUPLINGS A. Install tierods,pipe clamps or bridles when sleeve type couplings or fittings are used in piping system where indicated, and at changes in direction or other places as necessary,to prevent joints from pulling apart under pressure. Use bridles and tierods at least 3/4-in in diameter,except where tierods replace flange bolts of smaller size, in which case fit with nut on each side of pair of flanges. Joint harnessing shall conform,as a minimum,to the requirements for the bolts and tie bolt lugs as set forth in AWWA Manual MI 1. 051546014 15051-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 3.06 WALL SLEEVE SEALS A. Use expandable rubber segmented sealing device with corrosion-resistant fasteners to make watertight the annular space between pipe and sleeve. Determined the required inside diameter of each individual wall opening or sleeve to fit the pipe and seal to assure a watertight joint as recommended by the manufacturer,before ordering,fabricating or installing. Install pipe concentrically through wall sleeve. Install and tighten seal per manufacturer's instructions. 3.07 TESTING A. Test all pipelines for water/gas tightness as specified in the Piping or System sections. Furnish all labor,testing plugs or caps,pressure pumps,pipe connections,gauges and all other equipment required. Testing shall be performed in accordance with one or more of the testing procedures appended to this Section as specified in each Piping or System Section. All testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. B. Contractor shall submit in writing procedure of testing two weeks(14-days)in advance of testing for approval by Engineer. -- C. Repair faulty joints or remove defective pipe and fittings and replace as approved by the Engineer. Retest. 3.08 DISINFECTION A. Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 01656—Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities. 0515-06014 15051-6 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Fxpansion Project HYDROSTATIC TEST SCOPE: This test shall be used to hydrostatically test piping systems for structural integrity and leaks. The test shall be performed at ambient temperature unless otherwise specified. 1.0 TEST FLUID 1.1 Water should be used as the test fluid whenever possible. In those systems where water cannot be used the test fluid may be either the one to be used in the system or the one agreed upon by the Engineer and the Contractor. 2.0 TEST EOUIPMENT 2.1 Water-Of sufficient capacity to deliver the required test pressure. 2.2 Strainer-On inlet side of the pump to prevent foreign matter from entering the system. 2.3 Valves-Shall be provided on the suction and discharge side of the pump. 2.4 Heater-To allow heating of the test fluid when elevated temperatures are required for test. 2.5 Relief Valve-Set at a pressure to relieve at 20 to 25 percent above the required test pressure. 2.6 Pressure Gauge(s)-Capable of reaching 50 percent over the test pressure. These should be located at the pump discharge and any other place deemed convenient by the Contractor. 2.7 Pressure gauges and relief valves shall be checked for accuracy before use in test procedures. 3.0 PREPARATION FOR TEST 3.1 Determine the fluid to be used for the test,and,if other than ambient temperature is required, what the test temperature will be. 3.2 When a fluid other than water is used for a test,the equipment used for the test shall be of a material compatible with the test fluid. Normally this would be equal to the piping material. 3.3 Vents shall be provided at the high points of the system and drains provided where means of venting or draining do not exist. 3.4 Remove or block off,all relief valves,rupture discs,alarms,control instruments,etc,that shall not be subjected to the test pressure. 3.5 All discs,balls,or pistons from check valves shall be removed if they interfere with filling of the system. Open all valves between inlet and outlet of the section to be tested. 3.6 Connect pump and provide temporary closures for all of the external openings in the system. Use caution to ensure that the closures are properly designed and strong enough to withstand the test pressure. ,, 0515-46014 15051-7 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 3.7 All joints, including welds,are to be left uninsulated and exposed for examination during test. 3.8 A joint previously tested in accordance with this Section maybe covered or insulated. 3.9 Piping designed for vapor or gas shall be provided with additional temporary supports, if necessary,to support the weight of the test liquid. 3.10 Expansion joints shall be provided with temporary restraint for additional pressure under test or shall be isolated from the test. 3.11 Flanged joints,where blanks are inserted to isolate equipment during the test,need not be tested. 4.0 TEST PRESSURE 4.1 The hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1-1/2 times the design pressure unless otherwise specified in the System Section. 5.0 TEST PROCEDURE 5.1 Allow the test fluid to enter the system. Open vents to allow displacement of all entrapped air. For all pipelines exceeding 500-ft in length,the maximum rate of filling shall be limited to that which produces a maximum nominal flow velocity of one foot per second in the pipe to be tested. 5.2 Close vents and restrict personnel in the test area to those involved in the test. 5.3 Raise the pressure slowly with the pump until the predetermined test pressure is reached. Maintain pressure for duration of time specified in System Section,keeping personnel at a safe distance. 5.4 Reduce the pressure about 20 percent and hold it at that point while the entire system is carefully inspected for leaks,cracks,or other signs of defects. 5.5 If defects are found,the pressure shall be released,the system drained,the defects corrected and the test repeated. 5.6 After a satisfactory test has been completed,the line shall be drained. 6.0 FLUSHING -- 6.1 Lines tested with water shall be completely drained. 6.2 Lines shall be flushed,after test. 7.0 TEST RECORDS 7.1 Records shall be maintained of all tests performed. 0515-16014 15051-8 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 7.2 Test records shall include: A. Date of Testing B. Identification of Piping Tested C. Test Fluid D. Test Pressure E. Signature of Contractor 7.3 If leaks are found,they shall be noted, on the record. After correction,retesting as specified for original test. 7.4 Records of test shall be maintained by the Contractor and 4 copies furnished to the Engineer. 0515-46014 15051-9 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SERVICE PRESSURE TEST SCOPE: This test shall be used to test piping systems using service pressure and the fluid for which the system is used. It shall not be used to test piping systems conveying combustible or flammable liquids or systems that comply with ANSI B31 codes. 1.0 TEST FLUID 1.1 The fluid for which the system is designed shall be the test fluid. 2.0 TEST EQUIPMENT 2.1 A pressure gauge capable of registering 25 psi over the design pressure shall be installed down-stream from the supply shut-off valve if one is not included in the system. 3.0 PREPARATION FOR TEST 3.1 Insulated lines shall have all joints left exposed until completion of the test. 4.0 TEST PRESSURE 4.1 The test pressure shall be equal to the maximum pressure that the line will be subjected to under normal operating conditions as determined by the Engineer. 5.0 TEST PROCEDURE 5.1 Liquids 5.1.1 See that all personnel not involved in the test vacate the area. 5.1.2 Allow the system fluid to enter the system slowly while venting the air at the extreme far and uppermost points. For all pipelines exceeding 500-ft in length,the maximum rate of filling shall be limited to that which produces a maximum nominal flow velocity of one foot per second in the pipe to be tested. 5.1.3 When the system is full and all air is vented, close the vents. 5.1.4 Allow the pressure in the system to build up to the full line pressure. 5.1.5 Inspect entire system for leaks. 5.2 Gas or Vapor(Including Compressed Air and Steam) 5.2.1 See that all personnel not involved in the test vacate the area. 0515-06014 15051-10 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 5.2.2 In systems that do not have a pressure gauge near the main shut-off valve, a gauge shall be installed. 5.2.3 Allow the system fluid to enter the system slowly until the full operating pressure is reached. 5.2.4 Shut off main supply valve. Observe the gauge for 15 minutes. The pressure gauge shall not drop during this time. 5.2.5 If the gauge drops, indicating the presence of leaks,the systems shall be inspected visually and, if necessary,with soap suds or commercially available leak detectors to locate the leak(s). 5.3 If leaks are found,the lines shall be relieved of pressure,purged if necessary, and repaired. Tests shall be repeated for repaired sections. 6.0 TEST RECORDS 6.1 Records shall be maintained of all tests performed. 6.2 Test records shall include: A. Date of Testing B. Identification of Piping Tested C. Test Fluid D. Test Pressure E. Signature of Contractor 6.3 If leaks are found,they shall be noted on the record. After correction,retesting is required. 6.4 Test records shall be maintained by the Contractor and 4 copies furnished to the Engineer. 0515-46014 15051-11 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project PNEUMATIC TEST SCOPE: This procedure for a pneumatic test of piping systems shall be used when water,or other liquid, cannot be introduced into the line,or as a supplement to a hydrostatic test. IT SHALL NOT BE USED TO TEST NON-METALLIC(PLASTIC)PIPE. 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 There is a hazard in using gases for test fluids because of their compressibility. 1.2 Gases shall never be used unless there is ample justification and always in a safe manner. See Paragraph 3.0. 2.0 TEST GASES &PRESSURES 2.1 Compressed air shall normally be used. Other gases may be used when specified or directed by the Engineer. 2.2 Test pressures shall be 110 percent of the anticipated maximum operating pressure,but not exceeding 100 psig and not less than 5 psig at the highest point in the system. 3.0 SAFETY 3.1 All pneumatic tests shall be done under the supervision of Contractor and in the presence of the Engineer. 3.2 New Construction: The Engineer's permission shall be secured before testing. 3.3 Renovation Projects: The Owner representative and the Engineer must be informed and their permission secured before testing. 3.4 Only those people actively participating in the test shall be allowed in the test area. 3.5 Safety glasses and hard-hats must be worn. 4.0 EOUIPMENT 4.1 Building supply air to deliver the required test pressure if available,or Contractor shall provide a compressor capable of the required test pressure. 4.2 Valves shall be provided on the discharge side of the pump. 4.3 Relief valve to relieve at 10 to 15 percent over the test pressure. 4.4 Pressure Gauge(s)capable of reaching 50 percent over the test pressure. A gauge shall be located on the pump discharge and other location as required. 0515-46014 15051-12 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 5.0 TEST PROCEDURE 5.1 Increase the pressure in the line gradually, in steps,to the specified pressure. Checks shall be made at 25 psig intervals until the test pressure is reached using sound,soap solution or a drop in indicated pressure. 5.2 When the specified pressure for the test is reached,shut off the valve in the supply line from the pump. 5.3 Maintain the test pressure long enough to visually inspect all joints or a minimum of 10 minutes. There shall be no drop in the test pressure in this time. 5.4 Leaks shall be repaired and the line retested. All leaks shall be noted on the Test Record form. 5.5 After satisfactory completion of the test,vent the line and allow it to return to atmospheric pressure. Connection can then be made to the supply line. 6.0 TEST RECORDS 6.1 Records shall be maintained of all tests performed. 6.2 Test records shall include: A. Date of Testing B. Identification of Piping Tested C. Test Fluid D. Test Pressure E. Signature of Contractor 6.3 If leaks are found,they shall be noted on the record. After correction,retesting is required. 6.4 Test records shall be maintained by the Contractor and 4 copies furnished to the Engineer. END OF SECTION ,, 0515-06014 15051-13 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 15061 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required and install all non-buried steel pipe and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Steel pipe shall include black steel and galvanized steel pipe and fittings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete work is specified in Division 3. B. Field painting,except as specified herein, is included in Section 09902. C. Pipe hangers and supports are included in Section 15140. D. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15100. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 1300,a list of materials to be furnished,the names of the suppliers and the date of delivery of materials to the site. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Shop drawings including piping layouts, schedules,dimensioning,fittings, locations of valves and appurtenances,joint details,methods and locations of supports and all other pertinent technical specifications for all piping to be furnished. 2. Shop drawing submittals for piping under this Section shall include all data and information required for the complete piping systems. All dimensions shall be based on the actual equipment to be furnished. Types and locations of pipe hangers and/or supports shall be shown on the piping layouts for each piping submittal. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. ASTM A47-Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A53-Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel,Black and Hot-Dipped,Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless. 3. ASTM A105-Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings,for Piping Applications. 0515.46014 15061-1 ��a City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 4. ASTM A153 -Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 5. ASTM A234-Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and High Temperature Service. 6. ASTM A307-Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs 60,000 psi Tensile .� Strength. 7. ASTM A714-Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1. ANSI B16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 2. ANSI B16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings 3. ANSI B16.9-Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings C. American Welding Society(AWS) D. American Water Works Association(AWWA) E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All steel pipe and fittings shall be furnished by manufacturers who are fully experienced, reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the items to be furnished with a minimum of five years of successful experience manufacturing pipe of the particular type and size indicated. The " equipment shall be designed,constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with this Section as applicable. Pipe manufacturing operations(pipe, fittings, lining,and coatings)shall be performed a one(1)location unless otherwise approved by - the Engineer. The lining shall be shop applied spun cement mortar lining. The manufacturer shall be certified under SPFA quality certification program for steel pipe and accessory manufacturing. B. Steel pipe and fittings shall conform to all applicable standards of ASTM,ANSI and AWWA. C. Factory Testing: The Manufacturer shall perform all tests as required by the applicable AWWA standards and as listed herein. Shop-applied cement mortar linings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C-205. 1. POLYURETHANE COATING Q The polyurethane coating shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C-222. The thickness of the coating shall be tested in accordance with SSPPC PA2. The coating system applied to the pipe shall be tested for holidays according to the procedures 051546014 15061-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project outlined in NACE RPO 188 using a wet sponge holiday tester or a high voltage spark tester(operating at 100 volts per mil),for dry film thickness specified of 30 mil. 2. HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING a. Each joint of pipe shall be hydrostatically tested prior to application of lining or coating. The internal test pressure shall be that which results in a fiber stress equal to 75%of the minimum yield strength of the steel used.Each joint of pipe tested shall be completely watertight under maximum test pressure. As a part of testing equipment,the Pipe Manufacturer shall maintain a recording pressure gauge,reference number of pipe tested,etc. The pipe shall be numbered in order that this information can be recorded. b. Fittings shall be fabricated from hydrostatically tested pipe. Fittings shall be tested by hydrostatic test,air test,magnetic particle test,or dye penetrant test. Air test shall be made by applying air to the welds under 10 pounds per square inch pressure and checking for leaks around and though welds with a soap solution. 3. CHARPY V-NOTCH TEST Each heat of steel shall be tested to verify minimum impact values of 25 foot-lb at 30°F. 4. MILL CERTIFICATION The Owner will require the Manufacturer to furnish mill test certificates on reinforcing steel or wire,steel plate and cement. The Manufacturer shall perform the tests described in AWWA C-200,for all pipe,fittings and specials. 5. ABSORPTION TEST FOR MORTAR COATING A water absorption test shall be performed on samples of cured mortar costing taken from each working shift. The mortar costing samples shall have been cured in the same manner as the pipe. A test value shall consist of the average of a minimum of three samples taken from the same working shift. The test method shall be in accordance with ASTM C497,Method A. The average absorption value for any test shall not exceed 9 percent and no individual sample shall have an absorption exceeding 11 percent. Tests for each working shift shall be performed on a daily basis until conformance to the absorption requirements has been established by ten(10)consecutive passing test results at which time testing may be performed on a weekly basis for each working shift. Daily testing shall be resumed fore ach working shift with failing absorption test results and shall be maintained until conformance to the absorption requirements is reestablished by ten(10)consecutive passing test results. 6. STRENGTH TEST FOR MORTAR COATING Tests shall be made of cured mortar costing for the purposes of qualifying the mortar coating machine and the mortar mix design. One inch(1')cubes shall be tested in -. 051546014 15061-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project accordance with ASTM C-1-9. The equivalent cylinder compressive strength of the mortar(0.74 times the cube strength)shall be not less than 5,500 psi in 28 days. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Steel piping shall be installed in the locations shown on the Drawings. B. The equipment and materials specified herein are intended to be standard types of steel pipe and fittings for use in transporting steam, air and potable water. C. Steel piping system listed below shall be designed for the following conditions: System: Booster Pump Station Material: AWWA C-207 and C-208 Fluid: Potable Water Pressure: Normal: 150 psi Test: 225 psi Temperature: Ambient to 100 degrees F Special Conditions: None PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS QA. Steel pipe shall be fabricated from steel meeting the requirements of AWWA C-200. Steel shall be homogeneous and shall be suitable for field welding,fully killed and fine austenitic grain size. Design stress shall be limited to 50 percent of the yield. Steel pipe wall thickness shall be 0.375 inch minimum wall thickness. Design shall be in accordance with AWWA M-11. B. Joints for pipe 2-in or less shall be threaded for standard screwed joints. Threaded joints shall be made up with good quality thread compound and applied to the male thread only. After having - been set up,a joint shall not be backed off unless the joint is completely broken,the threads cleaned and new compound applied. Alljoints shall be air tight. A sufficient number of unions shall be provided to allow for convenient removal of piping. C. Fittings for steel pipe 2-in or less shall be standard malleable iron,150 lbs. Fittings shall conform to ASTM A47,Grade 32510 service rating. For galvanized pipe,fittings shall also be hot dipped galvanized and shall conform to ASTM A153. Joints for fittings shall be threaded for standard screwed joints. D. Where flanged connections are indicated or otherwise required on pipe 2-in or less for connection to flanged valves,fittings and appurtenances,they shall be made up using companion type flanges. Where flanged fittings are indicated or otherwise required,they shall be made up using 0515-46014 15061-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project threaded steel nipples and steel companion type flanges. Companion flanges shall be steel, 150 lb ANSI Standard flat face flanges of the threaded type. Flanges shall be spot faced on the back around each bolt hole. For galvanized pipe,flanges shall also be hot-dipped galvanized. E. Forged steel fittings shall comply with ANSI B16.11 and Butt-Welded fittings shall comply with 1 ANSI B16.9. Fabricated steel fittings shall be of the same material as pipe and shall comply with AWWA C-208. F. Interior surfaces of all steel pipe,fittings,and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with cement mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with AWWA C205. Wire mesh reinforcement shall be used in gunited mortar lining of fittings and specials. G. Cement shall be Type II and shall be in accordance with ASTM C 150. H. Non-shrink grout employed in the interior joints shall be Masterflow 713 grout by Master Builders or equal. 2.02 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PRIME PAINTING A. All piping and fittings exposed to view shall have its surface prepared and be shop painted as specified in Section 09901. Surface preparation and shop priming is a part of the work of this Section. Pipe finish painting and marking is included in Division 9,but it shall be part of the work of this Section to assist as required by the Engineer in identifying pipe contents, direction of flow and all else required for proper marking of pipe. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Steel pipe shall be installed true to alignment,and rigidly supported anchors shall be provided where required under Section 15140 or as shown on the Drawings. After installation,the piping shall be tested as specified in PART 3. B. All threads shall be clean,machine cut and all pipe shall be reamed before erection. Each length of pipe as erected shall be up-ended and rapped to dislodge dirt and scale. C. Screwed joints shall be made up with good quality thread compound and applied to the male thread only. After having been set up,a joint must not be backed off unless the joint is completely broken,the threads cleaned and new compound applied. All joints shall be air tight. D. All piping shall have a sufficient number of unions to allow convenient removal of piping. Unions shall be compatible with pipe. E. When cutting of pipe is required,the cutting shall be done by machine in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe. Cut ends shall be smooth and at right angle to the axis of the pipe. F. All field welding shall be in accordance with the AWS. The strength of the field weld shall develop the strength of the pipe. 051546014 15061-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 3.02 TESTING A. All pipelines shall be tested for compliance with this Section. If leaks are discovered,they shall be repaired under this Section and approved by the Engineer. Pressure and leakage tests will be required. B. After installation, all piping shall be flushed clean and then tested at least 1 hour at the test pressure specified above. If any joint or pipe section proves to be defective, it shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.03 FIELD WELDING A. All field welding shall be in accordance with the AWS. Welding for restrained joints shall be a full fillet weld for the entire circumference in accordance with AWWA C206. B. During welding the coating shall be protected by draping an 18-in wide strip of heat resistant material over the top half of the pipe on each side of the coating holdback to avoid damage to the coating by hot weld splatter. No welding ground shall be made on the coated part of the pipe. END OF SECTION 051546014 15061-6 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 15100 VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals required and install complete and ready for operation and test all non-buried valves as shown on the Drawings and as specked herein. B. The equipment shall include,but not be limited to,the following. However all items specified -" herein may not be included in this project. 1. Valve Actuators-General 2. Valve Actuators-Powered 3. Butterfly Valves for Fluid Service(Metal Body) 4. Air Release Valves 5. Pump Control Valves 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Piping and disinfection for potable water systems is included in the respective Sections of Divisions 1 and 15. B. Pipeline appurtenances are included in Section 15120 and include the following: 1. Unions 2. Flanged Joints 3. Dielectric Connectors -- 4. Mechanical Sleeve Seals 5. Flexible Connectors 6. Pressure Gauges 7. Pipe Cleaning Equipment D. Pipe hangers,supports and anchorage are included in Section 15140. -! E. Instrumentation and Electrical,not specified herein,are included in Divisions 13 and 16. F. Valve tags are included in Division 1. ,,, 0515136014 15100-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project G. Field painting is included in Section 09902. H. Certain appurtenances for individual types of pipe or systems are specified with the specific type of pipe or system. However,additional items are specified in this Section. I. Certain items similar to those specified in this Section may be specified to be furnished and installed with individual equipment or systems. In case of a conflict,those individual equipment or system requirements shall govern. J. Electric valve operators of all types,rate of flow controllers(including modulating valves and operators)and other types of valves which are part of the automated instrumentation(such as some solenoid valves)if not included herein are included in Division 13. Valve operators shall, however,be mounted at the factory on the valves as specified herein,as part of the work of this Section. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300-Submittals,materials required to establish compliance with this Section. Submittal for Pump Control Valves shall be provided by apparent low bidder within ten(10)days of submission. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Certified drawings showing all important details of construction and dimensions. 2. Descriptive literature,bulletins and/or catalogs of the equipment. 3. The total weight of each item. 4. A complete bill of materials. 5. Additional submittal data,where noted with individual pieces of equipment. B. Test Reports 1. Provide certified hydrostatic test data,per manufacturers standard procedure or MSS-SP-61 for all valves. C. Certificates - 1. For each valve specified to be manufactured,tested and/or installed in accordance with AWWA and other standards,submit an affidavit of compliance with the appropriate .� standards, including certified results of required tests and certification of proper installation. D. Manufacturer's Installation and Application Data E. Operating and Maintenance Data 1. Operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished to the Engineer as provided in Section 01730. The instructions shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall 0515-06014 15100-2 , City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project include all required cuts,drawings, equipment lists,descriptions and other information required to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. ASTM A48 -Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. ASTM A126- Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves,Flanges and Pipe Fittings. 3. ASTM A159-Standard Specification for Automotive Gray Iron Castings. 4. ASTM A240-Standard Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels. 5. ASTM A276-Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes. 6. ASTM A436-Standard Specification for Austenitic Gray Iron Castings. 7. ASTM A536-Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 8. ASTM B30 -Standard Specification for Copper-Base Alloys in Ingot Form. 9. ASTM B62 -Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings B. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 1. AWWA CI I I -Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 2. AWWA C500-Metal-Seated Gate Valves Supply Service 3. AWWA C504-Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves 4. AWWA C507-Ball Valves, 6-in Through 48-in(150mm Through 1200mm) 5. AWWA C508- Swing-Check Valves for Waterworks Service,2-in (50mm)Through 24-in (600mm)NPS 6. AWWA C509-Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service 7. AWWA C511 -Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly 8. AWWA C540-Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates 9. AWWA C550-Protective Epoxy Interior Coatings for Valves and Hydrants 10. AWWA C800-Underground Service Line Valves and Fittings 051546014 15100-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project C. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1. ANSI B2.1—Specifications for Welding Procedures and Performance Qualifications .. 2. ANSI B16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Classes 25, 125 and 250 3. ANSI B 16.10-Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of Valves 4. ANSI B 16.104-Butterfly Valves D. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI) E. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry(MSS) 1. MSS-SP-61 -Pressure Testing of Steel Valves. 2. MSS-SP-67-Butterfly Valves. 3. MSS-SP-70-Cast Iron Gate Valves,Flanged and Threaded Ends. -- 4. MSS-SP-71 -Gray Iron Swing Check Valves,Flanged and Threaded Ends. 5. MSS-SP-72-Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service. 6. MSS-SP-78-Cast Iron Plug Valves,Flanged and Threaded Ends. 7. MSS-SP-80-Bronze Gate,Globe,Angle and Check Valves. 8. MSS-SP-82-Valve Pressure Testing Methods 9. MSS-SP-98-Protective Coatings for the Interior of Valves,Hydrants and Fittings. F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA) G. Underwriters Laboratories(UL) °— H. Factory Mutual(FM) I. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ... A. Qualifications 1. Valves and appurtenances shall be products of well established firms who are fully experienced,minimum 10 years,reputable and qualified in the manufacture of the particular equipment to be furnished. 051546014 15100-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 2. The equipment shall be designed,constructed and installed in accordance with the best practices and methods and shall comply with this Section as applicable. 3. All units of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer. - B. Certifications 1. The manufacturers shall furnish an affidavit of compliance with Standards referred to herein as specified in Paragraph 1.03C above. Refer to PART 3 for testing required for certain items in addition to that required by referenced standards. C. Provide the services of a qualified and factory-trained service representative of the manufacturer to provide operational and maintenance instruction,for a 1 day, 8 hour period for: 1. Valve motor operators. 2. Valve hydraulic operators. -- 3. Valve pneumatic operators. 4. Air release,air and vacuum, surge valves. D. Inspection of the units may also be made by the Engineer or other representative of the Owner after delivery. The equipment shall be subject to rejection at any due to failure to meet any of the specified requirements, even though submittal data may have been accepted previously. Equipment rejected after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall be removed from the job site at once. 1.06 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. All of the equipment and materials specified herein is intended to be standard for use in -'" controlling the flow of potable water,or as indicated on the Drawings. B. Valves,appurtenances and miscellaneous items shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and as specified,so as to form complete workable systems. C. Unless otherwise noted all powered valve operators shall have: 1. Valves larger than 3-in: electric operators 460 Volt,3 Phase, 60 Hz. 2. Solenoid valves: 460 volt,single phase, 60 Hz,NEMA 4 enclosure,continuous duty Class F coils and manual operator. 3. See other paragraphs for additional requirements. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Reference is made to Section 01600 for additional information. 0515.46014 15100-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project B. Packing and Shipping 1. Care shall be taken in loading,transporting and unloading to prevent injury to the valves, -. appurtenances,or coatings. Equipment shall not be dropped. All valves and appurtenances shall be examined before installation and no piece shall be installed which is found to be defective. Any damage to the coatings shall be repaired as acceptable to the Engineer. 2. Prior to shipping,the ends of all valves shall be acceptably covered to prevent entry of foreign material. Covers shall remain in place until after installation and connecting piping is completed. a. All valves 3-in and larger shall be shipped and stored on site until time of use with wood or plywood covers on each valve end. b. Valves smaller than 3-in shall be shipped and stored as above except that heavy cardboard covers may be used on the openings. ~ C. Rising stems and exposed stem valves shall be coated with a protective oil film which shall be maintained until the valve is installed and put into use. -s- d. Any corrosion in evidence at the time of acceptance by the Owner shall be removed, or the valve shall be removed and replaced. w„ C. Storage and Protection 1. Special care shall be taken to prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being directly exposed to the sun,or exposed to extremes in temperature,to prevent deformation. See the individual piping sections and manufacturer's information for further requirements. 1.08 MAINTENANCE A. Special tools and the manufacturer's standard spare parts, if required for normal operation and maintenance,shall be supplied with the equipment in accordance with Section 01730 and where noted,as specified herein. B. Provide all special tools required for normal maintenance. Tools shall be packaged in a steel case, clearly and indelibly marked on the exterior to indicate equipment for which tools are intended. -. C. Provide to the Owner a list of all spare and replacement parts with individual prices and location where they are available. Prices shall remain in effect for a period of not less than 1 year after start-up and final acceptance. 1.09 WARRANTY A. The equipment shall be warranted for a period of two(2)years from date of final completion as defined under the General Requirements,Division 1,to be free from defects in workmanship, design,or material. If the equipment should fail during the warranty period due to defective part(s), it shall be replaced,and the unit(s)shall be restored to service at no additional cost to the Owner. 0515-46014 15100-6 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT-GENERAL - A. Reference is made to Division 1 for additional requirements, including nameplates,provisions for temporary pressure gauges,protection against electrolysis and anchor bolts. B. The use of a manufacturer's name and/or model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired. C. Valves and appurtenances shall be of the size shown on the Drawings or as noted and as far as possible equipment of the same type shall be identical and from one manufacturer. D. Valves and appurtenances shall have the name of the maker,nominal size, flow directional arrows,working pressure for which they are designed and standard referenced,cast in raised letters or indelibly marked upon some appropriate part of the body. E. Unless otherwise noted, items shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psi or be of the same working pressure as the pipe they connect to,whichever is higher and suitable for the pressures noted where they are installed. F. Joints, size and material-unless otherwise noted or required by the Engineer: 1. Except where noted,all joints referred to herein shall be of the same type,nominal diameter, material and with a minimum rating equal to the pipe or fittings they are connected to. 2. Valves and appurtenances shall be of the same nominal diameter as the pipe or fittings they are connected to. 3. All valves exposed to view,or in vaults. a. 3-in and smaller-threaded ends b. 4-in and larger flanged ends. G. Provide all special adaptors as required to ensure compatibility between valves,appurtenances ~^ and adjacent pipe. H. Valves and actuators located outdoors but not within a building;within maximum 2-ft above -- liquid; in vaults; or where otherwise noted shall be especially designed for submerged service where water may completely submerge the valve and operator. All other units shall be as a minimum weather tight. I. ALL VALVES SHALL BE RIGHT HAND TO OPEN(CLOCKWISE). 2.02 VALVE ACTUATORS-GENERAL A. See the Paragraph 2.01H above for submergence requirements. 051546014 15100-7 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project B. The valve manufacturer shall supply and integrally,rigidly mount all actuators, including any type of manual or powered actuators,on valves at the factory. The valves and their individual actuators shall be shipped as a unit. C. Unless otherwise noted,valves shall be manually actuated;nonburied valves shall have an operating wheel, handle or lever mounted on the operator,buried valves and those with operating .,. nuts shall have a non-rising stem with an AWWA 2-in nut. At least two tee handles shall be provided for all operating nuts. D. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein,all valves 3-in diameter or larger, with the valve center line located 7-ft or more above the operating floor,shall be provided with chain wheel operators complete with chain guides and hot dipped galvanized steel chain,which loop within 4-ft of the operating floor. E. All actuators shall be capable of moving the valve from the full open to full close position and in reverse and holding the valve at any position part way between full open or closed. F. Each operating device shall have cast on it the word"OPEN"or"CLOSE"and an arrow indicating the direction of operation. '^ G. Floor boxes for operating nuts recessed in concrete shall be standard cast iron type,cast-in-place, with fastening top by Clow or equal. H. Stem.guides shall be of the adjustable wall bracket type,bronze bushed,with maximum spacing of 10-ft as manufactured by Clow;Rodney Hunt or equal. Extended operating nuts and/or stems shall have universal joints and pin couplings, if longer than 10-ft and a rating of at least five times the maximum operating torque. Stem adaptors shall be provided. I. Where required by the installation,or as specified,provide the following: extended stem;floor stand and handwheel;position indicator and etched or cast arrow to show direction of rotation to open the valve;resilient,moisture-resistant seal around stem penetration of slab. J. Gear Actuators 1. Unless otherwise noted,gear actuators shall be provided for the following: all valves of larger than 8-in nominal diameter;all buried valves with operating shaft mounted horizontally(butterfly,plug,etc);where specified and/or indicated on the Drawings;where manual operator effort is greater than 80 ft-lbs rim pull. �. 2. Gear actuators shall be of the worm or helical gear type with output shaft perpendicular to valve shaft,having a removable hand wheel mounted on the output shaft. Unless noted they -- shall conform to AWWA C504,but except with butterfly valves,need not be certified. 3. Actuators shall be capable of being removed from the valve without dismantling the valve or removing the valve from the line. 4. Gearing shall be machine-cut steel designed for smooth operation. Bearings shall be permanently lubricated,with bronze bearing bushings provided to take all thrusts and seals and to contain lubricants. Housings shall be sealed to exclude moisture and dirt,allow the reduction mechanisms to operate in lubricant and be of the same material as the valve body. 051546014 15100-8 .. City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 5. Manual operator input effort to the handwheel shall be a maximum of 40 ft-lbs for operating the valve from full open to full close,under any conditions. Gear actuators shall indicate valve position and have adjustable stops. Maximum handwheel size shall be 24-in diameter. K. Additional valve actuators are included with the individual valve types and as noted in Paragraph 1.02 above. w L. All position indication and direction of opening arrows shall be embossed, stamped,engraved, etched or raised decals. M. Unless otherwise noted,all valves larger than 3-in nominal diameter shall be provided with position indicators at the point of operation. 2.03 VALVE ACTUATORS-POWERED A. Electrical actuators furnished as part of this Section shall comply with AWWA C540. ^- B. Unless otherwise noted all electric or other powered actuators shall utilize worm gear or helical gearing for all size valves. C. The motorized actuator shall comprise motor,reduction gearing, detachable drive bushing,thrust bearing and emergency hand wheel local position indicator,together with torque and position limit switches,thermostatically controlled space heater,terminals and integral controls. The actuator shall be a self-contained,totally enclosed unit with position lights, push buttons and position and status contacts. D. The Contractor's attention is specifically directed to the Division 13 for details on controls requirements. Note that the electrical control indicated on the Drawings and this Section is based on utilizing Limitorque actuators. Equal products may be utilized,but any modifications required to the control and/or wiring indicated in these Contract Documents, in order to utilize other equipment,shall be the Contractor's responsibility. E. The handwheel drive shall permit manual operation in a reasonable time,related to valve size. Failure of motor drive or gearing should not prevent manual operation. Handwheel shall not operate when motor operates. Motor shall be unable to operate when handwheel is operating. F. Continuous mechanical dial indication of valve end positions shall be incorporated. G. Open and close torque and/or position limit switches to suit the valve type shall be provided for -- travel control,with means to prevent unwanted tripping on torque during initial unseating. H. Where required on the Drawings,furnish position indicating switches on valves. Switches shall u. be single pole,double throw,at either limit of open or close or both limits as shown. Switches shall be enclosed in a NEMA 4 enclosure and contacts shall be rated 5 Amps minimum 120 VAC. 0515.46014 15100-9 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 2.04 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR FLUID SERVICE(METAL BODY) A. Butterfly valves and operators up to 72-in diameter shall conform to AWWA C504,Class B, except as specified herein. The manufacturer shall submit an affidavit of compliance stating that the valves have been manufactured and tested in accordance with AWWA C504 and specifically listing all exceptions. Valves shall have a minimum 150 psi pressure rating or higher as noted on the Drawings or in this Section and be manufactured by Henry Pratt,or equal. B. Butterfly valves for above grade shall be flanged end with face to face dimensions in accordance with Table 2 of AWWA C504 for short-body valve. All valves for dead end shut off service shall be flanged type. C. Valve seats shall be full resilient seats retained in the body or on the disc edge in accordance with AWWA C504. Valve discs shall be constructed of cast iron,ASTM A48, Class 40;Ni-resist, ASTM A436,Type 1;or ductile iron,ASTM A536,Grade 65-45-12. 1. For valves 24-in in diameter and larger,when the resilient seats are attached to the body, discs shall have Type 316 stainless steel seating edges. When the resilient seat is attached to the disc, it shall be fastened with a one piece Type 316 stainless steel retaining ring,Type -. 316 stainless steel Nylock set screws and a mating Type 316 stainless steel ring shall be installed in the valve body. 2. Resilient seats shall be Hycar or equal. Seats shall be fully adjustable and replaceable with the valves in place for all valves 24-in in diameter and larger. D. The valve body shall be constructed of close grain cast iron per ASTM A126,Class B with integrally cast hubs for shaft bearing housings of the through boss-type. Permanently self- lubricating body bushings shall be provided and shall be sized to withstand bearing loads. Stuffing box of liberal dimensions shall be provided at the operator end of the vane shaft. 1. Packing shall be of the self compensating V-type. A sealing element utilizing O-rings shall also be acceptable for up to and including 24-in valves. Over 24-in,pull down seals using a square braid of graphite fiber is an acceptable alternate. 2. Packing shall be held in place by a bolted corrosion resistant retainer plate or gland;retainer clips are not acceptable. For 30-in or larger, use a stuffing box with follower gland. 3. Replacement of seals,for all size butterfly valves, shall not require removal of the valve from the line. In addition adjustment or replacement of seals on valves of 30-in or larger shall not require disturbing any part of the valve or operator assembly,except any packing follower gland. E. The valve shaft shall be of Type 316 stainless steel and designed for both torsional and shearing stresses when the valve is operated under its greatest dynamic or seating torque. No reductions of shaft diameter will be allowed except at the operator connection. Any reduction shall have a full radius fillet. F. In general,the butterfly valve actuator shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C504, insofar as applicable and as specified herein. 0515-46014 15100-10 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project G. Gearing for the actuators where required shall be totally enclosed in a gear case in accordance with AWWA C504. H. The manual actuators shall conform to AWWA C504, insofar as applicable. Actuators shall have permanent indicators with raised or engraved marks to show position of the valve disc. 2.05 AIR RELEASE VALVES A. Air release valves shall be installed to release any small accumulations of air which may collect while pipe is in operation and under pressure. B. The small orifice assembly air release valve shall automatically release air accumulations from the pipe while under positive pressure. When the valve body fills with air,the float ball shall fall to open the small orifice and exhaust the air to atmosphere. When the air has been exhausted,the. float ball shall be buoyed up and tightly close the small orifice. C. The small orifice assembly shall be furnished with cast iron body and cover(ASTM A126 Class B). The float ball shall be constructed of stainless steel and attached to a stainless steel lever °— mechanism. A resilient,Buna-N seat shall be attached to the lever mechanism for drop-tight closure. D. Separate air release valves shall be manufactured by APCO;or equal. 2.06 PUMP CONTROL VALVES A. General 1. The pump control valves(PCV-04 to PCV-05)for pumps HSC-04 to HSC-05 shall be Automatic Control Check Valves(Combination Non-Return and Tight Shutoff Valves) capable of operating in three distinct types of operating modes,and shall be Model 8000 as manufactured by APCO;or equal. Each valve shall have a single disc offset pivoted above the centerline of the valves. The offset disc shall be partially balanced and capable of closing with minimum backflow for tight shutoff and non-slam operation even with loss of electrical power. The offset pivot disc shall provide minimal seating and un-seating torques to prevent seat wear. The disc seat ring shall be bolted on,not welded,for replaceability in the field. 2. When the valve is operating as a pump control valve,it shall allow the pump to come on line against the closed control valve,which will then be allowed to open slowly so as to eliminate system surge pressure at pump start. 3. The valve shall be capable of closing against a running pump and then providing a signal to the pump control system to turn off the pump motor. This feature will eliminate or minimize water hammer or pressure surge at pump shut down. The valve shall be equipped with 4 te shall be capable of modulation services. 4. Each valve shall have a single disc that shall be offset and pivoted above the centerline of the valve. This partially balanced design shall be capable of closing with minimal backflow and shall provide bubble tight shut-off. 0515-46014 15100-11 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 5. Valves shall be capable of preventing backflow in the normal check valve mode. Additionally,they shall be capable of being used as an isolation valve and shall be capable of being utilized as a full function automatic flow control valve. The design shall incorporate a"non-slam"closure feature without the need for any auxiliary power source, solenoid valves,or(oil,water or air)accumulator system. 6. In the check valve mode,the valve disc closure rate shall be controlled with a hydraulic dampening system. The hydraulic dashpot shall be connected to the lost motion gearing for positive control. No exception to this requirement shall be allowed. 7. The valves shall have a full flow area and shall be designed to operate as a positive shut off throttling and check valve. Control shall be through a lost motion type of gear arrangement, which shall be located on the side of the valve,totally enclosed in a lubricated gearbox. 8. When operated as a check or throttling valve,the opening and closing speeds shall be controlled hydraulically by means of an oil dashpot system with speed control valves. This system shall be connected to the lost motion gear system and shall provide an independent adjustment of the opening and closing speeds. No exception to this requirement shall be allowed. B. Features 1. The valve body shall be globe style of the two(2)-piece design,bolted together in a]Wanner to capture the seat. The globe style design shall provide an enlarged flow area through the disc to create a 100%flow area and provide the minimum possible head loss at all - conditions of service. 2. The valve shall have a built in stop to positively prevent the disc from over traveling the shut-off position. The body seat and disc seat ring shall be hand replaceable in the field by the owner's personnel without having to remove the main valve body from the line without the need for special tools or machining. No exception to this requirement will be allowed. 3. Valves shall be fail-safe during any electrical power failure and the disc shall close hydraulically,energized only by the flow reversal in the line. The time of this disc closure shall be adjustable from three(3)seconds to forty-five(45)seconds,by the means of a cam operated(dump type)timing valve permitting instant 1st stage closure to any degree, and then a hydraulic dashpot for second and third stage control to final closure. 4. Valves shall be provided with cast integral 125#class ANSI flanged ends. 5. Each valve shall be provided with a stainless steel hardened,heat treated shaft having a minimum tensile strength of not less than 165,000 psi. The shaft shall be connected to the drive shaft coupling with slot keys and shall have upper and lower pressed fit bearings. The valve shaft shall be of one-piece construction and shall extend completely through the valve . disc and into the gearbox. Stub shaft type designs are not acceptable. 051546014 15100-12 .. City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project C. Construction 1. The valves shall have materials of construction per the table below: Body Pivot Half Cast Iron ASTM A 126 Class B Valve Body Half Cast Iron ASTM A126 Class B Straight Pivot Bushing Bronze,ASTM B584 Flanged Pivot Bushing Bronze,ASTM B584 Pivot Shaft Seal Retainer Bronze,ASTM B584 Body Seat Ring Buna-N/Steel y Pivot Shaft End Seal Buna-N Pivot Shaft Cover Cast Iron,ASTM A48 Class 30 Disc Ring Seal Buna-N Disc Ductile Iron,ASTM A536 Disc Ring Bronze,ASTM B584 Disc Ring Retaining Screw Stainless Steel Grade 18-8 Pivot Shaft Stainless Steel 174PH Pivot Shaft Key Stainless Steel ASTM A276,Type 416 Pivot Shaft Setscrew Stainless Steel Grade 18-8 Disc Stop Stainless Steel ASTM A276,Type 304 Pivot Shaft Cover Bolt Steel,ASTM A307 Grade B Flange Bolt Steel,ASTM A307 Grade B Disc Stop Retaining Screw Stainless Steel Grade 18—8 Flange Nut Steel,ASTM A563 Grade A Pivot Shaft Cover Seal Buna N Flange Seal Buna-N D. Actuators 1. Each valve shall have a totally enclosed lubricated gearbox driven by an electric actuator for normal pump start/stop with manual override and a control panel which will allow the valve to be opened against downstream pressure to permit reverse flow if necessary. _ 0515-46014 15100-13 FYI WORK City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 2. The actuators and brackets shall be held in place by register diameters and dowel pins to prevent accidental loosening of the fasteners. - 3. The electric actuator shall be Underwriter's Laboratory(UL)listed or other certification deemed acceptable by the City of Fort Worth Electrical Inspection Department as a complete unit and shall include the motor,actuator unit gearing, limit switch gearing,position limit switches,torque switches,stem nut, declutch lever and handwheel,all as a self contained unit. Actuators shall be manufactured by Limitorque or pre approved equal. 4. The valve actuator motor and all electrical enclosures shall be NEMA 6. 5. The motor shall be specifically designed for valve actuator service and shall be of high starting torque,totally enclosed,non-ventilated construction. Motor insulation shall be a minimum NEMA Class F,with a maximum continuous temperature rating of 155 degrees C (rise plus ambient)for the duty specified. 6. The motor shall be of sufficient size to open or close the valve at the maximum torque. The motor shall be capable of operating at plus or minus 10%of voltage specified on the Drawings. The motor duty rating shall be sufficient for continuous complete consecutive cycles(open-close-open,or reverse)without exceeding its temperature rating. Motor bearings shall be of the anti-friction type,and permanently lubricated. 7. The motor shall be an independent sub-assembly such that the power gearing shall not be an integral part of the motor assembly,to allow for motor or gear changes dictated by system operation requirements. 8. The motor shall be equipped with internal thermal contacts to protect against motor overload and 120 volt AC space heaters. 9. The actuator shall be a multiple reduction unit with power gearing consisting of spur, helical,or bevel gears,and worm gearing. The spur,helical,or bevel gearing and worm shall be of hardened alloy steel,and the worm gear shall be alloy bronze. All gearing shall be accurately cut. Non-metallic,aluminum or cast gearing shall not be allowed. Anti- friction bearings shall be used throughout. 10. All rotating power train components shall be immersed in grease with provisions for inspection and re-lubrication without disassembly. Lubricants shall be suitable for ambient conditions of minus 20 degrees F to 150 degrees F. Adequate seals shall be provided on all shafting. 11. Actuator gearing and/or stem threading shall be self-locking when required by the application. 12. The actuator shall have a built-in device, incorporated in the power train and located between the worm gear and actuator drive sleeve,to permit load impact under dynamic efficiency conditions,with a hammer blow effect,to allow the motor to reach full speed before engaging the valve load. 0515.46014 15100-14 s City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 13. A metallic handwheel shall be provided for manual operation with an arrow to indicate "open"rotation. The handwheel shall not rotate during motor operation. Manual operation shall be possible with a blown motor fuse. When in the manual operating mode,the actuator will remain in this mode until the motor is energized,at which time the actuator will automatically return to electric operation. Movement from motor operation to handwheel operation shall be accomplished by a positive pad-lockable declutch lever which mechanically disengages the motor and related gearing. It shall be impossible for simultaneous manual and motor operation to occur. Friction type declutch mechanisms are not acceptable. 14. The valve actuator shall have a removable stem nut of high tensile bronze or other material compatible with the valve stem material. 15. Position limit switches and the associated gearing shall be an integral part of the valve actuator. Limit switch gearing shall be of the intermittent type,made of bronze or stainless steel, grease lubricated,and totally enclosed to prevent dirt and foreign matter from entering the gear train. Switches shall be adjustable,allowing for trip points from fully open to fully closed positions of valve travel. They shall not be subject to breakage or slippage due to over-travel. Limit switch contacts shall be heavy duty,silver-plated with wiping action. The actuators shall have 16 contacts,4-contacts/4 rotor type,all of the same basic design. Contracts shall be convertible from N/O to NC or reverse. 16. Limit switch design shall permit visual verification of switch position without disassembly. A two-position selector switch shall also be provided to override the geared limit switch and allow the valve to move all the way to its open position. This two-position selector switch shall be mounted on the gearbox housing along with the standard push-button station. 17. Each valve actuator shall be equipped with a switch that will interrupt the control circuit in both the opening and closing directions when valve torque overload occurs or when valves require torque seating in the closed or open position. Contacts shall be silver-plated. The torque switch shall have graduated dials for both open and close directions of travel and each shall be independently adjustable,with a positive means to limit the adjustability so as not to exceed the actuator output torque capability. 18. Switch design shall permit visible verification of switch position without disassembly. 19. The position limit switch and torque switch shall be rated 600 volts per NEMA standard ICS 2-125,heavy duty. 20. The control compartment shall be provided with a 120-volt space heater. E. Quality Assurance 1. A computerized valve cavitation analysis specific to this project shall be supplied with initial shop drawing submittal. 2. All components of the valves and actuators shall be new and shall be manufactured in the continental United States to facilitate replacement parts availability. The valves and actuators shall be built to U. S. standards and measurements. Products that are built to metric standards will not be acceptable. 051546014 15100-15 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 3. The valve manufacturer shall have been regularly engaged in the design and manufacture of identical valves for a period of at least five(5)years prior to the bid opening for this project. A list of at least ten(10)project utilizing valves meeting these specifications shall be submitted for Engineer review and verification with the initial shop drawing submittal. Manufacturers not meeting these experience requirements will not be acceptable. The products submitted as evidence of compliance with this requirement shall have been in successful operation for a period of not less than two(2)years prior to the date of the bid opening for this project. The installation list may utilize valves constructed of either cast - iron or stainless steel materials. 4. The valves to be provided under this section shall be APCO series 8000 automatic control check valves with electric motor operator as manufactured by Valve&Primer Corporation, Schaumburg,IL,USA 2.07 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP COATINGS A. Not withstanding any of these specified requirements, all coatings and lubricants in contact with potable water shall be certified as acceptable for use with that fluid. B. If not specified herein,coatings shall comply with the requirements of Section 09901. In case of a conflict,the requirements of this Section govern. - C. If the manufacturer's requirement is not to require finished coating on any interior surfaces,then manufacturer shall so state and no interior finish coating will be required,if acceptable to the Engineer. D. The exterior surface of various parts of valves,operators,floor-stands and miscellaneous piping shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale,dirt, grease or other foreign matter and thereafter one shop coat of an approved rust-inhibitive primer such as Inertol Primer No. 621 shall be applied in accordance with the instructions of the paint manufacturer or other primer compatible with the finish coat provided. E. Unless otherwise noted, interior ferrous surfaces of all valves shall be given a shop finish of an asphalt varnish conforming to AWWA C509,(except mounting faces/surfaces)or epoxy AWWA C550 with a minimum thickness of 4 mil. F. Ferrous surfaces obviously not to be painted shall be given a shop coat of grease or other suitable -- rust-resistant coating. Mounting surfaces shall be especially coated with a rust preventative. G. Special care shall be taken to protect uncoated items and plastic items,especially from environmental damage. 2.08 FACTORY INSPECTION,TESTING AND CORRECTION OF DEFICIENCIES , A. Factory inspection,testing and correction of deficiencies shall be done in accordance with the referenced standards and as noted herein. B. See Division 1 for additional requirements. Also refer to PART 1,especially for required submission of test data to the Engineer. 051546014 15100-16 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project C. In addition to all tests required by the referenced standards,the following shall also be factory tested: 1. Pressure regulating valves shall be factory tested at the specified pressures and flows. 2. The non-cavitating butterfly valves,to demonstrate its non-cavitating capabilities. 3. All types of air and vacuum valves. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION-GENERAL A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed per the manufacturer's instructions in the locations shown,true to alignment and rigidly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. Install all brackets,extension rods,guides,the various types of operators and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings,or otherwise required. Before setting these items, check all Drawings and figures which have a direct bearing on their location. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of valves and appurtenances during the construction of the work. C. All materials shall be carefully inspected for defects in construction and materials. All debris and foreign material shall be cleaned out of openings,etc. All valve flange covers shall remain in place until connected piping is in place. All operating mechanisms shall be operated to check their proper functioning and all nuts and bolts checked for tightness. Valves and other equipment which do not operate easily,or are otherwise defective,shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Where installation is covered by a referenced standard, installation shall be in accordance with that standard,except as herein modified,and the Contractor shall certify such. Also note additional requirements in other parts of this Section. E. Unless otherwise noted,joints for valves and appurtenances shall be made up utilizing the same procedures as specified under the applicable type connecting pipe joint and all valves and other items shall be installed in the proper position as recommended by the manufacturer. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying manufacturers'torquing requirements for all valves. — 3.02 INSTALLATION OF MANUAL OPERATIONAL DEVICES A. Unless otherwise noted,all operational devices shall be installed with the units of the factory, as shown on the Drawings or as acceptable to the Engineer to allow accessibility to operate and maintain the item and to prevent interference with other piping,valves and appurtenances. vy B. For manually operated valves 3-in in diameter and smaller,valve operators and indicators shall be rotated to display toward normal operation locations. 0515-46014 15100-17 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project C. Floor boxes,valve boxes,extension stems and low floor stands shall be installed vertically centered over the operating nut,with couplings as required and the elevation of the box top shall be adjusted to conform with the elevation of the finished floor surface or grade at the completion of the Contract. Boxes and stem guides shall be adequately supported during concrete pouring to maintain vertical alignment. 3.03 INSPECTION,TESTING AND CORRECTION OF DEFICIENCIES A. See also Division 1. Take care not to over pressure valves or appurtenances during pipe testing. If any unit proves to be defective, it shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. No testing shall be performed until the manufacturer's service engineer has provided written certification that the following installed equipment has been examined and found to be in complete accordance with the manufacturer's requirements: 1. Surge Relief Valve 2. All motorized Valves 3. Pump Control Valves(PCVs) C. Functional Test: Prior to plant startup, 411 items shall be inspected for proper alignment, quite operation,proper connection and satisfactory performance. All units shall be operated continuously while connected to the attached piping for at least 72 hours,without vibration, jamming,leakage,or overheating and perform the specified function. D. The various pipelines in which the valves and appurtenances are to be installed are specified to be field tested. During these tests any defective valve or appurtenance shall be adjusted,removed and replaced,or otherwise made acceptable to the Engineer. E. Various regulating valves,strainers,or other appurtenances shall be tested to demonstrate their conformance with the specified operational capabilities and any deficiencies shall be corrected or the device replaced or otherwise made acceptable to the Engineer. 3.04 CLEANING A. All items(including valve interiors)shall be cleaned prior to installation,testing disinfection and a final acceptance. 3.05 DISINFECTION A. Disinfection of valves and appurtenances on all potable water lines and where otherwise noted, shall be in accordance with Section 01656—Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities. END OF SECTION 051546014 15100-18 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 15120 - PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section specifies the basic administrative and testing requirements for piping. Specific piping materials,systems and related installation and testing requirements are in the piping sections in Division 1 and 15. B. The items shall include the following: 1. Unions 2. Flanged Joints 3. Dielectric Connectors 4. Service Clamps 5. Mechanical Sleeve Seals 6. Flexible Connectors a. Sleeve Couplings b. Split or Grooved Couplings 7. Pressure Gauges 8. Diaphragm Seals for Gauges 9. Appurtenances and Miscellaneous Items 10. Color Coding and Labeling 1.02 RELATED WORK -. A. Piping materials and systems are included in other Sections of Division 15. B. Valves are included in Section 15100. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300-Submittals,general submittals for piping,piping systems and pipeline appurtenances are listed below. It is not intended that all submittals listed below be provided for all piping materials and systems. Refer to individual System or Piping Sections for specific submittals. 0515.46014 15120-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project B. Shop Drawings and Product Data 1. Piping layouts in full detail 2. Location of pipe hangers and supports. 3. Location and type of backup block or device to prevent joint separation. 4. Large scale details of wall penetrations and fabricated fittings. 5. Schedules of all pipe,fittings,special castings,couplings,expansion joints and other appurtenances. 6. Catalog cuts of joints,couplings,harnesses,expansion joints,gaskets,fasteners and other accessories. 7. Catalog cuts of all pipeline appurtenances specified herein. 8. Brochures and technical data on coatings and linings and proposed method for application and repair. C. Samples D. Design Data E. Test Reports 1. Four copies of certified shop tests showing compliance with appropriate standard. 2. Four copies of all field test reports,signed by Contractor. F. Certificates 1. Copies of certification for all welders performing work in accordance with ANSI B31.1. G. Manufacturers Installation(or application)instructions. H. Statement of Qualifications —. I. Manufacturers Field Report J. Project Record Document K. Operation and Maintenance Data in accordance with Section 0 173 0. L. Warranties 051546014 15120-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. ASTM A36 -Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A126-Standard Specification for Gray Iron Casting for Valves,Flanges and Pipe Fittings. 3. ASTM Al 83 -Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts. 4. ASTM A278-Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Pressure-Containing Parts for Temperatures up to 650 Degrees F. 5. ASTM A307- Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 6. ASTM A325-Standard Specification for Strength Bolts, Steel,Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 7. ASTM A536-Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings -- 8. ASTM A575-Standard Specification for Steel Bars,Carbon,Merchant Quality,M-Grades. 9. ASTM B62 -Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 10. ASTM B88 -Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube. B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 1. ANSI A13.1 -Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems. 2. ANSI B 1.1 -Unified Inch Screw Threads(UN and UNR Thread Form) 3. ANSI B 18.2-Square and Hex Bolts and Screws Inch Series Including Hex Cap Screws and Lag Screws. 4. ANSI B31 -Code for Pressure Piping. 5. ANSI B31.1 -Power Piping - C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers(ASME) 1. ASME B2.1 -Specifications,Dimensions,Gauging for Taper and Straight Pipe Threads (except dry seals). 2. ASME B 16.1 -Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 3. ASME B 16.5 -Pipe Flanges and Flange Fittings 0515.46014 15120-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project D. American Welding Society(AWS) 1. AWS B3.0-Welding Procedure and Performance Qualifications E. American Water Works Association(AWWA) 1. AWWA CHH-Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings,3-in Through 48-in(75mm Through 1200mm),for Water and Other Liquids. 2. AWWA C111 -Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 3. AWWA C219-Bolted Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain-End Pipe 4. AWWA C606-Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 5. AWWA Manual Ml l -Steel Pipe-A Guide for Design and Installation. F. Plumbing and Drainage Institute(PDI) 1. WH 201 -Water Hammer Arrestors G. Underwriters Laboratories(UL) H. Factory Mutual(FM) I. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. .. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All materials shall be new and unused. B. Install piping to meet requirements of local codes. C. Provide manufacturer's certification that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. —W D. Coordinate dimensions and drilling of flanges with flanges for valves,pumps and other equipment to be installed in piping systems. Bolt holes in flanges to straddle vertical centerline. .. E. Reject materials contaminated with gasoline, lubricating oil,liquid or gaseous fuel,aromatic compounds,paint solvent,paint thinner and acid solder. F. Pipe joint compound,for pipe carrying flammable or toxic gas,must bear approval of UL or FM. G. Unless otherwise specified,pressures referred to in all Piping Sections are expressed in pounds per square inch, gauge above atmospheric pressure,psig and all temperature are expressed in degrees Fahrenheit(F). 0515-46014 15120-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. During loading,transportation and unloading,take care to prevent damage to pipes and coating. Carefully load and unload each pipe under control at all times. Place skids or blocks under each pipe in the shop and securely wedge pipe during transportation to ensure no injury to pipe and lining. Cover or cap all pipe ends while pipe is in storage,until it is made a part of the work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Specific piping materials and appurtenances are specified in the respective Piping or System Sections. The use of a manufacturer's name and/or model number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired. B. Equipment shall be of the size shown on the Drawings or as noted and as far as possible equipment of the same type shall be identical and from one manufacturer. C. Equipment shall have the name of the maker,nominal size,flow directional arrows(if applicable),working pressure for which they are designed and standard referenced specifications cast in raised letters or indelibly marked upon some appropriate part of the body. D. Unless otherwise noted, items shall have a minimum working pressure of 150 psi or be of the same working pressure as the pipe they connect to,whichever is higher and suitable for the pressures noted where they are installed. 2.02 UNIONS A. Unions shall be brass or bronze unions for joining nonferrous pipe; malleable brass or bronze-seated iron or steel unions for joining ferrous pipe;PVC unions for joining PVC pipe; CPVC unions for joining CPVC pipe. 2.03 FLANGED JOINTS A. Flanged Joints. Bolt and nuts,Grade B,ASTM A307,bolt number and size same as flange standard; studs-same quality as machine bolts; 1/16-in thick rubber gaskets with cloth insertions; rust-resistant coatings. 2.04 DIELECTRIC CONNECTORS A. Dielectric pipe fittings/insulators and unions shall be used to prevent galvanic action wherever valves or piping of dissimilar metals connect. This shall be particularly the case for copper, brass and bronze piping connecting to cast iron or steel piping systems. B. Dielectric unions shall be used for 2-in and smaller connections. Steel union nuts shall meet ASTM A575 requirements. The steel or ductile iron connection end shall have a steel body and shall have accurately machined taper tapped pipe threads in accordance with ASME B2.1. The copper connection end shall be a copper solder joint that meets requirements of ASTM B88. Dielectric unions shall be rated for at least 250 psi at 210 degrees F. w 0515-46014 15120-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project C. Dielectric flange unions shall be used for connections 2-1/2-in and larger. Cast iron flanges shall meet ASTM A126;the copper solder end shall meet ASTM B62 and the pipe thread shall meet ASME B2.1. Dielectric flange unions shall be rated for at least 175 psi at 210 degrees F. D. Dielectric unions and flange unions shall be as manufactured by Epco Inc.,Cleveland; OH or equal. -. E. Flange insulating kits shall be as acceptable to the Engineer,as manufactured by PSI or equal. F. Insulated sleeve couplings and flange adaptors shall be similar to those units as specified elsewhere. 2.05 SERVICE CLAMPS - A. Service clamps for outlet sizes up to 2-in shall have malleable or ductile iron bodies which extend at least 160 degrees around the circumference of the pipe and shall have neoprene gaskets cemented to the saddle body. Bodies shall be tapped for IPS. Clamps shall be of the double strap design. Service clamps shall be Style 91 by Dresser Industries,Inc.; Smith Blair;Mueller or equal. B. Service clamps for outlet sizes 4-in through 12-in where the outlet size is not greater than half the size of the main pipe shall have ductile iron bodies and a neoprene circular cross section O-ring - gasket confined within the body. Outlet shall be AWWA C110 flange or AWWA C111 mechanical joint as required for the application. Straps shall be alloy steel,minimum 1/4-in by 1-1/2-in in cross section and fabricated with 3/4-in threaded ends. Service clamps shall be Fig. A-10920 or A-30920 by American Cast Iron Pipe Company or equal. 2.06 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS A. Mechanical sleeve seals shall be used to secure and seal the annular space around all new sleeved and core-drilled wall penetrations. B. A single seal shall be provided for all sleeve and cores in walls up to 14-in thick;dual sleeves shall be provided in larger walls. C. Galvanized steel wall sleeves and concrete core diameter shall be sized sufficiently larger to accommodate the modular elements,per the manufacturers recommendations. D. Bolts and hardware shall be carbon steel,zinc-plated. Pressure plates shall be corrosion-resistant acetal resin. E. Mechanical sleeve seals shall consist of modular bolted,synthetic rubber sealing elements,Link Seal by Thunderline Corp.or equal. 2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Sleeve Couplings 1. Provide plain end type ends to be joined by sleeve couplings as stipulated in AWWA C219. 0515116014 15120-6 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project a. Join welds on ends by couplings without pipe stops. Grind flush to permit slipping coupling in at least one direction to clear pipe joint. b. Outside diameter and out-of-round tolerances shall be within limits specified by coupling manufacturer. c. Provide lugs in accordance with ASTM A36. d. Provide hardened steel washers in accordance with ASTM A325. e. Plastic plugs shall be fitted in coupling to protect bolt holes. f. Nuts and bolts 1) Provide bolts and bolt-studs in accordance with ASTM A307 and ANSI B1.1 -" with hexagonal or square heads,coarse thread fit,threaded full length with ends chamfered or rounded. 2) Project ends 1/4-in beyond surface of nuts. 3) Hexagonal nuts with dimensions in accordance with ANSI B18.2 and coarse threads in accordance with ANSI B1.1. 4) Apply anti-seize compound to all nuts and bolts. Supports installed without the approved compound shall be dismantled and correctly installed,at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Middle ring of each mechanical coupling shall have a thickness at least equal to that specified for size of pipe on which coupling is to be used and shall not be less than 10-in long for pipe 30-in and larger and not less than 7-in long for pipe under 30-in in diameter. a. Omit pipe stop from inner surface of middle rings of couplings whenever necessary to permit removal of valves,flowmeters and other installed equipment. b. Provide pipe stops in other couplings. 3. Clean and shop prime with manufacturer's standard rust inhibitive primer. 4. Furnish gaskets of a composition suitable for exposure to the fluid service. 5. Where shown on the Drawings, anchor sleeve-coupled joints with harness bolts. Weld harness lugs to steel pipe. a. Joint harness bolts shall be of sufficient length,with harness lugs placed so that coupling can be slipped at least in one direction to clear joint. Provide harnesses of sufficient number and strength to withstand test pressure as recommended in AWWA M-11. b. Each harness shall have a minimum of two 5/8-in diameter bolts. 0515-46014 15120-7 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 6. Unless otherwise specified with the individual type of pipe,sleeve couplings(mechanical couplings)shall be Victaulic Depend-O-Lok E x E(unrestrained)or F x F(self-restrained); ITT(formerly Smith Blair)Style 411;Dresser Style 38,similar models by Baker or equal, —. with the pipe stop removed. 7. Similar insulation type couplings shall be provided at the face of buildings,between different type metals or where otherwise noted. B. Split or Grooved Couplings 1. Split couplings shall be cast in two or more parts. When secured together with ASTM A183 bolts and nuts,couplings shall engage grooved or shouldered pipe ends and encase an elastomeric gasket to create a pipe seal. Gasket material shall be as recommended by the " manufacturer for the service required. 2. Split couplings shall be as manufactured by Victaulic Company of America or equal. "^ Numbers below refer to Victaulic Co. items,for reference only. 3. Unless otherwise specified with the individual type of pipe: -- a. Flexible split ring couplings shall be: 1) grooved ends-Style 77(for steel/stainless steel)or Style 31 (for grooved ductile iron) 2) shouldered ends—Victaulic Style 44 or Fluid Master 3) fixed ends—Victaulic Depend-O-Lok,F x F(fixed by fixed) b. Rigid split ring couplings shall be: 1) grooved ends- rigid groove with Style 31 couplings on ductile iron 36-in and smaller diameter with sufficient wall thickness per AWWA C606,or manufacturer's recommendation,or standard groove with Style 07 Zero-Flex coupling on manufactured steel or IPS pipe. 2) shouldered ends—Style 44 coupling on ductile iron over 36-in diameter or without sufficient wall thickness per AWWA C606 or on manufactured steel pipe or thin wall stainless steel pipe. Field welding of shoulders of ductile iron pipe is specifically prohibited. 4. Grooved couplings for steel and stainless steel piping shall have roll grooving, machine-grooving,or ring collars fully welded to the pipe or fitting. 5. Rigid split couplings may be substituted for flanges as noted on the Drawings and in the individual pipe requirements. 6. Certain minimum thickness of pipe walls are required by AWWA C606 and coupling -� manufacturers for use of various type split couplings with certain pipes. Utilize at least 051546014 15120-8 .�. City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project those minimum wall thicknesses required(unless a greater thickness is specified or required in the individual pipe specifications)with split couplings. 7. If minimum thicknesses are not utilized with grooving,then a shouldered end treatment with couplings as noted shall be utilized. 2.08 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Bosses, connections,or nipples for gauges shall be provided as acceptable to the Engineer. Unbossed tappings shall not be acceptable. Where gauge tappings are not available in the suction or discharge nozzle,the necessary tapping in the adjacent piping shall be made. �. B. In addition to the locations shown on the Drawings,pressure gauges shall be furnished and installed on the upstream and downstream sides of pressure reducing stations and in the suction and discharge nozzle of all pumps,compressors and similar equipment. Additional pressure gauges shall be furnished and installed as specified with individual equipment. C. Gauges shall be furnished as part of a complete factory assembly, including gauge, snubber, liquid fill, bar stock ball valve isolation valve and threaded red brass connecting piping. D. Unless otherwise noted,gauge rating shall be from 0 to at least 2.5 percent higher than the rating of the pipe it is connected to. E. For Liquid Service 1. Pressure gauges shall have a 300 series stainless steel/ABS or FRP/Aluminum case and shall be 4-1/2-in nominal diameter with a full-sized Type 316 stainless steel Bourdon tube and a 300 series stainless steel movement. The gauges shall be liquid filled with glycerin and shall be provided with a filler/breather cap. The socket shall be 1/4-in NPT Type 316 stainless steel with a bottom connection and the dial shall be a white background with black markings. Gauges shall be ANSI Grade A plus or minus 1 percent of scale and shall have a blow-out back design. 2. Gauges for the above services shall be liquid filled as manufactured by U.S. Gauge; Ashcroft;Trerice or equal. F. Gauges shall be furnished from standard ranges of the manufacturer,with dual range(ft and psi) scales,as follows: 1. Gauges on the suction side of each pump(HSC-04, 05)shall have a minimum scale of-15 psig to 15 psig 2. Gauges on the.discharge side of each pump(HSC-04, 05)shall have a scale of 0-200 psig 2.09 DIAPHRAGM SEALS FOR GAUGES A. Diaphragm seals shall be installed for all pressure gauges and pressure switches,to protect pressure gauges and pressure switches from contact with the fluid in the pipeline. Gauges shall be furnished as part of a complete factory assembly,including gauge, snubber,diaphragm seal, liquid fill,bar stock isolation valve and threaded red brass interconnecting piping. Furnish also a 1/4-in backflushing connection and ball valve. 0515.46014 15120-9 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project B. Diaphragm seals shall be minimum 2-1/2-in diameter,or as required for the connected pressure gauges. The diaphragm shall be "thread attached"to both piping and pressure switches or .- gauges. Furnish mineral oil fill between the diaphragm seal and the gauge. 1. Diaphragm seals shall have an upper housing of cadmium plated carbon steel,with the lower housing of Type 316 stainless steel with Type 304 stainless steel bolts. Diaphragms shall be Teflon. 2. Each diaphragm seal shall be connected to its respective piping or equipment with threaded red brass pipe and fittings. Pipe size and diaphragm tap size shall match the size of the gauge tap on the equipment,but shall not be less than 3/4-in,except for connections to plant water piping which shall be minimum 1/2-in. Furnish a ball valve shut-off valve between the pipeline or equipment and the diaphragm seal. 3. Each diaphragm seal shall have a minimum 1/4-in NPT flush connection with ball valve and gauge tap to match the size of the gauge. 4. Furnish pulsation dampeners adequate to prevent pulsation and/or vibration of the gauge -- indicator under all system operating conditions. 5. Pump gauges shall connect to the diaphragm seal by a flexible Type 304 stainless steel capillary tube. Gauges shall be mounted on a support stand independent of the pump and piping,to minimize vibration of the gauges caused by vibration of the equipment or piping. Mount both the suction and discharge gauges at the same elevation. Furnish supports as specified in Section 15140,or attach gauges to the seal water assembly support(where applicable). 6. Diaphragm seals shall be Type SG by Mansfield and Green;Ashcroft or equal. 2.10 APPURTENANCES AND MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. All gaskets,glands,bolts,nuts and other required hardware shall be provided for connection of piping and appurtenances. Bolts and nuts shall be high strength,Type 316 stainless steel if submerged,buried, or subject to splashing and cadmium plated otherwise,with tee-head and hexagon nut. All other hardware shall be of the size,type and number as required and recommended by the piping or appurtenance manufacturer and as specified herein. B. All gaskets for flanges shall be full face and suitable for 200 degrees F operating temperature, and the fluids carried. See also Division 1. C. Plugs,caps and similar accessories shall be of the same material as the pipe and of the locking �. type,unless otherwise noted. D. Unions shall be of the same material as the pipe,except for dielectric connections. E. Special protective tape shall be fabric reinforced petroleum tape by Denso Inc.,Houston, TX or equal. 0515-46014 15120-10 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 2.11 COLOR CODING AND LABELING �- A. General 1. Field painting shall be specified in Section 09902. 2. Piping system identification shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A13.1. 3. Banding a. Unless special spacing is listed in schedule,apply banding to pipe at connections to equipment,valves,branch fittings, at wall,floor,or ceiling boundaries and at intervals not greater than 36-ft. 4. Labels and Directional Arrows a. Apply labels with directional arrows at connections to equipment,valves,branch fittings, at least one wall,floor,or ceiling boundary within a room and at intervals not greater than 36-$. b. At each label, arrows indicating direction of flow shall point away from label. If flow -- may be in both directions,use double headed arrows. c. Lettering shall bear the full pipe system name as scheduled. d. Lettering height shall be as follows: Outside Pipe Diameter Minimum Letter Heii?ht 3/4-in to 1-1/4-in 1/2-in 1-1/2-in to 2-in 3/4-in 2-1/2-in to 6-in 1-1/4-in 8-in to 10-in 2-1/2-in Over 10-in 3-1/2-in e. Two labels minimum each room,crawl space or compartment,unless otherwise approved. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All dirt,scale,weld splatter,water and other foreign matter shall be removed from the inside and outside of all pipe and sub-assemblies prior to installing. 0515-46014 15120-11 �� p`l� City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project B. All pipe joints and connections to equipment shall be made in such a manner as to produce a minimum of strain at the joint. C. Install piping in a neat manner with lines straight and parallel or at right angles to walls or column lines and with risers plumb. Run piping so as to avoid passing through ductwork or directly under electric light outlets,and/or interference with other lines or extending beyond furring lines. All work shall be accomplished using recognized methods and procedures of pipe fabrication and in accordance with the latest revision of applicable ANSI Standards,ASME Codes and Pipe Fabrication Institute Standards. 1. Use full length of pipe except where cut lengths are necessary. Do not spring or deform piping to make up joints. 2. Pipe shall be cut square,not upset,undersize or out of round. Ends shall be carefully reamed and cleaned before being installed. Bending of pipe is not permitted. Use fittings for all changes in direction. 3. Do not use bushings except where specifically approved by the Engineer. Reducers shall be eccentric to provide for drainage from all liquid-bearing lines and facilitate air removal from -- water lines. 4. Verify the locations and elevations of any existing piping before proceeding with work on ... any system. Any discrepancies between the information shown on the Drawings and the actual conditions found in the field shall be reported at once to the Engineer. No claim for extra payment will be considered if the above provision has not been complied with. , 5. Where lines of lower service rating tie into services or equipment of higher service rating the isolation valve between the two shall conform to the higher rating. 6. Mitering of pipe to form elbow is not permitted. 7. All piping interiors shall be thoroughly cleaned after installation and kept clean by approved temporary closures on all openings until the system is put in service. Open pipe ends shall be subjected to recleaning and retesting. 8. End caps on pre-cleaned pipe shall not be removed until immediately before assembly. All open ends shall be capped immediately after completion of installation. 9. Provide temporary strainers within the piping ahead of every piece of equipment. The strainers shall be cleaned and reinserted immediately before start-up. The strainers shall be kept in service until at least 7 days after the equipment has been put in service. D. Test Connections 1. Provide 1/2-in female NPT test connection equipped with 1/2-in brass plug on all pump suction and discharge lines. Where indicated on the Drawings,test connections should be equipped with bar stock valve and gauge. Provide test connections at all steam traps. The connection shall be located on the discharge side of the trap between the trap and the first valve. It shall consist of a 1/2-in branch connection terminated with a gate valve. 0515-46014 15120-12 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Fxpansion Project E. Installation of Expansion Joints and Flexible Connectors 1. Piping systems shall be aligned prior to installation of expansion fittings. Alignment shall be provided by fitting a rigid pipe spool in place of the expansion joint. Prior to testing of the piping system,the pipe spool shall be replaced with the specified expansion or flexible fitting. 2. In addition to the locations noted on the Drawings and in PART 2,expansion fittings and _ anchors shall be located and spaced as specified by the Expansion Joint Manufacturer's Association. The expansion joints/flexible connectors shall not be installed during times of temperature extreme or in a fully compressed or fully expanded condition. F. Installation of Sleeve Couplings 1. Unless otherwise required by the manufacturer's instructions,prior to installation of sleeve couplings,the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of at least 12-in. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order,shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6-in from the end,the middle ring shall be placed on the already installed pipe and shall be inserted into the middle ring flair and brought to proper position in relation to the pipe already installed. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flares. 2. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up fingertight,diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint,preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. 3. The correct torque as indicated by a torque wrench shall not exceed 75 ft-lb for 5/8-in bolts and 90 ft-lb for 3/4-in bolts. 4. If a wrench other than a torque wrench is used,it should be no longer than 12-in so that when used by the average person the above torque values shall not be exceeded. 5. To prevent sleeve couplings from pulling apart under pressure,a suitable harnessing or flange clamp assembly shall be provided and installed where shown on the Drawings, directed by the Engineer or required elsewhere under Division 15 concerning anchorage. 6. Note the additional locations required for sleeve couplings in PART 2. Also note Contractor's responsibility for locating,providing and installing restraints. G. Installation of Split Couplings -- 1. Prior to assembly of split couplings,grooves or shoulders of the pipe as well as other parts shall be thoroughly cleaned. The ends of the pipes and outside of the gaskets shall be moderately coated with manufacturer's recommended lubricant,petroleum jelly,cup grease, soft soap,or graphite paste and the gasket shall be slipped over one pipe end. Lubricant shall be compatible with potable water application. After the other pipe has been brought to the correct position,the gasket shall be centered properly over the pipe ends with the lips against the pipes. The housing sections then shall be placed. 2. Ensure that the joints are fully extended after the rings are in place and prior to tightening the bolts. After the bolts have been inserted,the nuts shall be tightened until the housing .. 0515-16014 15120-13 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project sections are firmly in contact,as required by the manufacturer,without excessive bolt tension or strain on the pipe. H. Installation of Pipeline Appurtenances 1. All pipeline appurtenances shall be installed as required and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations,as acceptable to the Engineer. 2. Gauges, meters and similar in-line items shall be isolated from testing pressures in excess of .a the rated pressure of the assembly. 3. Use Teflon tape on all screwed fittings. I. Installation of Unions 1. Use unions to allow dismantling of pipe,valves,and equipment. J. Welding 1. Welding shall be in accordance with ANSI B31 and AWS B3.0. 2. Install welding fittings on all welded lines. Make changes in direction and intersection of lines with welding fittings. Do not miter pipes to form elbows or notch straight runs to form tees,or any similar construction. Do not employ welder who has not been fully qualified in above specified procedure and so certified by approved welding bureau or similar locally recognized testing authority. K. Installation of Flanged Joints 1. Make flanged joints with bolts;bolt studs with nut on each end;or studs with nuts where one flange is tapped. Use number and size of bolts conforming to same ANSI Standard as flanges. Before flanges pieces are assembled,remove rust resistant coating from machined surfaces,clean gaskets and smooth all burrs and other defects. Make up flanged joints tight, care being taken to prevent undue strain upon valves or other pieces of equipment. 3.02 TESTING A. Test all pipelines for water/gas tightness as specified in the Piping or System Sections. Furnish all labor,testing plugs or caps,pressure pumps,pipe connections,gauges and all other equipment required. All testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. B. Repair faulty joints or remove defective pipe and fittings and replace as approved by the r Engineer. Retest. 3.03 DISINFECTION A. Disinfection shall be in accordance with Section 01656—Disinfection of Potable Water Facilities. END OF SECTION 051546014 15120-14 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project SECTION 15140 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK _ A. Furnish all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals and install a complete system of pipe hangers, supports,concrete inserts and anchor bolts including all metallic hanging and supporting devices for supporting non-buried piping as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. The absence of pipe supports and details on the Drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing them. Pipe supports indicated on the Drawings are shown only to convey the intent of the design for a particular location and are not intended to represent a complete system. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Concrete is included in Division 3. - B. Field painting is included in Division 9. C. Pipe and fittings are included in respective sections of Divisions 15. D. Valves and appurtenances are included in Section 15100. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit, in accordance with Section 01300-Submittals,complete sets of shop drawings of all items to be furnished under this Section. Submittals shall include complete layouts,schedules, location plans and complete total bill of materials for all pipe support systems. B. Submittals shall include a representative catalog cut for each different type of pipe hanger or support indicating the materials of construction, important dimensions and range of pipe sizes for which that hanger is suitable. Where standard hangers and/or supports are not suitable,submit detailed drawings showing materials and details of construction for each type of special hanger and/or support. Provide detailed information on anti-seize compound. C. Submittals shall include complete piping drawings as submitted for each piping submittal indicating type of hanger and/or support, location,magnitude of load transmitted to the structure and type of anchor, guide and other pipe supporting appurtenances including structural fasteners. D. Types and locations of pipe hangers and/or supports shall also be shown on the piping layouts for each piping submittal as specified in the respective Division. Service conditions for each piping system, including service temperatures,and operating and test pressures,are tabulated in the piping sections. E. Submit complete design data for pipe support systems to show conformance with this Section. ,. 0515-46014 15140-1 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry(MSS) - 1. MSS SP-58-Pipe Hangers and Supports-Materials,Design and Manufacture. 2. MSS SP-69-Pipe Hangers and Supports-Selection and Application. B. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM) 1. ASTM A36-Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A307-Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. C. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) -� 1. ANSI B31.1 -Power Piping. D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All hangers,supports and appurtenances shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of �. ANSI B31.1,except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this Section. B. All hangers,supports and appurtenances shall be of approved standard design where possible and shall be adequate to maintain the supported load in proper position under all operating conditions. The minimum working factor of safety for all supporting equipment,with the exception of springs, shall be five times the ultimate tensile strength of the material,assuming 10-ft of waterfrlled pipe being supported. '• C. All pipe and appurtenances connected to equipment shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent any strain being imposed on the equipment. When manufacturers have indicated requirements that piping loads shall not be transmitted to their equipment, submit certification stating that such requirements have been complied with. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All supports and hangers shall be crated,delivered and unrated so as to protect against any damage. B. All parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration shall occur during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation is completed. C. Finished metal surfaces not galvanized,that are not of stainless steel construction, or that are not coated, shall be grease coated,to prevent rust and corrosion. 0515-46014 15140-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. All of the equipment specified herein is intended to support the various types of pipe and piping systems shown on the Drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to develop final details and any details associated with special conditions not already covered to meet the system conditions(in particular system temperatures and pressures)specified in the respective Sections. B. All pipe and tubing shall be supported as required to prevent significant stresses in the pipe or tubing material,valves,fittings and other pipe appurtenances and to support and secure the pipe in the intended position and alignment. All supports shall be designed to adequately secure the pipe against excessive dislocation due to thermal expansion and contraction, internal flow forces and all probable external forces such as equipment,pipe and personnel contact. C. The Contractor may propose minor adjustments to the piping arrangements in order to simplify the supports,or in order to resolve minor conflicts in the work. Such an adjustment might involve minor change to a pipe centerline elevation so that a single trapeze support may be used. D. Where flexible couplings are required at equipment,the end opposite to the piece of equipment, shall be rigidly supported,to prevent transfer of force systems to the equipment. No fixed or restraining supports shall be installed between a flexible coupling and the piece of equipment. E. All pipe and appurtenances connected to the equipment shall be supported in a manner to prevent any strain from being imposed on the equipment or piping system. F. All rods,clamps,hangers, inserts, anchor bolts,brackets and components for interior pipe supports shall be fumished with galvanized finish,hot dipped or electro-galvanized coated, except where field welding is required,where cold-applied galvanizing may be used. Interior clamps on plastic pipe shall be plastic coated. Supports for copper pipe shall be copper plated or shall have a 1/16-in plastic coating. All rods,clamps,hangers, inserts,anchor bolts,brackets and components for exterior pipe,submerged pipe and pipe within outdoor structures shall be of Type 316 stainless steel. G. Supports shall be sufficiently close together such that the sag of the pipe is within limits that will permit drainage and avoid excessive bending stresses from concentrated loads between supports. H. All uninsulated non-metallic piping such as PVC,CPUC,etc, shall be protected from local stress concentrations at each support point. Protection shall be provided by galvanized steel protection shields or other method as approved by the Engineer. Where pipes are bottom supported 180 degrees,arc shields shall be furnished. Where 360 degree arc support is required, such as U bolts,protection shields shall be provided for the entire pipe circumference.Protection shields shall have an 18 gauge minimum thickness,not be less than 12-in in length and be securely fastened to pipe with stainless steel or galvanized metal straps not less than 1/2-in wide. I. All insulated pipe shall be furnished with a rigid foam insulating saddle at each pipe support _ location as specified under respective pipe insulation. Provide protection shields as specified in at each support location. 0515-46014 15140-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project J. Where pipe hangers and supports come in contact with copper piping provide protection from galvanic corrosion by;wrapping pipe with 1/16-in thick neoprene sheet material and galvanized protection shield; isolators similar to Elcen,Figure No.228;or copper plated or PVC coated hangers and supports. All stainless steel piping shall be isolated from all ferrous materials, including galvanized steel by use of neoprene sheet material and protection shields,similar to above methods. K. Pipe supports shall be provided as follows: 1. Cast iron and ductile iron, steel and stainless steel piping shall be supported at a maximum support spacing of 10-ft with a minimum of one support per pipe section at the joints. 2. Insofar as is possible,floor supports shall be given preference. Typical concrete supports are shown on the standard mechanical detail sheets. Base elbow and base tees shall be used where possible. 3. Support spacing for steel and stainless steel piping 2-in and smaller diameter and copper tubing shall not exceed 5-ft. 4. For all stainless steel piping,provide neoprene isolators between the pipe and support components. 5. Supports for multiple PVC plastic piping shall be continuous wherever possible. Individually supported PVC pipes shall be supported as recommended by the manufacturer except that support-spacing shall not exceed 3-ft. Multiple,suspended,horizontal plastic �. PVC pipe runs,where possible,shall be supported by ladder type cable trays such as the Electray Ladder by Husky-Burndy;the Globetray by the Metal Products, a Division of United Spates Gypsum,or equal. Ladder shall be of galvanized steel construction. Rung . spacing shall be 12-in. Tray width shall be approximately 6-in for single runs and 12-in for double runs. Ladder type cable trays shall be furnished complete with all hanger rods,rod couplings,concrete inserts,hanger clips,etc,required for a complete support system. Individual plastic pipes shall be secured to the rungs of the cable tray by strap clamps or fasteners similar to Globe,Model M-CAC;Husky-Burndy,Model SCR or equal. Spacing between clamps shall not exceed 9-ft. The cable trays shall provide continuous support along the length of the pipe. Individual clamps,hangers and supports in contact with plastic PVC pipe shall provide firm support but not so firm as to prevent longitudinal movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. 6. All vertical pipes shall be supported at each floor or at intervals of not more than 12-ft by approved pipe collars,clamps,brackets,or wall rests and at all points necessary to insure rigid construction. All vertical pipes passing through pipe sleeves shall be secured using a -.. pipe collar. 7. Pipe supports shall not induce point loadings but shall distribute pipe loads evenly along the pipe circumference. 8. Supports shall be provided at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown in the Drawings or as specified herein. No piping shall be supported from other piping or from metal stairs, ladders and walkways,unless specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer. 051546014 15140-4 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project 9. Pipe supports shall be provided to minimize lateral forces through valves, both sides of split type couplings and sleeve type couplings and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. -- Pump housings shall not be utilized to support connecting pipes. 10. Effects of thermal expansion and contraction of the pipe shall be accounted for in the pipe ®, support selection and installation. L. Unless otherwise specified herein,pipe hangers and supports shall be standard catalogued components,conforming to the requirements of MSS-SP-58 and-69;and shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Co.,Inc.,Providence,RI;Carpenter&Patterson,Inc.,Woburn,MA; F&S Central,Brooklyn NY;Elcen Metal Products Co.,Franklin Park,IL and Unistrut Northeast, Cambridge,MA or equal. Any reference to a specific figure number of a specific manufacturer is for the purpose of establishing a type and quality of product and shall not be considered as proprietary. M. Any required pipe supports for which the supports specified in this Section are not applicable shall be fabricated or constructed from standard structural steel shapes, concrete and anchor hardware similar to items previously specified herein and shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. N. Expansion anchors shall be equal to Kwik-Bolt as manufactured by the McCullock Industries, —� Minneapolis,MN or Wej-it by Wej-it Expansion Products,Inc.,Bloomfield,CO. The length of expansion bolts shall be sufficient to place the wedge portion of the bolt a minimum of 1-in behind the steel reinforcement. O. Hanger rods shall be hot rolled steel,machine threaded and galvanized after fabrication. The strength of the rod shall be based on its root diameter. Hanger rods shall be attached to concrete structures using concrete inserts similar to F&S,Figures 180, 571 or 150;or continuous concrete inserts per F&S. Inserts shall be malleable iron,or steel with galvanized finish. Beam clamps,C clamps or welded beam attachments shall be used for attaching hanger rods to structural steel members. Where necessary and approved by the Engineer,expansion anchors shall be used for attaching to concrete structures. 2.02 SINGLE PIPE HANGERS A. Single pipes shall be supported by hangers suspended by hanger rods from structural steel members,concrete ceilings,bottom of trapeze hangers and wall mounted steel angle brackets. B. Except as otherwise specified herein,pipe hangers shall be steel,of the adjustable clevis type similar to Grinnell,Figure No. 65,260 and 590 as required. C. Where pipes are near walls,beams,columns, etc, and located an excessive distance from ceilings or underside of beams,welded steel wall brackets similar to Carpenter and Patterson,Figure No. 69-68, 84 or 139 shall be used for hanging pipe. Where single pipes rest on top of bracket pipe supports,attachments shall meet requirements as specified under multiple pipe hangers. 2.03 MULTIPLE PIPE HANGERS A. Suspended multiple pipes,running parallel in the same horizontal plane,which are adjacent to each other shall be suspended by trapeze type hangers or wall brackets. Trapeze hangers shall 0515.46014 15140-5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project consist of galvanized structural steel channel supported from galvanized threaded rod or attached to concrete walls,columns or structural steel support members as required to meet the intent of this Section. Channel shall be similar to F&S,Figure 710,rods,concrete inserts, "C clamps, .� beam clamps,welded beam attachments and expansion shields shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.02 above. B. Except as otherwise specified herein pipe anchors used for attaching pipe to trapeze or multiple pipe wall brackets shall be anchor or pipe chairs similar to F&S,Figures 158,419, 160A, 160B as required. Material of construction shall be galvanized steel. Chair"U"bolts shall be tightened to allow freedom of movement for normal expansion and contraction except where pipe must be anchored to control direction of movement or act as a thrust anchor. 2.04 SINGLE AND MULTIPLE PIPE SUPPORTS A. Single pipes located in a horizontal plane close to the floor shall be supported by one of the methods as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. ^^ B. Pipes 3-in in diameter and larger shall be supported by adjustable stanchions similar to F&S, Figure 427. Stanchions shall provide at least 4-in adjustment and be flange mounted to floor. C. Pipes less than 3-in in diameter shall be held in position by supports fabricated from steel "C" channel,welded post base similar to Unistrut,Figure P2072A and pipe clamps similar to .. Unistrut, Figures P 1109 thru P 1126. Where required to assure adequate support,fabricate supports using two vertical members and post bases connected together by horizontal member of sufficient load capacity to support pipe. Wherever possible supports shall be fastened to nearby walls or other structural member to provide horizontal rigidity. More than one pipe may be supported from a common fabricated support. D. Where shown on the Drawings,pipe shall be supported using concrete anchor posts. Pipe shall be securely fastened to the posts using suitable metal straps as required and as approved. 2.05 WALL SUPPORTED PIPES A. Single or multiple pipes located adjacent to walls,columns or other structural members, whenever deemed necessary, shall be supported using welded steel wall brackets similar to Carpenter and Patterson,Figure No.69-78, 84,or 134;or"C"channel with steel brackets similar to Unistrut pipe clamps. All members shall be securely fastened to wall,column,etc, using double expansion shields or other method as approved by the Engineer. Additional wall bearing -� plates shall be provided where required. B. Pipe shall be attached to supports using methods specified herein to meet the intent of this ._ Section. 2.06 BASE ANCHOR SUPPORT A. Where pipes change direction from horizontal to vertical via a bend, a welded or cast base bend support shall be installed at the bend to carry the load. The base bend shall be fastened to the floor,pipe stanchion,or concrete pedestal using expansion anchors or other method as approved by the Engineer. 0515-46014 15140-6 ,� City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project B. Where shown on the Drawings,pipe bends shall be supported using concrete anchor posts. Pipes shall be securely fastened to the concrete supports with suitable metal bands as required and approved by the Engineer. A felt insert shall be used to isolate the piping from the poured concrete. 2.07 VERTICAL PIPE SUPPORTS A. Where vertical pipes are not supported by a Unistrut system as specified in Paragraph 2.08 below, they shall be supported in one of the following methods. 1. For pipes 1/4-in to 2-in in diameter,an extension hanger ring shall be provided with an extension rod and hanger flange. The rod diameter shall be as recommended by the r, manufacturer for the type of pipe to be supported. The hanger ring shall be steel or PVC clad depending on the supported pipe. The hanger ring shall be equal to Carpenter& Paterson,Figure No. 81 or 81CT. The anchor flange shall be galvanized malleable iron similar to Carpenter and Patterson,Figure No. 85. 2. For pipes equal to or greater than 2-in in diameter extended pipe clamps similar to Carpenter and Patterson,Figure No.267 may be used. The hanger shall be attached to concrete structures using double expansion shields, or to steel support members using welding lugs similar to Carpenter and Patterson,Figure No.220. 3. Pipe riser clamps shall be used to support all vertical pipes extending through floor slabs. Riser clamps shall be steel similar to Carpenter and Patterson,Figure No. 126. Copper clad or PVC coated clamps shall be used on copper pipes. Insulation shall be removed from insulated pipes prior to installing riser clamps. Insulation shall not be damaged by clamp installation. 4. Unless otherwise specified,shown,or specifically approved by the Engineer,vertical runs exceeding 12-ft shall be supported by base elbows/tees,clamps,brackets,wall rests and pipe collars,all located as required to ensure a rigid installation. 2.08 SPECIAL SUPPORTS ' A. Pipe supports shall be provided for closely spaced vertical piping systems required to provide a rigid installation. The interval of vertical support spacing shall be as specified,but in no case shall vertical interval exceed 10-ft. The support system shall consist of a framework suitably - anchored to floors,ceilings or roofs. B. Vertical and horizontal supporting members shall be U shaped channels similar to Unistrut, Series P1000. Vertical piping shall be secured to the horizontal members by pipe clamps or pipe straps. All components shall be of steel. C. For piping 3-in and smaller,the framework shall be as manufactured by the Unistrut Corporation; Globe-Strut as manufactured by the Metal Products Division of U.S.Gypsum or equal. For piping larger than 3-in,the support frame shall be fabricated from structural steel shapes and secured through the use of expansion anchors. D. The assemblies shall be furnished complete with all nuts,bolts and fittings required for a complete assembly including end caps for all unistruts members. 1:Vr17 9V�liL�: d��vV���� 051546014 15140-7 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project E. The design of each individual framing system shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Shop drawings,as specified above shall be submitted and shall show all details of the installation, �. including dimensions and types of supports. In all instances the completed frame shall be adequately braced to provide a complete rigid structure when all the piping has been attached. F. Supports not otherwise described in this Section shall be unistrut-type frame;have anchor hardware similar to items previously specified herein,shall meet the minimum requirements listed below and be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 1. Pipe support systems shall meet all requirements of this Section and all related Sections. 2. Complete design details of the pipe support system and system components shall be '- submitted for review and approval as specified in PART 1. No hanger or support shall be installed without the written approval of the Engineer. 3. The pipe support system shall not impose loads on the supporting structures in excess of the loads for which the supporting structure is designed. 2.09 SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PRIME PAINTING A. All surfaces shall be prepared and shop painted as part of the work of this Section. Surface preparation and shop painting shall be as specified in Section 09901. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Proceed with the installation of piping and supports only after any building structural work has been completed and new concrete has reached its 28-day compressive strength. B. The installation of pipe support systems shall in no way interfere with the operation of the overhead bridge cranes,monorails,access hatches,etc. C. The installed systems shall not interfere with maintenance and operational access to any equipment installed under this Section,or any other related Section. D. All pipes horizontal and vertical,requiring rigid support shall be supported from the building �. structure by approved methods. Supports shall be provided at changes in direction and elsewhere as shown in the Drawings or as specified herein. No piping shall be supported from metal stairs, ladders and walkways unless specifically directed or authorized by the Engineer. E. All pipe supports shall be designed with liberal strength and stiffness to support the respective pipes under the maximum combination of peak loading conditions to include pipe weight, liquid weight, liquid movement and pressure forces,thermal expansion and contraction,vibrations and all probable externally applied forces. Prior to installation,all pipe supports shall be approved by the Engineer. 051546014 15140-8 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Project F. Pipe supports shall be provided to minimize lateral forces through valves,both sides of split type couplings and sleeve type couplings(within four pipe diameters)and to minimize all pipe forces on pump housings. Pump housings shall not be utilized to support connecting pipes. G. Inserts for pipe hangers and supports shall be installed on forms before concrete is placed. Before setting these items,all Drawings and figures shall be checked which have a direct bearing on the pipe location. Responsibility for the proper location of pipe supports is included under this Section. H. Continuous metal inserts shall be embedded flush with the concrete surface. I. Apply anti-seize compound to all nuts and bolts. Supports installed without the approved compound shall be dismantled and correctly installed,at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 TESTING A. All pipe support systems shall be tested for compliance with this Section. After installation,each pipe support system shall be tested in conjunction with the respective piping pressure tests. If any part of the pipe support system proves to be defective or inadequate, it shall be repaired or augmented under this Section to the satisfaction of the Engineer. END OF SECTION 051546014 15140-9 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS PART GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A Furnish all labor,materials and equipment required to install,test and provide an operational, electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings. B The work shall include furnishing,installing and testing the equipment and materials detailed in the following specification Sections: Section Title 16000 Electrical-General Provisions 16110 Raceways,Boxes,Fittings and Supports 16120 Wires and Cables(600V Maximum) 16121 Medium Voltage Cable 16151 Horizontal Medium Voltage Electric Motors 16170 Metal Framing 16191 Miscellaneous Equipment 16345 Medium Voltage Switchgear 16411 Power System Study 16485 Medium Voltage Class E2 Combination SS Motor Controllers C The work shall include the cost,furnishing and installing the following in the contract price: 1 Conduit,wire and field connections for all motors,motor controllers,control devices, control panels and electrical equipment furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications. The Contractor shall coordinate with the supplier of electrical equipment specified under other Divisions. 2 Conduit,wiring and terminations for all field-mounted instruments furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications,including process instrumentation primary elements,transmitters,local indicators and control panels. Lightning and surge protection equipment wiring at process instrumentation transmitters. Install vendor furnished cables specified under other Divisions of these Specifications. 3 Power wiring for all heating,ventilating,and air conditioning equipment furnished under other Divisions of these Specifications,including power wiring for 120V unit heater motors and thermostats. D The electrical subcontractor for this project shall have the following minimum qualifications. 1 A minimum of five years in business 2 Previous experience in large water and wastewater projects. F1600o.doc 16000-1 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3 Previous work experience in medium voltage Switchgear and large horsepower motors. 1.02 RELATED WORK A Concrete work is specified in Division 3. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01300 for equipment,materials and other items furnished under Division 16. B Shop drawings shall be submitted for the following equipment: 1 Raceways,Boxes and Fittings 2 Wires and Cables 3 Medium Voltage Cable 4 Medium Voltage Switchgear 5 Medium Voltage E2 Comb SS Motor Controllers 6 Medium Voltage Horizontal Electric Motors 7 Miscellaneous Equipment(as specified in Section 16191) C Check each shop drawing for accuracy and contract requirements prior to submittal. Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked and a statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to Specifications and Drawings. Shop Drawings shall be organized by specification section and shall be clearly marked to indicate which items are applicable on each cut sheet page.This statement shall also list all exceptions to the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings not so checked and noted shall be returned. Shop drawings shall be complete per each Section. Partial shop drawings are not acceptable,and may be so noted and returned. D The Engineer's check shall be for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the Specifications and Drawings. Errors and omissions on approved shop w drawings shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings. E All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all other trades. F Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved. No material shall be ordered or shop work started if shop drawings are marked"APPROVED AS NOTED-CONFIRM", "APPROVED AS NOTED-RESUBMIT"or"NOT APPROVED". F16000.doc 16000-2 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion G Operation and Maintenance Data 1 Submit operations and maintenance data for equipment furnished under this Division, in accordance with Section 01730. The manuals shall be prepared specifically for this installation and shall include catalog data sheets,drawings,equipment lists, descriptions,parts lists,etc,to instruct operating and maintenance personnel unfamiliar with such equipment. 2 Manuals shall include the following as a minimum: a A comprehensive index. b A complete"As-Built"set of approved shop drawings. C A complete list of the equipment supplied,including serial numbers,ranges and pertinent data. d A table listing of the "as left"settings for all timing relays and alarm and trip set points. e System schematic drawings "As-Built",illustrating all components,piping and electric connections of the systems supplied under this Section. f Detailed service,maintenance and operation instructions for each item supplied. g Special maintenance requirements particular to this system shall be clearly defined,along with special calibration and test procedures. -" h The operating instructions shall also incorporate a functional description of the entire system,with references to the systems schematic drawings and instructions. i Complete parts list with stock numbers,including spare parts. -- 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A Electric equipment,materials and installation shall comply with the current National -- Electrical Code(NEC)and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 1 National Electrical Safety Code(NESC) 2 Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA) 3 National Fire Protection Association(NFPA) 4 National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA) F160oo.aoc 16000-3 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 5 American National Standards Institute(ANSI) 6 Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ILEA) 7 Instrument Society of America(ISA) 8 Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL) 9 Factory Mutual,Inc. 10 International Electrical Testing Association(META) B Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. C All materials and equipment,for which a UL standard exists,shall bear a UL Label signifying compliance with the applicable standard. Such material or equipment shall have the label attached prior to being brought onsite. 1.05 AREA CLASSIFICATION&ENCLOSURE TYPES A Unless otherwise specified herein or shown on the Drawings,electrical enclosures and associated installations shall have the following ratings: 1 NEMA 1 for dry,indoor,above grade locations. 2 NEMA 4X 316 Stainless steel for all other locations on the project. 1.06 ELECTRIC POWER SERVICE AND METERING A The existing power for the pump station is 4160 Volts,3 Phase, 3 Wire,obtained from a "- TXU Electric Utility Company provided pad-mounted transformer,and a primary metering unit,located as shown on the Drawings.Conduits for the new electrical service are existing between the service pole,utility company's transformer,power metering unit(PMU)and the pump station,except for a new conduit riser,which the Contractor shall extend up the existing power company utility pole-The Contractor shall install the TXU furnished pad- mounted transformer and PMU.TXU will furnish and install service conductors between the service pole,pad-mounted transformer and the PMU.The Contractor shall install the new service in existing conduits between the PMU and the pump station. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation of the new electrical service with the TXU. B The Electric Utility shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary right-of way easements. C The Owner will provide payment to TXU for the pad-mounted transformer,PMU and other work performed by TXU.The Contractor shall coordinate schedules for work done by TXU. The contact person for TXU is Mr. Tim Dolan at(817)624-6063. F 16000.doc 16000-4 1114105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion D The Contractor shall coordinate the work with Electric Utility Company,and provide all conduits,fittings,grounding devices,and all service conductors not provided by the Electric Utility Company. E The Contractor shall verify the exact project site electric service equipment locations. F The Contractor shall obtain all permits and shall include the cost for all inspection fees in the Contract Price. G The Contractor shall include all connection fees,and turn-on fees. 1.07 CODES,INSPECTION AND FEES A Equipment,materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. B Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 1.08 TESTS AND SETTINGS . A Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work. Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. B Make the following minimum tests and checks prior to energizing electrical equipment: 1 Mechanical inspection,testing and setting of circuit breakers,disconnect switches, motor starters,control equipment,etc for proper operation. 2 Test Medium Voltage Solid State Starters as specified in Section 16485. 3 Test 600 volt wires and cables as specified in Section 16120. 4 Test Medium Voltage Cable as specified in Section 16121. 5 Test Medium Voltage Switchgear as specified in Section 16345. 6 Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 7 Field set transformer taps to obtain the proper secondary voltage. 8 Check motor nameplates for convect phase and voltage. Check bearings for proper lubrication. 9 Check the ampere rating of thermal overloads for motors and submit a typed record to the Engineer of same,including MCC cubicle location and load designation,motor service factor,horsepower,full load current and starting code letter. If inconsistencies are found,new thermal elements shall be supplied and installed. F16000.doc 16000-5 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 10 Check rotation of motors prior to energization. Disconnect driven equipment if damage could occur due to wrong rotation. If it rotates in the wrong direction, correct it. 11 Check interlocking,control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic and wiring diagrams. 12 Verify all terminations at transformers,equipment,panels and enclosures by producing a 1-2-3 rotation on a phase sequenced motor when connected to"A", 'B" and"C"phases. 13 Set the Multilin Relays per the results of the Coordination Study. C Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Engineer at least two weeks in advance. Provide qualified test personnel,instruments and test equipment. D Make the following minimum tests and checks prior to energizing electrical equipment. Testing shall be performed by an independent NETA certified testing firm. Submit test reports upon completion in accordance with Section 01300. 1 Test and calibrate protective relays and circuit breakers,including setting motor/pump alarm and trip parameters.Test,calibrate and set the main breaker relay. 1.09 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A The Drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs. Coordinate the conduit installation with existing and proposed underground structures,pipes and utilities, and with other trades and the actual supplied equipment. B Install each 3-phase circuit in a separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer,conduit shown exposed shall be installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. D Where circuits are shown as"home-runs"all necessary fittings and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. E Verify the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures,switches and receptacles prior to installation. F Except where dimensions are shown,the locations of equipment,fixtures,outlets and similar devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer during construction. Obtain information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. F16000.doc 16000-6 11/4105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion G Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings,or other installation details. Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power,lighting and other electrical systems shown. H The Contractor at his/her own expense shall do redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the Contractor's use of an alternate item,arrangement of equipment and/or layout other than specified herein. Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. No additional compensation will be provided for changes in the work,either his/her own or others,caused by such redesign. I Raceways and conductors for lighting,switches,receptacles and other miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified are not shown on the Drawings. Raceways and conductors shall be provided as required for a complete and operating system. Refer to riser diagrams for signal system wiring. Homeruns,as shown on the Drawings,are to assist the Contractor in identifying raceways to be run exposed and raceways to be run concealed. Raceways installed exposed shall be near the ceiling or along walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts,cranes hoists, monorails,equipment hatches,doors,windows,etc. Raceways installed concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs,above suspended ceilings,or in partitions as required. J The Contractor shall run all conduit and wire to the PLC termination cabinet,where designated on the drawings. The Contractor shall rum all conduit and wire as shown on the drawings. The conduit and wire as shown on the interface drawings may not necessarily be shown on the floor plan. K Install conductors carrying low voltage signals(typically twisted shielded pair cables)in raceways totally separate from all other raceways containing power or 120 volt control conductors. 1.10 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT A Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure. B The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling. When - equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas,brace the equipment to insure that the tilting does.not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS A As the work progresses,legibly record all field changes on a set of project contract drawings, hereinafter called the"record drawings". B Record drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 1 One-line Diagrams. 2 Raceways and pull boxes. F16000.doc 16000-7 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3 Conductor sizes and conduit fills. 4 Control Wiring Diagrams. 5 Plan view,sizes and locations of switchgear,distribution transformers,substations, motor control centers and panelboards. C Submit a schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers,including the following information: 1 Circuit origin,destination and wire numbers. 2 Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers. D As an alternate,point-to-point connection diagrams showing the same information may be submitted in place of the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers. E Submit the record drawings and the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers (or the point-to-point connection diagram)to the Engineer. 1.12 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS A Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other Divisions of this Specification and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables. Submit copies of wiring diagrams or tables with Record Drawings. B Furnish and install all equipment interconnections. 1.13 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A Materials and equipment shall be new,except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be re-used. B Material and equipment of the same type shall be the product of one manufacturer and shall be UL listed. 1.14 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A Identify equipment(disconnect switches,separately mounted motor starters,control stations, etc)furnished under Division 16 with the name of the equipment it serves. Motor control centers,control panels,panelboards,switchboards,switchgear,junction or terminal boxes, transfer switches,etc shall have nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings. B Nameplates shall be engraved,laminated plastic,not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in with 3/16-in high white letters on a black background. C Nameplates shall be screw mounted to all enclosures. Provide gaskets to seal the screw hole penetrations such that the NEMA rating of the enclosure is not violated. Nameplates shall F I6000.doc 16000-8 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion NOT be bonded any enclosure type using an epoxy or similar permanent waterproof adhesive. Two sided foam adhesive tape is not acceptable. Where the equipment size does not have space for mounting a nameplate-the nameplate shall be permanently fastened to the adjacent mounting surface. PART 2 PRODUCTS(NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors,walls,partitions,etc. Locate all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. B Exact locations are required for stubbing-up and terminating concealed conduit. Obtain shop drawings and templates from equipment vendors or other subcontractors and locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured. C Where setting drawings are not available in time to avoid delay in scheduled floor slab pours, the Engineer may allow the installations of such conduit to be exposed. Requests for this deviation must be submitted in writing. No additional compensation for such change will be allowed. D Seal all openings,sleeves,penetration and slots as specified in Section 16110. -. 3.02 CUTTING AND PATCHING A Cutting and patching shall be done in a thoroughly workmanlike manner. Saw cut concrete and masonry prior to breaking out sections. B Core drill holes in concrete floors and walls as required. C Install work at such time as to require the minimum amount of cutting and patching. D Do not cut joists,beams,girders, columns or any other structural members. E Cut opening only large enough to allow easy installation of the conduit. F Patching to be of the same kind and quality of material as was removed. G The completed patching work shall restore the surface to its original appearance or better. H Patching of waterproofed surfaces shall render the area of the patching completely waterproofed. I Remove rubble and excess patching materials from the premises. 3.03 INSTALLATION F1600o.doa 16000-9 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion A Any work not installed according to the Drawings and Specifications shall be subject to change as directed by the Engineer. No extra compensation will be allowed for making these changes. B Electrical equipment shall be protected at all times against mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical equipment shall not be stored outdoors. Electrical equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters. Do not install electrical equipment in its permanent location until structures are weather-tight. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water,it shall be thoroughly dried out and tested as directed by the Engineer,or shall be replaced at no additional cost at the Engineer's discretion. C Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment manufacturer,at the Engineer's discretion. D Repaint any damage to factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. The entire damaged panel or section shall be repainted per the field painting specifications in Section 09902,at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.04 MANUFACTURERS SERVICE A Provide manufacturer's services for testing and start-up of the equipment as listed in Table 16000-1. B Testing and startup shall not be combined with training. Testing and start-up time shall not be used for manufacturers warranty repairs. C Each trip for start-up will consist of 2 days each and each day an 8-hour duration. Travel time shall not be considered as part of the 8 hours. D The Contractor shall provide the cost of start-up for each equipment as a separate cost on this breakdown of values. If all the training trips are not required for the project,the Owner shall have the option of extended warranty in spare parts. 3.05 TRAINING A Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment as listed in Table 16000-1. B The cost of training programs to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction,insofar as practicable,shall be directly related to the System being supplied. C Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training courses. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. D The training program shall represent a comprehensive program covering all aspects of the operation and maintenance of each system. F16000.doc 16000-10 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion E All training schedules shall be coordinated with and at the convenience of the Owner. Shift training may be required to correspond to the Owner's working schedule. F Within 120 days of contract award to the Contractor,submit an overview of the proposed training plan. This overview shall include,for each course proposed: 1 An overview of the training plan. 2 Course title and objectives. 3 Prerequisite training and experience of attendees. 4 Recommended types of attendees. 5 Course Content-A topical outline. 6 Course Duration. 7 Course Location-Training center or jobsite. b. 8 Course Format-Lecture,laboratory demonstration,etc. 9 Schedule of training courses including dates,duration and locations of each class. 10 Resumes of the instructors who will actually implement the plan. G The Engineer will review the training plan submittal with the Owner. H Five(5)separately bound typewritten copies of all test reports and related manufacturer's data shall be submitted to the Engineer. The cost of all testing shall be included in the bid. I The Contractor shall provide the Owner with qualified factory trained personnel to perform the training. The trainers qualifications must be sent with the proposed training schedule subject to the Owner's acceptance of the trainer. If the Owner determines that the proposed trainer is not qualified,the contractor shall submit substitute trainers with the respective qualifications for the Owner's acceptance. J Refer to Table 1600-1 for testing and training duration. The cost of the testing and training at the job site shall be included in the bid. The testing and startup shall be performed by a factory trained service Engineer. Training by Contractor or sales representative will not be acceptable. Table 16000-1 Manufacturer's Testing and Training Schedule Training Equipment Startup/Testing No. of Days TNo. of People F 16000.doc 16000-11 1114105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Medium Voltage Switchgear Yes/Min-4 Trips 1 Day 6 Medium Voltage SS Yes/Min.-4 Trips 1 Day 6 Motor Controllers 3.06 TESTING A Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. B Make the tests and checks prior to energizing electrical equipment as per Paragraph 1.08 Tests and Settings. C Motors 1 At the time of motor receipt,each motor shall be visually inspected for any physical damage,and tested per the test form included herein. 2 All voltage motors shall be provided with adequate heating during storage. 3 Before energizing the machine,visually inspect for serviceability. Check manufacturer's instruction manual for correct lubrication and ventilation. Verify that proper alignment has been performed. Check name plate for electrical power ^-^ requirements. 4 Test run all motors,preferably uncoupled or unloaded,before placing into regular service. A check on the motor for rotation,speed and current to be made and results recorded. The proper color codes for phase identifications to be maintained. This may require lead swaps at the motor for proper rotation. A motor phase rotation meter should be used prior to connection at motor to prevent late swaps. D Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Engineer at least two weeks in advance. Provide qualified test personnel,instruments and test equipment. E Complete the following test forms: 1 Motor Control Centers,Switchboards and Panelboards Test Report: Before energizing any switchboard,panelboard or motor control center,etc.,the Contractor shall perform megohm meter tests. The measurements shall be made on all phase busing and the data checked for conformance with typical manufacturer's data. The tests must adhere to manufacturer's testing recommendations for the proper testing methods and test voltage levels for each piece of equipment. Readings that fall below " manufacturer's recommended values will not be acceptable and the Contractor shall be required to perform any necessary remedial action before the busing is energized. F16000.doc 16000-12 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion A data sheet shall be submitted to the Engineer for each MCC,switchgear or panelboard supplied. The test report shall include the following equipment information: a MCC(SB OR PNL)NAME AND NUMBER: b MCC(SB OR PNL)MANUFACTURER c MCC(SB OR PNL)NAMEPLATE DATA: VOLTS: - HORIZONTAL BUS AMPS: MAIN BREAKER AMPS: d INSULATION TEST(MEASURED): PHASE A-B: PHASE B-C: PHASE C-A: - PHASE A-G: PHASE B-G: PHASE C-G: e TEMPERATURE OF MCC(OR SB)DURING TEST(DEG. F): f EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTED DURING TEST: g DATE OF TEST: h TESTED BY: F Where test reports show unsatisfactory results,the Engineer may require the removal of all defective or suspected materials,equipment and/or apparatus,and their replacement with new items,all at no cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear all cost for any retesting. END OF SECTION F1600o.doc 16000-13 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS,BOXES,FITTINGS AND SUPPORTS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Raceways and conductors that are listed on the motor control center one lines, instrument interface diagrams and panel board schedules are generally shown by a homerun on the plans, except where they are required to pass through a restricted or designated space. Except for underground runs of encased PVC with PVC coated rigid galvanized steel risers, all conduits shall be Aluminum. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 16120: Wires and Cables(600 Volt Maximum) B. Section 16121: Medium Voltage Cable 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The manufacturers'names and product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified shall be submitted. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit 1. PVC coated rigid steel conduit shall have a minimum 0.040-in thick,polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to hot-dipped galvanized steel conduit and an internal chemically cured urethane or enamel coating. The ends of all couplings, fittings,etc,shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter in length of PVC overlap. PVC conduit and fittings shall be manufactured by Occidental Coating Company, "Plasti-Bond Red"as manufactured by Robroy Industries;Triangle PWC Inc. or equal. B. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 1. PVC conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride schedule 40 as manufactured by Carlon; An Indian Head Co.; Kraloy Products Co., Inc.; Highland Plastics Inc. or equal. Thinwall conduit designated for encased burial as(Type EB)is not acceptable in any application. F161 10.doc 16110-1 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. Rigid Aluminum Conduit 1. Rigid Aluminum conduit shall be extruded from 6063 alloy in tamper designation T-1 with maximum 0.1%copper content and shall conform to FED Spec W W-C-540C ANSI C80-5 and UL-6. D. Liquidtight Flexible Aluminum Conduit,Couplings and Fittings 1. Liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum core,PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees C.,meets NEL Article 351,UL 360 as manufactured by the Anaconda Metal Hose Div.;Anaconda American Brass Co.;American Flexible Conduit Co.,Inc.;Universal Metal Hose Co.;ALFLEX or equal. _ 2. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall be extruded from 6063 alloy in temper designation T-1 with maximum 0.1%copper contact and shall conform to FEDSPEC WW-C-540C ANSI C80.5,and UL-6. E. Boxes and Fittings 1. NEMA 4X terminal boxes,junction boxes and pull boxes shall be 304 stainless steel with stainless steel hardware and gasketed covers. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with hinged doors, terminal mounting straps and brackets. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA type, not less than 20 Amps., 600 Volt. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co.;Lee Products Co.;Keystone/Rees,Inc.or equal. 2. NEMA 12 terminal boxes,junction boxes,pull boxes etc., shall be sheet aluminum unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Boxes shall have continuously welded seams. ri Welds shall be ground smooth. Boxes shall be flanged and shall not have holes or knockouts. Box bodies shall not be less than 14 gauge metal and covers shall not be less than 12 gauge metal. All boxes shall have hinged, gasketed doors with 316 stainless steel clamps or quick locking devices. Terminal boxes shall be furnished with terminal mounting straps and brackets. Terminal blocks shall be NEMA type,not less than 20A., 600V. Boxes shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co.;Lee Products Co.; ASCO Electrical products Co.,Inc. or equal. 3. All boxes and fittings used with PVC coated conduit shall be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to the metal, the same thickness as used on the coated rigid steel - conduit.The ends of couplings and fittings shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter PVC overlap to cover threads and provide a seal. The fitting coating manufacturer shall be the same as the conduit coating manufacturer,and shall be the same coating system. -- 4. Cast or malleable iron device boxes shall not be used. 5. Elbows and couplings shall be PVC coated by the same manufacturer supplying the conduit PVC coating system. Elbows and couplings used with PVC coated conduit shall be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to the steel,the same thickness as used on the coated aluminum conduit. 6. Conduit hubs shall be as manufactured by Myers Electric Products,Inc.or equal. F16110.doc 16110-2 1114/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 7. Conduit wall seals for new concrete walls below grade shall be O.Z./Gedney Co.type WSK; Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co.type WDP or equal. 8. Conduit wall seals for cored holes shall be type CSML as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co.or equal. 9. Conduit wall and floor seals for sleeved openings shall be type CSMI as manufactured u. by the O.Z./Gedney Co. or equal. 10. Combination expansion-deflection fittings embedded in concrete shall be Type XD as manufactured by the Crouse-Hinds Co.;O.Z./Gedney Co.;Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co.or equal. 11. Combination expansion-deflection fittings installed exposed shall be Type XJ as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Co.;O.Z.Gedney Co.;Spring City Electrical Mfg.Co. or equal. 12. Conduit sealing bushings shall be O.Z./Gedney Type CSB or equal. 13. Where used with PVC-coated conduit,fittings shall be coated by the same manufacturer supplying the conduit coating. Provide the same coating system. F. Conduit Mounting Equipment 1. All conduit support clamps,channel,nut,bolts,washers,etc.shall be 316 stainless steel. All fastener hardware shall be 316 stainless steel. G. Conduit Identification Plates 1. Conduit identification plates shall be embossed stainless steel with stainless steel band, permanently secured to the conduit without screws. 2. Identification plates shall be as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. or equal. H. Wall and Floor Slab Opening Seals 1. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with"FLAME-SAFE"as manufactured by the Thomas&Betts Corp.;Pro Set Systems;Neer Mfg. Co.; Specified Technologies, Inc. or equal. I. Wireway 1. NEMA 4X wireway shall be 304 stainless steel with gasketed hinged covers and stainless steel screws. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS F1611o.doc 16110-3 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion A. Unless exact locations are shown on the Drawings,the Contractor shall coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and existing installations. B. Unless shown on the drawings or specified otherwise,the conduit type installed with respect to the location shall be as follows: Conduit Type Location 1. Rigid Galvanized Conduit Not acceptable for use. 2. PVC Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel All embedded conduit bends(except underground duct banks)and all conduit stub-ups to a minimum of 6"above finished floor or grade. 3. Liquidtight Flexible Aluminum Raceway connection to motors or vibrating equipment in all areas. 4. Rigid Non-metallic,Schedule 40 Underground encased in red dyed reinforced concrete. 5. Aluminum Rigid Metal Conduit All areas,except for concrete embedded and those areas described in Locations#2 through#4 above. C. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. 3.02 BOX APPLICATIONS A. All boxes shall have NEMA ratings suitable for the location in which they are installed, as specified in Section 16000. B. All boxes and enclosures shall be mounted using stainless steel Unistrut-type slotted channel and M stainless steel mounting hardware. C. All boxes and enclosures shall be provided with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or enclosure is prohibited,and if so installed shall be removed and replaced with no increase in the Contract Price or Construction Schedule. 3.03 FITTINGS APPLICATIONS -p A. Combination expansion-deflection fittings shall be used where conduits cross structure expansion joints. Refer to Structural Drawings for expansion joint locations. Provide bonding jumpers , around fittings. B. Conduit wall seals shall be used where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other locations F16110.doc 16110-4 11/4/05 , City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion shown on the Drawings. C. Conduit sealing bushings shall be used to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings. D. Expansion fitting on exterior conduits risers,where such risers terminate in equipment attached to masonry structures. 3.04 INSTALLATION .. A. No conduit smaller than 3/4-in electrical trade size shall be used,nor shall any have more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any one run. Pull boxes shall be provided as required or directed. B. No wire shall be pulled until the conduit system is complete in all details; in the case of concealed work,until all rough plastering or masonry has been completed;in the case of exposed work,until the conduit system has been completed in every detail. C. The ends of all conduits shall be tightly plugged to exclude dust and moisture during construction. Plugging with tape is prohibited,even for a temporary time. D. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways, shall be spaced at intervals of 8-ft or less, as required to obtain rigid construction. E. All conduit support anchors and mounting hardware shall be 316 SS stainless steel. F. All slotted channel used for conduit supports shall be 316 SS stainless steel or aluminum. G. All conduits transitioning from underground to exposed shall use PVC-coated galvanized steel elbows. H. All medium voltage conduit bends,whether underground or exposed shall be long radius factory elbows. I. PVC shall not be used for any bends greater than 20 degrees. J. An open flame shall not be used to bend any conduit. Small degree bends in PVC conduit shall be made with a manufacturer's recommended heat box,which automatically limits the heating of the conduit to safe levels. K. Single conduits shall be supported by means of one hole pipe clamps in combination with one-screw back plates,to raise conduits from the surface. Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on stainless steel trapeze type hangers with steel horizontal members and threaded hanger rods. The rods shall be not less than 3/8-in diameter. Surface mounted panel boxes, junction boxes, conduit, etc shall be supported by spacers to provide a minimum of 1/2-in clearance between wall and equipment. L. Conduit hangers shall be attached to structural steel by means of 316 stainless steel beam or channel clamps. Where attached to concrete surfaces,concrete inserts of the spot type shall be provided. F16110.doe 16110-5 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion M. All conduits on exposed work,within partitions and above suspended ceilings, shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding wall and shall conform to the form of the ceiling. No diagonal runs will be allowed. Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric.All conduit shall be run perfectly straight and true. N. Conduit terminating in NEMA 4X and 12 enclosures shall be terminated with Myers type conduit hubs. O. Conduits containing equipment grounding conductors and terminating in boxes shall have insulated throat-grounding bushings. The wire shall be grounded to the box. P. Conduits shall be installed using threaded fittings. Q. Liquidtight flexible conduit shall be used for all motor terminations,the primary and secondary of transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. The flexible metal conduit shall be installed at the point of connection to the vibrating equipment only.The maximum length of flexible metal conduit shall be limited to a length not greater than a 90 degree long radius factory elbow of the same diameter.Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall not be used in any applications other than the locations described above,except with the specific approval of the Engineer. R. Flexible couplings shall be used in hazardous locations for all motor terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. S. Where conduits pass through openings in walls or floor slabs,the remaining openings shall be sealed against the passage of flame and smoke. T. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases shall be sealed with conduit sealing bushings. U. Expansion fittings shall be used on exposed runs of aluminum conduit where required for thermal expansion. Installation and number of fittings shall be as recommended by manufacturer. V. All conduits from external sources entering or leaving a motor control center, switchboard or other multiple compartment enclosure shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated area,directly below the vertical section in which the conductors �.. are to be terminated. Conduits entering from cable tray shall be stubbed into the upper section. W. Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed in areas designated as NEMA 4X or 7. X. A conduit identification plate shall be installed on all power,instrumentation,alarm and control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes,manholes,etc. Conduit plates shall be installed before conductors are pulled into conduits. Exact identification plate location shall be coordinated with the Engineer at the time of installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. Conduit numbers shall be exactly as shown on the Drawings. Y. Conduits noted as spare shall be capped or plugged at both ends with easily removable fittings. Z. Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new F16110.doc 16110-6 11/4J05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion conduits 2-in in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. AA. 3/16-in polypropylene pull lines shall be installed in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equipment. BB. All conduits that may under any circumstance contain liquids such as water,condensation,liquid chemicals,etc,shall be arranged to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not possible,conduit seals shall be used to plug the conduits. CC. Where no type or size is indicated for junction boxes,pull boxes or terminal cabinets,they shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of N.E.C.Article 370. DD. Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts,access hatches or vent duct openings. They shall be routed to avoid such present or future openings in floor or ceiling construction. EE. The use of running threads is prohibited. Where such threads are necessary,a 3-piece union shall be used. FF. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces,exterior spaces,refrigerated spaces,cold air plenums, etc, shall be sealed with "Duxseal" as manufactured by Manville or seal fitting to prevent the accumulation of condensation. GG. Conduits shall be located a minimum of 3-in from steam or hot water piping. Where crossings are unavoidable,the conduit shall be kept at least 1-in from the covering of the pipe crossed. HH. All underground duct banks and single conduit runs shall be concrete encased. END OF SECTION F16110.doc 16110-7 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16120 WIRES AND CABLES (600 VOLT MAXIMUM) PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install and test all wire, cable and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Instrumentation and Control Systems are specified under Division 13. B. Section 16110: Raceways;Boxes,Fittings and Supports 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit catalog information in accordance with Section 16000. B. Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.04 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Carefully handle all conductors to avoid links and damage to insulation. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Wires and cables shall be of annealed,98 percent conductivity,soft drawn copper. B. All conductors shall be stranded. C. Except for control,signal and instrumentation circuits,wire smaller than No. 12 AWG shall not be used. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. Wire for lighting,receptacles and other circuits not exceeding 150 volts to ground shall be NEC type THHN/THWN as manufactured by Superior Essex,Aetna or equal. B. Wire for circuits over 150 volts to ground shall be NEC type THHN/THWN for sizes#6 AWG and smaller and shall be NEC type XHHW for sizes#4 and larger as manufactured by Superior Essex,Aetna, or equal. 16120.doc 16120-1 O �K; FT. NTH, TEX. City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2.03 CONTROL,STATUS AND ALARM WIRE A. Wire shall be No.14 AWG NEC type TfIHN/THWN, stranded as manufactured by Superior Essex,Aetna or equal. B. Multi-conductor control cable,where shown on the Drawings,shall be stranded,No.14 AWG 600V, polyvinyl chloride insulated, nylon jacket over insulation, polyvinyl chloride jacket overall,Type TC as manufactured by Superior Essex or equal. 2.04 INSTRUMENTATION WIRE A. Wire for 4-20 ma,R.T.D.,potentiometer and similar signals shall be TC rated and shall be: 1. Single pair cable: Conductors: 2#16 stranded and twisted on 2-in lay Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 105 degree C rating Shield: 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire -" Jacket: PVC with UL and manufacturers identification Max overall diameter: 0.262-in Misc: UL listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Belden or equal 2. Three conductor(triad)cable: Conductors: 3#16 stranded and twisted on 2-in lay Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 105 degree C rating Shield: 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with UL and manufacturers identification Max overall diameter: 0.276-in Misc: UL listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Belden or equal 3. Multiple pair cables(where shown on the Drawings): Conductor: multiple pairs, size as shown on the Drawings, stranded and twisted on a 2-in lay � Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 105 degree C rating Shield: Individual pairs shielded with 100 percent mylar tape and drain wire Jacket: PVC with UL manufacturers identification Misc: UL listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Belden or equal 2.05 MOTOR CONNECTIONS A. Motor connections shall be ring type mechanical compression terminations installed on the . branch circuit wires and the motor leads and secured with bolt, nut and springwasher. Connections shall be insulated with a Raychem Type RVC,roll-on stub insulator or equal. 16120.doe 16120-2 1114105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2.06 TERMINATION(CONTROL&INSTRUMENTATION CONDUCTORS) A. Termination connectors shall be of the locking fork-end (upturned leg ends) type as manufactured by Ideal Industries;3M Co.;Panduit Corp.or equal. B. Splices shall not be allowed. 2.07 WIRE AND CABLE MARKERS A. Wire and cable markers shall be a white slip-on sleeve with black printed letters. Provide 10 pt font for wire sized#10 AWG and less, 12 pt font for wire size#8 AWG through#2 AWG and 14 pt font for all wire#1 AWG and larger. Provide sleeves as manufactured by the W.H. Brady Co.;Thomas&Betts Co.;3M Co. or equal. - 2.08 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS A. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with"FLAME-SAFE"as manufactured by the Thomas&Betts Corp. or equal. 2.09 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TAGS A. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable. B. Wire tags shall be heat shrink type "Brady" or approved equal with the tag numbers typed with an indelible marking process.Character size shall be a minimum of 18/"in height.Hand written tags shall not be acceptable.Where ends are not available,attach cable tags with nylon tie cord. C. Cable tags shall be engraved plastic(phenolic)with an approved color coded background(see below) and white characters of a minimum character size 3/16" in height. Cable tags (background color)shall be color coded as follows.Attach these tags to cables with nylon tie cord. Cable Type Tag Color 600 V and less Power&Control Orange Instrumentation Cable Black Data Communications Cable Blue D. Tagging shall be done in accordance with the execution portion of these Specifications. 2.10 WIRE COLOR CODE A. All wire shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes where colored insulation is not available. Where tape is used as the identification system, it shall be applied in all junction boxes, manholes and other accessible intermediate locations as well as at each termination. B. The following coding shall be used: 16120.doe 16120-3 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion System Wire Color w 208Y/120,Volts Neutral White 3-Phase,4-Wire Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue 480Y/277 Volts Neutral Gray/White with one or more 3-Phase,4-Wire colored stripes Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. Where pulling compound issued, use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved. B. Tighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and/or drivers to tighten to the inch pound requirements of the NEC and UL. C. Where single conductors and cables in manholes,handholes,vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means such as arc and w fireproofing tapes,bundle throughout their exposed length all conductors entering from each conduit with nylon, self-locking„releasable, cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 4 inches on centers. 3.02 CONDUCTOR 600 VOLTS AND BELOW A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on Drawings. B. Use crimp connectors of all stranded conductors. C. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable. D. Provide terminals and connectors acceptable for the type of material used. - E. Arrange wiring in cabinets,panels, and motor control centers neatly cut to proper length, remove surplus wire, and bridle and secure in an acceptable manner. Identify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein. F. Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with terminals provided, and in accordance with terminal manufacturer's instructions. Where terminals 16120.doc 16120-4 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion provided will accept such lugs, terminate all control and instrumentation wiring with insulated,locking-fork compression lugs,Thomas&Betts Sta-Kon,or equal. G. Attach compression lugs with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which provides a complete,controlled crimp where the tool will not release until the crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable. H. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with the UL listed end caps. I. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal,remove all burrs,chamfer all edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors. J. For conductors that will be connected by others,provide at least 6 feet spare conductors in freestanding panels and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies. Provide additional spare conductor in any particular assembly where it is obvious that more conductor will be needed to reach the termination point. 3.03 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. Power conductors: Terminations shall be die type or set screw type pressure connectors as specified. Splices are not permitted. fax B. Control Conductors: Termination on saddle-type terminals shall be wired directly with a maximum of two conductors. Termination on screw type terminals shall be made with a maximum of two spade connectors. Splices are not permitted.. C. Instrumentation Signal Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low and high level signals): terminations same as for control conductors. Splices are not permitted. 3.05 INSTRUMENTATION CABLES A. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in rigid steel raceways as specified. All circuits shall be installed as twisted pairs or triads. In no case shall a circuit be made up using conductors from different pairs or triads. Triads shall be used wherever three wire circuits are required. B. Terminal blocks shall be provided at all instrument cable junction, and all circuits shall be identified at such junctions. C. Shielded instrumentation wire,coaxial,data highway,UO and fiber optic cables shall be run without splices between instruments,terminal boxes,or panels. D. Shields shall be grounded as recommended by the instrument manufacturer and isolated at all other locations. Terminal blocks shall be provided for inter-connecting shield drain wires at all junction boxes. Where individual circuit shielding is required,each shield circuit shall be provided with its own block. E. Seal openings in slabs and walls through which wires and cables pass. n. 16120.doc 16120-5 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3.06 WIRE AND CABLE TAGGING A. All wiring shall be tagged at all termination points and at all major access points in the electrical raceways.A termination point in defined as any point or junction where a wire or cable is physically connected.This includes terminal blocks and device terminals.A major access point to a raceway is defined as any enclosure,box or space designed for wire or cable pulling or inspection and includes pull boxes,manholes,and junction boxes. Wire tags shall show both origination and destination information to allow for a wire or cable to be traced from point to point in the field. For multiconductor cables, both the individual conductors and the overall cable shall be tagged. Conductors that are part of a multiconductor cable shall reference the cable identification number that they are a part of,as well as a unique conductor number within the cable.The tag format will be different for single conductor wires versus single conductors in a multiple conductor cable. 3.07 FIELD TESTS A. Conductors Under 600 Volts 1. Perform insulation resistance testing of all power circuits below 600 volts with a 1000-volt megger. The megger tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer. 2. Prepare a written test report of the results and submit to the Engineer prior to final inspection. 3. Minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 5 megohm. Lower values shall be acceptable only by the Engineer's and Owner's specific written approval. 4. Disconnect equipment that might be damaged by this test. Perform tests with all other equipment connected to the circuit. B. Title: After instrumentation cable installation and conductor termination by the instrumentation and control supplier,perform tests witnessed by the Engineer to ensure that instrumentation cable shields are isolated from ground, except at the grounding point. Remove all improper grounds. END OF SECTION 16120.doc 16120-6 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Fxpansion SECTION 16121 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish, install and test the medium voltage cables and accessories as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. This Section shall apply to all temporary and permanent feeders used on the project. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01300,the following: 1. Product data sheets. 2. Factory and field test reports. 3. Cable samples. 4. Pulling tension and sidewall pressure calculation. 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Medium voltage cables shall meet or exceed the specifications and requirements of the latest Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ICEA)and the Association of Edison Illuminating Companies(ASIC)publications,except as modified by this Section. B. Ethylene-propylene rubber(EPR)insulated cable shall meet or exceed ICEA S-68-516/NEMA WC-8 and AEIC CS-6. C. Cables shall comply with Underwriters Laboratories(UL)Standard 1072. D. Field testing and commissioning shall be done in accordance with the latest revision of the "Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems" published by the International Electrical Testing Association(META Standard ATS-1987)unless - otherwise modified by this Section. E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards,the revision in effect at the time of bid - opening shall apply. -- 16121 16121-1 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The general construction of the cable and the insulation material used shall be similar to that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least 15 years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. - B. Upon request,the manufacturer shall submit a copy of his Quality Assurance Manual detailing the quality control and quality assurance measures in place at his facility. C. The manufacturer shall have available for audit detailed descriptions of the method by which his various manufacturing processes and production test are recorded,thus enabling the "traceability"of the completed cable. All steps in the manufacturing process,from receipt of raw material to the final tests,are to be included. Where multiple records are used,the method for cross-referencing shall be noted. D. Cable shall be UL listed as Type MV-105. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Check for reels not completely restrained,reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges, damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels from any height. B. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the cable. C. Store cable on a solid,well drained location. Non-jacketed armored cable shall be stored indoors. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat. D. Seal cable ends with heat shrinkable end caps. Do not remove end caps until cables are ready to be tenninated. .� 1.06 WARRANTY A. The manufacturer shall warrant the cable against failures in accordance with the general conditions and shall remove and replace failed cables at his own expense during this warranty period. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The manufacturer's name,the voltage class,type of insulation,thickness of insulation, conductor size,UL listing and date of manufacture shall be printed on the jacket. B. Cables shall be suitable for use in partially submerged wet locations, in non-metallic or metallic conduits,underground duct systems and direct buried installation. C. Cables shall be able to operate continuously at 105 degrees C conductor temperature,with an emergency rating of 130 degrees C and a short circuit rating of 250 degrees C. Emergency �. 16121 16121-2 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion overloads shall be possible for periods of up to 100 hours. Five 100 hours emergency overload operations within the life time of the cable shall be possible. D. Medium voltage cable shall be shielded unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. E. Medium voltage cables shall have the following physical characteristics in accordance with ICEA,AEIC and UL standards: 1. Conductors:Annealed copper,Class B concentric lay, stranded per ASTM B8. _.. 2. Insulation:Thermosetting ethylene propylene rubber(EPR)compound over an extruded, non-conducting high dielectric stress control layer,with a semi-conducting shield applied directly over the primary insulation. The base elastomer shall have a maximum ethylene -. content of 72 percent by weight and shall contain no polyethylene. The semiconducting layers and insulation shall be applied using a triple extrusion process. F. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Okonite Company,Inc. 2. Hubbell/Kerite Company,Inc. 3. Southwire Company 4. Houston Wire&Cable Company 2.02 CABLE RATINGS AND TYPE A. 5 kV Cable-Multiconductor 1. Cable type:Multiconductor,Armor Jacketed. 2. Insulation level: 5 kV- 133 percent/8 kV- 100 percent, 95 kV BIL. 3. Operating voltage;4160 Volts,3 Phase, 60 Hz,grounded distribution system. 4. Cable shall be provided with an aluminum sheath. B. 5 kV Cable-Single Conductor 1. Cable type: Single conductor. 2. Insulation level: 5 kV- 133 percent/8 kV- 100 percent,95 kV BIL. 3. Operating voltage:4160 Volts,3 Phase, 60 Hz,grounded distribution system. 16121 16121-3 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2.03 CABLE SHIELDING SYSTEM A. Insulation Shield 1. The insulation shield shall consist of a layer of black semi-conducting material extruded - directly over the insulation. B. Metallic Shield m 1. 5 mil copper tape helically applied with a nominal 12.5 percent overlap. C. Cable Jacket 1. Provide an overall,moisture,heat,abrasion,UV and ozone resistant jacket over the metallic sheath. Jacket material shall be PVC in accordance with UL1072. 2.04 CABLE ACCESSORIES A. General 1. Cable termination and splicing material shall be as manufactured by 3M Corp.;Raychem or equal. All material used in terminating and splicing medium voltage cables shall be as recommended by the cable manufacturer. Cables shall be terminated and spliced in accordance with the kit supplier's drawings. 2. Cable terminations shall meet or exceed IEEE Standard 48,Class I requirements. 3. EP insulated cable splices shall be hand wrapped and shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI C 119.1 and IEEE 404. 4. Cable accessories shall be by one manufacturer to assure adequate installer training and application assistance. 5. The manufacturer shall be able to document a minimum of 5 years successful field experience as well as demonstrating technical life assessment as requested. The manufacturer shall establish and document a Quality Assurance Program implementing suitable procedures and controls for all activities affecting quality. The program shall provide documentation that verifies the quality of production joint kits and traceability back to inspection records,raw material and the original designs and design proof tested joints. B. Indoor Cable Termination(5 and 15 kV) 1. Single conductor shielded cable terminations for indoor applications shall be one piece, track resistant EPDM rubber with top seal and ground strap assemblies. 2. Termination shall have a current rating equal to,or greater than the cable ampacity. 3. Termination shall accommodate any form of cable shielding or construction without the need for special adapters. 16121 16121-4 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 4. Acceptable products: a. 3M Corp.Quick Term II, 5620K Series. b. Raychem Corp.,HVT Series. C. Medium Voltage Heat-Shrinkable Motor Connection Kits. 1. Motor connection kits shall insulate the motor feeder motor lead connection and allow installation within the motor conduit box. 2. Kits shall environmentally seal the connection and be easily re-enterable. Kits shall be Raychem,Type MCK;3M Corp., 5300 Series,or equal. D. Cable end caps shall be heat shrinkable polyolefin,3M Corp.,Type ICEC or equal. E. Lugs and Connectors 1. Copper lugs and connectors shall be crimped with standard industry tooling. All connections of copper stranded wire in sized No. 6 AWG through 1000 kcmil shall be made electrically and mechanically secured. The lugs and connectors shall have a current carrying capacity equal to the conductors for which they are rated and meet UL 486 requirements. Lugs larger than 4/0 AWG shall be two-hole lugs with NEMA spacing. The lugs and connectors shall be rated for operation through 35 W. The lugs shall be of closed end construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor. F. Electrical Grounding Braid 1. Conducting metal braid shall be woven from 240 strands of 30 AWG tinned copper wires and be capable of carrying fault current comparable to that of 6 AWG copper wire,3M Corp., Scotchbrand 25 or equal. G. Cable Marking Systems 1. A 7-mil,flame retardant,cold and weather-resistant vinyl plastic electrical tape shall be used for phase identification,3M Corp.; Scotch 35 Tape or equal. 2. Cable tags shall be heat stamped nylon secured by polypropylene cable ties,Thomas& Betts No.TC228-9 or equal. Tags requiring adhesives are not acceptable. 2.05 PULLING COMPOUNDS - A. Pulling compound shall be nontoxic,nonflammable,noncombustible and noncorrosive. The material shall be UL listed and compatible with the cable insulation and jacket. -- B. Acceptable manufacturers are Ideal Company;Polywater,Inc.;Cable Grip Co. or equal. .� 16121 16121-5 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2.06 SHOP TESTING A. Perform manufacturers standard production testing and inspection in accordance with Section 6 of the referenced ICEA standards. If requested by the Engineer,the manufacturer shall submit certified proof of compliance with ICEA design and test standards. B. Provide certified test reports indicating that the cable has passed the following tests: 1. Partial Corona Discharge Test in accordance with AEIC CS5/6, Section G. 2. Vertical tray flame test in accordance with IEEE 1202. C. After completion of the factory tests,individual pulling eyes shall be installed on single or triplexed conductor length of cable. Pulling eyes shall be suitable for maximum allowable pulling tension on the conductors and they shall be sealed against entrance of water. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Determine the cutting lengths,reel arrangements and total lengths of cable required and shall furnish this data to the cable manufacturer as soon as possible to assure on-time delivery of cable. B. Make use of the field engineering services available from the cable manufacturer. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Cable Installation 1. When temperature is below 50 degrees F,cable reels shall be stored at 70 degrees F for at least 24 hours before installation. 2. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. 3. Pull cables from direction that requires the least tension. 4. Feed cables into raceway with zero tension and without cable crossover at raceway entrance. 5. All cable pulling shall be done with an electric-driven wench with a dynamometer rigged to measure the pulling tension in the cable. The dynamometer shall have a re-settable hand to measure the highest tension reached during a pull. The Contractor shall document and record every pull. Submit the raw pulling tension data along with any required calculations to convert the raw data into the actual pulling tension the cable experienced. Medium voltage cables installed without documented pulling tensions will be rejected, and will require the Contractor to remove and replace the cables with no addition in the Contract Price or change in Construction Schedule. . 16121 16121-6 9/19/05 -- City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 6. The use of any vehicle,bulldozer,crane,with or without the use of a dynamometer will be cause for the cable so installed to be rejected,removed and reinstalled at no increase in the Contract Price or change in Construction Schedule. 7. The pulling rig shall employ a non-freeze swivel. Pulling lugs shall be used to attach to the cable conductor. Wire mesh socks shall not be used to install cables. "Bull-wheels"shall have a diameter larger than the recommended minimum-bending radius. The use of multiple wheels mounted on a curved frame for cable installation is forbidden. The Contractor shall waste at least the feet of cable from the pulling end before termination. 8. Cables shall be trained to terminate without bending them such that the manufacturers recommended minimum bending radius requirement is violated. Cables discovered to be trained where the bending radius requirement is violated shall be re-terminated with the section of the cable where the bend occurs removed to a distance of at least 12 inches below the bend. If there is insufficient cable slack to re-terminate the cable,then the Contractor shall remove and reinstall new cable,properly train and terminate with no increase in the Contract Price or change in Construction Schedule. B. Marking and Identification 1. Plastic nameplates shall be installed in each manhole,pull box and at splice and terminating points. These nameplates shall show the phase and feeder designations and the date when the cable was installed or splice or termination was made. The feeder designation shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Nameplates shall be tied to each cable with self-locking nylon ties. 3.03 FIELD TESTING A. Engage the services of a recognized independent testing firm to inspect and test the installed cables prior to energization. The testing firm shall provide all material, labor, equipment and technical supervision to perform the tests and inspection. Notify the Owner and Engineer at least two weeks prior to scheduling any testing. B. Equipment testing and inspection shall be performed in accordance with NETA Standard ATS and shall include the following: 1. Visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Shield continuity test. 3. Insulation resistance test. 4. DC Hipot test per IEEE Standard 400. C. When new cables are spliced into existing cables,the DC high potential test shall be performed in accordance with Paragraph 3.03B above on each old and new cable prior to splicing. After test results are approved and the splice is completed, an insulation resistance test and a shield ® continuity test shall be performed on the length of new and existing cable including the splice. 16121 16121-7 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion After a satisfactory insulation resistance test,a DC high potential test shall be performed on the cable utilizing a test voltage recommended by the testing firm and approved by the Engineer. x D. Submit certified copies of the test results and leakage plots to the Engineer in accordance with Section 01300 within 5 days of completion the of the tests. E. Immediately notify the Engineer and do not energize the cables if any of the following conditions occur: 1. Cable damage. 2. Improper installation or grounding. 3. Shield discontinuity or high resistance. 4. Dielectric absorption ratio and polarization index below I.S. 5. Abnormal plot of leakage current versus voltage. F. Defective or Damaged Cables 1. The Engineer shall make sole determination of the acceptability of the cables based on the submitted test reports. Do not energize cables until the test reports have been reviewed and approved by the Engineer. 2. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,the cables,terminations or splices are determined to be damaged or defective,provide the following remedial actions at no additional cost to the _ Owner: a. Remove splices and terminations and completely re-test the cables to determine whether the cables are damaged or defective. b. Remove and replace damaged or defective cables as directed by the Engineer. c. Remake terminations and splices with new kits. d. Completely re-test cable,splices and terminations in accordance with Paragraph 3.03B above. END OF SECTION 16121 16121-8 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16151 MEDIUM VOLTAGE HORIZONTAL ELECTRIC MOTORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A Description. This section specifies the requirements for custom-built premium electric motors for the pumps as specified. The motors shall be single speed,single winding,in strict compliance with the requirements specified herein. The motors shall be designed to fit the space shown on the drawings. The driven equipment manufacturer shall select exact motor speed. 1.02 RELATED WORK • A Division 1,General Requirements 1 Section 01300-Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS .� A ANSI/NEMA 1 MG-1: Motors and Generators. 2 MG-2: Installation and Operation of Electric Motors. 3 MG-3: Sound Level Prediction for Installed Rotating electrical Machines B UL 1004. Standard for Safety for Electric Motors. C ANSYMEE 1 STD 1: General Principles for Temperature Limits in the Rating of Electric Equipment. 2 STD 43:Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery. 3 STD 85. Standard Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating Electric Machinery. 4 STD 112. Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators. 5 STD 275:Recommended Practice for Thermal Evaluation of Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-wound Pre-insulated Stator Coils,Machines Rated 6,900 volts and Below. 1615i.doc 16151-1 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 6 STD 429: Standard Test Procedure for the Evaluation of Sealed Insulation Systems for AC Electric Machinery Employing Form-would Stator Coils. D IEEE-85. A-weighted sound level. E Other Standards. Motors shall be built to all other applicable NEMA,ANSI and IEEE standards not included above. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A Requirements. Comply with the requirements of Section 01300-Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples;and the following paragr4phs.Submittals shall be provided by apparent low bidder within ten(10)days of submission of bid B Design Information. For each motor specified under this Section,provide the following design information on the Electric Motor Questionnaire included at the end of this Specification. - 1 Manufacturer. 2 Rated full load horsepower. 3 Rated volts. ,. 4 Number of phases. 5 Frequency in hertz. 6 Full load amperes(FLA). 7 No load amperes. 8 Locked rotor amperes(LRA)at rated voltage or NEMA code letter. 9 Synchronous speed(srpm). 10 Guaranteed maximum slip at full load in percent. 11 NEMA insulation system classification and description of manufacturer's method of .� application. 12 Temperature rise at rated full load,by resistance temperature detector. 13 Maximum ambient temperature for which motor is designed. �. 14 Maximum air flow through motor in cfm at maximum temperature rise. _ 15 Service factor. 16151.doc 16151-2 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 16 Frame size,outline dimensions,net weight and weight of rotating element. For all motors include surge protection dimensions and weight. 17 The limiting temperature rise shall be by resistive temperature detector method. 18 NEMA machine type(ODP,WP-1,TEFC,etc.). 19 Bearing size and calculation. 20 Lubrication(compatible with pump manufacture). 21 Safe stall time. 22 Maximum acceleration time with NEMA standard Wk2 value, at rated voltage and at 90%of rated voltage. 23 Number of safe starts in succession when starting from a 50 degree Celsius ambient, intermediate waiting periods and other conditions for driving equipment with a NEMA standard wk2 value. 24 Efficiency at 1/4, 1/2,3/4,full load,and service factor. 25 Power factor at 1/4, 1/2,3/4,full load,and service factor. 26 Space heater voltage and wattage. 27 Surge protection information including mounting details. 28 Platinum resistance temperature detector(RTD)literature with wiring diagram. 29 Motor Damage Curve, safe stall time curve,and acceleration curve at 100%,90%and 80%of motor rated terminal voltages applied. C Shop Drawings and Product Data. Provide the following information. 1 Data to be included on nameplate. 2 Dimensioned outline drawings. 3 Net weight of assembled motor and net weight of heaviest part to be handled during field assembly or disassembly. 4 Dimensions and internal arrangements of terminal boxes. 5 Stator and rotor thermal damage curves for motor located in a 50 C ambient. 6 Actual information on manufactured unit when in variance with information previously submitted under paragraph 1.04,Submittals. 1615Ldoc 16151-3 1114105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1.05 FACTORY TESTS A General 1 The motors shall be tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 112. 2 Efficiencies may be determined by Method-F(equivalent circuit calculations)using calculated values for friction,windage,and stray load losses. B Factory Test. The following tests shall be performed on one motor of each rating at the factory. 1 Rotor static balance. 2 Winding resistance. 3 Rotor dynamic balance. Balance to 2.0 mils or 0.25 mil per pole peak to peak, whichever is less,measured on all bearings. 4 No load current,power factor and speed. �. 5 Locked rotor current and torque at rated voltage and frequency. 6 Readout of all RTDs under stabilized heat-run. 7 High potential test. 8 Motor performance test including: current,power factor,speed and efficiency at 1/4, 1/2,3/4,full load,and service factor at rated voltage and frequency. 9 Heat run at rated full load for motor. 10 Certified noise level test according to IEEE Standard 85,with motor running uncoupled,under no load,on an open factory floor. The method of physical measurement of sound in ANSI 51.2. C Test Reports. Provide certified copies of each factory test report in accordance with Section 01340-Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. 1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A Organization. Provide to the pump manufacturers for installation in the pump operation and maintenance manual;refer to Section 11212,Paragraph 1.03. Include the following information: 16151.doc 16151-4 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1 Project record drawings clearly indicating operating features and including as-built shop drawings,outline drawings,and schematic and wiring diagrams. 2 Instructions for erection,alignment(including tolerances),and preparation for use. 3 Complete description of safety equipment,safety procedures,and safety precautions. 4 Normal starting,running and shutdown procedures,as well as emergency shutdown procedures. 5 Recommended number of starts in any 24-hour period. 6 Normal maintenance,inspection and lubrication procedures. 7 Recommended spare parts list. 1.07 JOB REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS A Unit Responsibility. The electric motor shall be furnished guaranteed by the pump manufacturer as specified in Section 11212,to assure single unit responsibility. B The Contractor,at no additional cost to the Owner,shall make structural,mechanical and electrical changes that are necessitated because the Contractor selects equipment with _ dimensional,power or mechanical differences from that shown on the Drawings. All engineering costs associated with revisions shall also be borne by the Contractor. PART 2 PART 2:PRODUCTS 2.01 RATING A Temperature Rise. The motor shall have Class F insulation and shall be rated at the following temperature rises. 1 Motor windings shall operate continually at rated load,voltage,and frequency. The temperature rise by embedded detector shall not exceed 80 C over 50 C ambient temperature with motor loaded to its nameplate horsepower. 2 The motor windings shall be capable of operating continually at 115%of nameplate horsepower,with rated load,voltage,and frequency applied and with a temperature rise by embedded detector not exceeding 90C over a 50C ambient temperature.. 3 The motor manufacturer,in the questionnaire,shall state the limiting temperature rise. The motor shall be rated at the limiting temperature rise,and stated on nameplate. 4 The ambient air temperature shall be defined as air immediately surrounding the motor. 16151.doc 16151-5 11/405 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion B Description. The motors shall be horizontal induction motors,single speed. The pump manufacturer shall determine the speeds. 1 Motor shall be selected so that pump horsepower shall not exceed the motor nameplate(at unity service factor)rating over the entire pump curve. 2 Air inlets and outlets shall be protected by vermin-proof,corrosion resistant screens. Motor shall have adequate lifting eyes. The air inlets shall be located on end or side and shall include one platinum 100 ohm RTD to measure inlet air temperature. 3 Magnetic center shall be determine in the factory and provide a magnetic center indicator located on the bearing housing. Provide a nameplate describing the end play limits and magnetic center. 4 Each motor shall have couplings keyed to shafts. The coupling shall be limited-end- play gear type. Coordinate with pump manufacturer with regard to finished product. C Voltage:4160 volts, 3 phase. D Frequency: 60 Hertz. E Service Factor 1.15 times rated load. F Minimum Power Factor at Full Load: 12 pole,at least 0.8; 10 pole or less,greater than 0.85. G Efficiency:Motor efficiency shall be evaluated and determined by the pump manufacturer to achieve and guarantee the overall wire-to-water efficiency of the pumping unit. All motors shall have the efficiency evaluated with pump. H Slip:Not more than 3.0%of synchronous speed but nevertheless the full load RPM shall match or exceed the pump design RPM. I Starting-Full Voltage:Each motor shall be capable of producing the required starting torque as required by the pump manufacturer. All motor driven pump units shall be readily capable of starting with the pump primed and against a check valve having a static or operating head on the discharge side. J Locked Rotor Current. The locked rotor current of the motor shall be limited in accordance with the National Electrical Code,Maximum of Code Letter F,which permits 5.0-5.59 kVA per horsepower and concurs with the NEMA Code F ratings. The code letter shall be clearly shown on the nameplate. K Acceleration Time. Provide calculated acceleration time of the combined motor and driven load and rated voltage and at 90%of rated voltage for review by the Engineer. L Safe Stall Time. Safe stall time shall not be less than 4 seconds more than the acceleration time when hot,unless approved by the engineer. The motor manufacturer shall coordinate with the supplier of the driven equipment to obtain inertia data,and shall calculate the - 16151.doc 16151-6 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion acceleration times when starting across the line. Include calculations with 100%of the rated name plate motor voltage,(I.E.4000 volts for a motor on a 4160 volt system),90%and 80% present at the motor terminals. The Contractor shall submit acceleration curves plotting time vs speed,and calculations to the Engineer for approval. M Noise Measurement. The noise level as measured by IEEE Standard 85,shall be submitted and coordinated with pump manufacturer. 2.02 TYPE A Provide air-cooled,self-ventilated,squirrel-cage induction motors. 2.03 STATOR A The stator core shall be built up with high grade,non-aging laminated silicon steel. C5 or better. Each lamination core shall be plated to minimize eddy current losses.The laminations shall be adequately keyed or dovetailed to the stator frame and securely held in place at each end.There shall be no perceptible buzzing of laminations during operation. The coil slot wedges shall be magnetic slot wedges. B The motor stator winding shall be provided with premium grade full Class F insulation or better. Silicone rubber insulation is not acceptable 1 All windings shall be copper, assembled using form wound coils of the same size and shape. Random wound coils are not acceptable. 2 The form wound coils shall be constructed of copper wire with VPI treatment C The motor shall be rewindable in a rewind shop. 2.04 ROTOR CONSTRUCTION A The shaft shall be forged or rolled steel,accurately machined,smoothly finished,with sufficient strength to withstand all stresses resulting from normal operation at any speed up to and including a 25%over-speed condition.Provide shaft end details coordinated with pump �- and shafting as specified. B The core shall be built up with high grade non-aging silicon steel,each single piece lamination core plated to minimize eddy current losses. Core mechanical integrity shall not rely on any electrically active component C Rotor bars and end ring shall be copper or copper alloy with uniform resistance characteristics so as to equalize thermal stresses. The bars shall be rectangular or shaped to meet motor starting and running torque requirements. Each copper rotor bar shall be mechanically locked m or swaged in the rotor pole slots to minimize movement and vibration. Rotor end rings shall be free of circumferential joints and shall be swaged to the rotor bars by an induction or torch brazing process. 16151.doc 16151-7 '?rJi�r1 Uc� City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion D Rotors shall be statically and dynamically balanced prior to assembly.Balancing shall be checked after assembly with the motor running at rated speed. Run out on the shaft shall be checked and in no case shall they exceed 0.001 inch measured with a precision indicator with the reading taken at the end of the shaft. E The cage bars shall be copper or a copper alloy with uniform resistance characteristics so as to equalize thermal stresses.ALUMINUM ROTOR BARS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. Rotor bar shall be in tension at all times and shall be brazed at the end ring connections. Low pressure die cast aluminum rotors are acceptable,fabricated aluminum rotors are unacceptable. 2.05 BEARINGS A Motors shall have anti-friction open or single-shield,vacuum-degassed steel ball or roller .. bearings,electric motor quality,with extended pipe zerk fitting and 1/2-lb relief fitting for external lubrication while machine is in operation.The bearing shield shall be on the motor winding side of the bearing unless the design is a flow through system. If so,the bearings shall not be shielded. B Heavy brackets mounted from the motor frame shall support the bearing housings. C The bearings shall have a rated fatigue life of L10 100,000 hours for direct coupled applications,minimum. D When a continuous axial thrust condition exists,the motor shall be provided with a supplement thrust bearing or two anti-friction bearings of adequate size to handle the momentary and continuous thrust conditions specified. E A high quality bearing seal or shaft slinger shall be provided to prevent moisture and contaminants from entering the shaft end into the bearing. This shall be supplied in addition to tight mechanical bearing housing fits. F The rotor end play limits and the shaft position,when magnetically centered shall be scribed on the shaft and a suitable reference point shall be indicated on the bearing housing. The pump supplier shall provide a limited end float coupling. A minimum of%-inch total shaft end float is required G Metric size bearings are not acceptable. 2.06 LEADS A Motor Leads. Use ASTM B 173,Class F,stranded copper. B Provide permanent identification numbers on leads according to NEMA MG 1-2.02. Provide each lead with additional identification within six inches of the stator frame. Use crimp-on, solderless copper terminals on leads and place heat-shrink insulation sleeves or covers between leads and terminals. i 6151.doc 16151-8 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C The motor leads shall have the same class of insulation as the motor stator windings. Leads shall be numbered for clockwise rotation when facing the opposite the shaft end. 2.07 ENCLOSURE A Description.Provide a removable fabricated steel enclosure of guarded,open-drip proof, suitable for indoor installation.Enclosure shall be designed for end or side air suction and side or top discharged air directed upward. Provide oversized top hat with air discharge louvers such that the air is directed upward. The top hat shall be removable and shall have high temperature gasketing at all joints to minimize noise transmission due to vibration. Provide sprayed on polyurethane foam or mechanically held polyurethane sheets in the top hat to minimize air noise. Provide lifting lugs on motors and top hat. 2.08 HARDWARE A Use structural bolts,washers,nuts,pins,and similar items manufactured of high-strength steel. Use only hexagon-head bolts and hexagon nuts. Use corrosion-resistant materials or protect hardware from corrosion by either hot-dip galvanizing or chrome plating. 2.09 NAMEPLATES A Main Nameplate. Provide each motor with an embossed stainless steel nameplate meeting the requirements of NEMA MG 1-20.60 for squirrel-cage induction motors and the National Electrical Code, Section 430-7. Include the following additional information on the main or a additional nameplate:insulation system classification,connection diagram,direction of rotation for driven equipment,electric phase rotation for NEMA standard direction of rotation. B Heater Nameplate. Voltage and wattage. C Bearings Nameplate. Bearing manufacturer's name and identifications and recommended lubricant. D Attachment. Attach nameplates to the motor with stainless steel fastening pins or screws. E Dynamic Balance Nameplate. Furnish and mounted on motor. 2.10 TERMINAL BOXES A Description. Provide custom built,gasketed,oversized conduit boxes and terminal housing cabinets for all wiring connections to motor. The cable entrance to the box shall be from the bottom side. Verify exact location of cable entry before design from the Contract Drawings. B Main Terminal Housing.Provide NEMA 1 hole pads,mounted on stand-off insulators,to terminate the incoming motor leads. The motor terminal box shall be sized to accommodate heat-shrinkable motor connection kits as specified in Section 16121.Motor leads shall be marked for permanent phase identification,as specified in Section 16121.Provide a grounding lug in the terminal box for the incoming equipment grounding conductor.The 16151.doc 16151-9 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion main terminal box shall be installed integral to the motor and large enough to terminate the incoming conductors without crowding. �. C Controls Cable Conduit Boxes.Provide separate terminal boxes for the motor space heater leads,for the RTD leads. Do not combine the power lead,space heater or RTD terminal boxes. For RTD and space heater terminal boxes,provide 600 volt rated molded insulation terminal blocks with ring-tongue terminals under screws. Use only corrosion-resistant materials and brass screws.Permanently identify all leads and terminals.The terminal boxes shall be sized larger than that required by the NEC to accommodate the incoming conduits. 2.11 SPACE HEATERS A Type. Electric resistance, 120 volts,silicon rubber clad or rubber epoxy or equivalent non- oxidizing exterior,with maximum surface temperature of 130 degrees C(266 degrees F). Alternatively,provide two stainless-steel-sheathed conventional space heaters,each with rated watts at the specified voltage equal to twice the required value,and connect in series. 2.12 RESISTANCE TEMPERATURE DETECTORS-(RTD's) A Type: Platinum, 100 OHM at 0 degrees C B Quantity. 1 Six: Two per phase. 2 Two:One for each Motor Bearing if oil bath lubricated bearings is provided. Grease lubricated bearing RTDs are not required unless deemed to be effective or required by the motor manufacturer. 3 One :Ambient RTD C Electrical Contractor shall supply#16 shielded triad wire in conduit from Pump Bearing RTDs to the control conduit box on the motor. The contractor shall extend all RTD connections to the High Voltage starters via triads as shown on the Drawings. 2.13 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A Acceptable manufacturers are General Electric,Siemens,Toshiba,TECO-Westinghouse,and Reliance. The acceptable manufacturer shall be required to have prior experience(minimum 10 years)in design and manufacturing of such motors. B Manufacturer's standard shop paints for prime and finish coats are acceptable. Include one pint of finish paint for each motor. 16151.doc 16151-10 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion PART 3 PART 3:EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A These motors and pumps will be installed under the same Contract. Refer to Division 1 of these Specifications. B The motor manufacturer shall provide the services of an experienced applications engineer for a period of two days minimum per each motor furnished,during the installation and startup of the motors and pumping units. Pump supplier and the Contractor shall coordinate this activity. 3.02 TESTING A Perform Routine Factory Tests for Polyphase Medium Induction Motors and the tests specified herein:The method of testing shall be in accordance with IEEE Std 112,and shall be in accordance with MGI-12.55. The following routine tests shall be done at the factory on the motors provided,and certified test reports shall be submitted. 1 Measurement of winding resistance. 2 No-load readings of current and speed at normal voltage and frequency. 3 Current input at rated frequency with rotor at standstill for squirrel-cage motors. 4 High-potential test per MG1-12. 3 B Field-Testing: The following tests shall be performed on the motors after installation in the field by an independent testing company: 1 Insulation Test:Apply 2500 Volts DC on the stator windings,using a direct- indicating,power-driven megohm-meter.Record the values every minute for a 10 minute test.Readings shall not be less than 6 megohms. 2 Polarization Index Test:Measure and record the motor's insulation resistance polarization index(10 minute\ 1 minute)per IEEE Standard 43. Minimum acceptable polarization index ration is 2.0. 3 Motors shall have a 1-hour run-in while uncoupled from the driven load. The motor temperatures shall be monitored and recorded,every 5 minuets from just before start to the end of the hour test.Record operating amps, voltage,and vibration levels. 4 Monitor motors during startup and commissioning to record operating amps,voltage and operating vibrating levels. 5 Adjust vibration alarm and trip settings in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 16151.doc 16151-11 11/4/ 5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 6 Submit test report and all recorded field data. Submit copies of the raw data recorded in the field,signed by the person recording the data,and typewritten reports certified - by the Contractor. The motors will not be accepted until the reports are submitted and approved. 16151.doc 16151-12 11/4ro5 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion ELECTRICAL QUESTIONNAIRE MOTOR DATA Manufacturer: Motor H.P. Frame: Enclosure: Type: RPM: Voltage: Phases: Hertz: Insulation Clam: Duty: Full Load AMPS: No Load AMPS: Locked Rotor AMPS: Locked Rotor Time: Locked Rotor Torque: %Breakdown Torque: Locked Rotor KVA/HP: Rotor WK2(lb-ft2): NEMA Design: Service Factor: Inrush Current(%of Full Load): Max Safe Stalled Time(Seconds): Number of Safe Starts Per Day: Number of Consecutive Starts: * Full Load Temp Rise,degrees C over 50 degrees C Ambient(at 1.0 S.F.): * Service Factor Temp Rise,degrees C over 50 degrees C(at 1.15 S.F.): *Limiting Temperature Rise Resistance(at 25 degrees C): Bearings: Type/Size Life Lubrication Starting Method: Exhaust Air: CFM Shaft: Size Exhaust Air Temp Rise degrees F 1615Ldoc 16151-13 11/04/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion ELECTRIC MOTOR QUESTIONNAIRE(CONTINUED) ... Efficiency: Power Factor: 1.15 S.F.Load: 1.15 S.F.Load: 4/4 Load: 4/4 Load: 3/4 Load: 3/4 Load: 1/2 Load: 1/2 Load: 1/4 Load: 1/4 Load: * Temperature rise measured by embedded detectors and not by resistance. END OF SECTION _. 16151.doc 16151-14 11/04/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16170 METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install metal framing, including channels, fittings, clamps, hardware, electrical accessories and brackets. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NEMA ML 1 -Metal Framing. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CHANNELS,FITTINGS,CLAMPS,ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES AND BRACKETS A. 316 stainless steel. B. Fabricate threaded fasteners of 316 stainless steel. 2.02 SIZES A. Provide channels fabricated of 316 stainless steel. 2.03 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. B-LINE Systems,Inc.;Unistrut or approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION — 3.01 APPLICATION A. Use 316 stainless steel components for all applications. 3.02 SUPPORTS A. Provide metal framing to support large or heavy wall-mounted equipment, wall-mounted raceways and ceiling-hung raceways. 3.03 ANCHOR BOLTS A. Use 1/2-inch diameter by 3 inches long stainless steel expansion bolts to attach framing to concrete. 1114105 16170.doc 16170-1 City of Fort Worth Noithside Pump Station Expansion B. Space bolts a maximum of 24 inches on center,with not less than two bolts per piece of flaming. END OF SECTION . 11/4/05 16170.doc 16170-2 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16191 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install all miscellaneous equipment as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 EQUIPMENT LIST A. This Section provides the requirements for miscellaneous equipment typically employed in a facility, however, not all components specified in this Section are necessarily utilized on this project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be detailed catalog information or drawings describing electrical and physical characteristics of all equipment specified. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Equipment enclosures shall have NEMA ratings suitable for the location in which they are installed,as specified in Section 16000. B. ANS/IEEE C62.41 1980 (Formerly, IEEE Std 587-1980), Guide for Surge Voltages in Low „ Voltage and Power Circuits. C. Underwriters Laboratories UL 1449,Standard for Safety,Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors, Revised edition,effective date July 2, 1987. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, quick-make, quick-break,visible blades, 600 volt, 3 pole with full cover interlock, interlock defeat and flange mounted operating handle. Circuit breaker type disconnect switches are unacceptable. B. Switches shall be as manufactured by the General Electric, Square D Co. or equal. 2.02 FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Fused disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, quick-make, quick-break, visible blades, 600 volt,3 pole with full cover interlock,interlock defeat and flange mounted operating handle. 1619Ldoc 16191-1 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion B. Fuses shall be rejection type,600V.200,000 A.I.C.,dual element,time delay,Bussman Fusetron, Class RK-5 or equal. C. Switches shall be as manufactured by the General Electric, Square D Co.or equal. 2.03 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Manual starters shall be suitable for the voltage and number of phase shown on the Drawings and . shall be non-reversing, reversing or two speed type as shown on the Drawings. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepowers shown on the Drawings. Manual starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. B. Manual motor starters shall be as manufactured by the General Electric,Square D Co.or equal. 2.04 MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS A. Motor starters shall be 2 or 3 pole,single or 3 phase as required,60 Hertz,600 volt,magnetically operated,full voltage non-reversing except as shown on the Drawings. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepowers shown on the Drawings. IEC rated starters are unacceptable. B. Two speed starters shall be for single or two winding motors as shown on the Drawings. C. Each motor starter shall have a 120 volt operating coil,and control power transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contacts shall be provided in addition to the contacts shown on the Drawings. D. Overload relays shall be adjustable,ambient compensated and manually reset. E. Control power transformers shall be sized for additional load of 100VA or an additional 10% whichever is larger. Transformer primaries and secondaries shall be equipped with time-delay fuses. F. Built-in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the Drawings. G. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and shall be tagged. H. Provide laminated as built wiring diagram and post it inside the enclosure. I. Magnetic motor starters shall be as manufactured by the General Electric,Square D Co.or equal. 2.05 COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS A. Motor starters shall be a combination motor circuit protector and contactor,2 or 3 pole,single or 3 phase as required,60 Hertz,600 volt,magnetically operated,full voltage non-reversing unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepowers shown on the Drawings. Motor circuit protectors shall be molded case with adjustable magnetic trip only. They shall be specifically designed for use with magnetic motor starters. Motor circuit 16191.dac 16191-2 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion protectors shall be current limiting type,with additional current limiters if required. IEC rated starters are unacceptable. B. Two speed starters shall be for single or two winding motors as shown on the Drawings. C. Each motor starter shall have a 120 volt operating coil and control power transformer. Three phase starters shall have three overload relays. One normally open and one normally closed auxiliary contact shall be provided as spares in addition to contacts shown on the Drawings. D. Overload relays shall be adjustable,ambient compensated and manually reset. E. Furnish built-in control stations and indicating lights where shown on the Drawings. F. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and tagged. G. Provide laminated as built wiring diagram and post it inside the enclosure. - H. Combination magnetic motor starters shall be as manufactured by the General Electric,Square D Co. or equal. 2.06 PUSHBUTTONS,INDICATING LIGHTS,AND SELECTOR SWITCHES A. For indoor above grade, provide 30 mm heavy-duty, oiltight type pushbuttons, push-to-test, indicating lights,selector switches,and stations for these devices. Utilize General Electric Type CR 104P, or equivalent by General Electric, Square D, Cutler-Hammer, or other acceptable manufacturer. " B. For all other locations provide 30 mm heavy-duty corrosion-resistant, watertight type pushbuttons, push-to-test indicating lights, or selector switches. Provide special gasketing required to make complete station watertight. Utilize Square D Type SK, or equivalent by General Electric,Cutler-Hammer,or other manufacturers. C. Provide devices meeting the requirements of NEMA ICS 2,and having individual,extra large nameplates indicating their specific function. Provide pushbutton stations with laminated plastic nameplates indicating the drive they control. Provide contacts with NEMA designation rating A600. Install provisions for locking pushbuttons and selector switches in the OFF position wherever lockout provisions are indicated. D. Utilize selector switches having standard operating levers. Make all indicating lights push-to-test type. Provide ON or START pushbuttons colored black. Provide OFF or STOP pushbuttons colored red. 2.07 LIGHTNING ARRESTER AND SURGE CAPACITOR A. Lightning arrester shall be 650 volt,3 phase,"Tranquell"type: General Electric Co.CatalogNo. 9L15ECC001 or equal. B. Surge Capacitor shall be 650 volt, 3 phase, non-toxic liquid insulated, General Electric Company's Catalog No. 9L18BAB301 or equal. 16191.doc 16191-3 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2.08 CONTROL RELAYS AND TIlVIERS A. Control relays: 300 Volt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type, housed in a transparent polycarbonate dust cover, designed in accordance with UL Standard 508 for motor controller duty. Continuous contact rating shall be 10 Amps resistive, 1/4 Hp, at 120 VAC, operating M^ temperature minus 10 to plus 55 degrees C. Relays shall be Potter&Brumfield,KRP Series or equal with neon coil indicator light. B. Time delay relays shall be 300 volt,solid state type,with rotary switch to select the timing range. Timers shall be Square D Type JCK70,or approved equal. Phase failure relays shall protect each three-phase motor against phase loss,phase balance,phase reversal,high voltage,low voltage and rapid cycling.Relay shall be SymCom MotorSaver Model 250A. 2.09 POLYETHYLENE WARNING TAPE A. Warning tape shall be red polyethylene film,6-in minimum width. B. Warning tape shall be W.H.Brady Co.,Cat.No.91296 or equal. 2.10 TERMINAL BLOCKS A. Terminal blocks shall be 600 volt,channel mounted,with tinned strap-screw and stainless steel screws. -. B. Terminal blocks shall be Bulletin 1492 as manufactured by the Allen-Bradley Co. or equal. 2.11 30 AMP 480 VOLT RECEPTACLES A. 30 amp 480 volt receptacles shall be 3 pole,4 wire,grounding pin-and-sleeve type,with circuit breaking capability. B. 30 amp 480 volt receptacles shall be Crouse-Hinds Arktite style 2 Cat.No.ARE 3423 or equal. C. Furnish and install one matching plug for each receptacle shown on the Drawings. 2.12 JIC BOXES FOR GF RECEPTACLES A. JIC boxes shall be 6-in by 6-in by 4-in aluminum continuous hinge clamp cover boxes,Hoffman Cat.No.A-606 CHAL with Type L23 stainless steel fast operating JIC clamp or equal. B. Install 1-1/2-in bushings in bottom of box for cord and plug to pass through. 2.13 EMERGENCY ALARM HORN AND LIGHT A. Emergency alarm horn shall be vibrating type for 120 volts,60 Hertz and shall be Federal Signal Corp.Cat.No.350+WB for surface mounting,Cat.No.350+FG+FB for flush mounting,equal by Benjamin Co. or Edwards Co.or equal. 16191.doc 16191-4 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion B. Emergency alarm light shall be a flashing strobe unit with red fresnel globe, for use on a 120 volts,60 Hertz power supply,and shall be Benjamin Cat.No.I{Ir4011-120,equal by Federal Signal or Edwards Co.or equal. 2.14 CORROSION INHIBITORS A. All equipment enclosures, terminal boxes, etc, located outdoors that contains electrical or electronic equipment or terminal strips shall be furnished with an internally mounted,chemically treated corrosion inhibitor pad. B. The corrosion inhibitor pads shall be as manufactured by Hoffman Engineering Co.;3M or equal. 2.15 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES A. All field mounted electrical equipment such as lighting contractor,relay enclosures disconnects, push button stations,starters,circuit breakers,panelboards,etc,shall be provided with a weather resistant engraved laminoid equipment identification nameplate screwed or bolted adjacent to the device. Nameplate shall identify the mechanical equipment controlled exactly as shown on the electrical one line drawings(i.e,Influent Pump No. 1). Adhesives shall not be used to mount nameplates. 2.16 INSTRUMENTATION DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide Heavy Duty single pole disconnect toggle switches in a NEMA 4X cast aluminum enclosure for all field instruments served with electric power this feature shall be included whether or nor shown on Drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Stands -- 1. Field mounted disconnects, pushbutton control stations, etc, shall be mounted on aluminum stands as shown on the Drawings. Where clearance requirements for stands may not be maintained,the Engineer may direct equipment to be wall-mounted adjacent to the drive. The distance from the drive motor to the control station shall not exceed three feet,unless shown otherwise on the drawings. 3.02 OUTLET AND DEVICE BOXES A. Installation 1. Locations indicated are approximate. Study the Drawings in relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet. When necessary, with the approval of the Construction Manager,relocate outlets to avoid interference with mechanical equipment or structural features. Locate all light switches on lock side of doors. Locate all light fixture outlets in a symmetrical pattern according to the room layout unless otherwise indicated. 16191.doc 16191-5 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2. Mount all boxes plumb and level. Use flush mounted boxes with concealed conduits. Make edges of boxes flush with fmished surface. Provide proper type extension rings or plaster covers for this purpose. For flush mounted boxes,make holes in the surrounding surface no larger than required to receive the box. 3. Install boxes in a secure, substantial manner supported independently of conduit by attachment to the building structure or a structural members. Use bar hangers in frame construction,or fasten boxes directly with wood screws on wood,bolts and expansion shields,on concrete or brick,toggle bolts on hollow masonry units,and machine screws or welded,threaded studs on steelwork. Threaded studs driven in by a powder charge and provided with lock washers and nuts are acceptable in lieu of expansion shields. Boxes embedded in concrete or masonry need not be additionally supported. Utilize "- stainless steel mounting hardware in industrial areas. 4. Open no more knockouts in sheet steel boxes than are actually required. Seal any unused openings in any type box. END OF SECTION 16191.doc 16191-6 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16345 MEDIUM VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and install an indoor, freestanding,metal enclosed medium voltage switchgear assembly(s)as shown on the Drawings.The metal enclosed switchgear assembly shall consist of deadfront,completely metal enclosed vertical sections.The switchgear is identified as 4160-Volt Switchgear. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 16485,Medium Voltage Class E2 Combination Solid State Motor Controllers. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards:Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following except where otherwise shown and specified. 1. ANSI C37-20,Switchgear Assemblies. 2. NEMA SG-5 and SG-6. 3. NEC Article 710,over 600 V,nominal including article 710-21(e). 1.03 SUBMITTALS -. A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval copies of manufacturer's technical information for equipment proposed for use. Submittals shall include the following: 1. Dimensional information. 2. Three-line diagrams. 3. Technical specifications. 4. Catalog cuts of all components. 5. Construction details of enclosure. B. Certification of Ratings: Submit for approval copies of certifications as follows: 1. The integrated switchgear assembly shall have a BIL rating established by test on switchgear of the type and kind to be furnished under this specification. Certified test abstracts establishing such ratings shall be furnished. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:Submit Operation and Maintenance manuals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01730. 1.04 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the following spare parts: 1. 1 —Vacuum interrupter assembly for each type and size breaker. F16345.doo 16345-1 11/4105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2. 1 —GE Model 750 Feeder Management Relay. 3. 1 —Control fuses of type used. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. The switchgear assembly shall consist of a freestanding, NEMA 1, metal enclosed, medium voltage switchgear lineup.Each section shall consist of a deadfront,vertical section containing the quantity of vacuum circuit breakers as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2.02 RATINGS A. The distribution system shall be of the Wye type. B. The ratings for the integrated switchgear assembly shall be as designated below. Nominal System Voltage 4.16 KV,three phase,three wire Maximum Design Voltage 4.76 KV Basic Impulse Level 60 KV Bus Continuous Current 1200 A 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General: The metal-enclosed switchgear assembly shall consist of the quantity of self-supporting bays as shown on the Contract Drawings. B. Construction: » 1. The Switchgear shall consist of a stationary structure constructed from individual vertical sections as shown on the Contract Drawings.The vertical sections shall be bolted together to form a rigid metal- clad switchgear assembly. Metal sheets shall provide grounded metal barriers between adjacent sections. 2. Each breaker compartment shall be equipped to house a removable breaker element. The breaker levering mechanism shall be cell mounted. A steel shutter will automatically cover the stationary primary disconnecting contacts when the breaker is in the disconnected position or out of the cell. Rails or lift truck shall be provided to allow the withdrawal of each circuit breaker for inspection and maintenance. 2.04 CIRCUIT BREAKERS: A. Each circuit breaker shall be electrically operated,horizontal,draw-out type,capable of being withdrawn on rails or by lift truck. The breakers shall be operated by a motor-charged spring stored energy mechanism. The spring may be charged manually in an emergency or during maintenance procedures. B. Each circuit breaker shall have three vacuum interrupter assemblies that are separately mounted on glass ^. polyester insulators. Each vacuum interrupter assembly shall have a contact wear indicator,which does not require any tools to indicate the contact wear.The current transfer from the vacuum interrupter-moving F 16345.doc 16345-2 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion stem to the breaker main conductor shall be a non-sliding design.The circuit breaker shall not utilize air or oil dashpots for minimizing vacuum interrupter contact"bounce"upon opening. C. Each circuit breaker shall meet the requirements of ANSI Standards,C37.010,C37.100,C37.04,C37.06, _ C37.07,C37.09,and C37.11,and shall have the following ratings: Continuous Current: 1200 Amperes Maximum Design Voltage: 4.76 kV Short Circuit Current at Rated Maximum kV: 29 kA Closing and Latching Capability: 58 kA Three Second Rating: 36 kA Nominal 3 Phase MVA Class 250 MVA D. The breakers shall be electrically operated by 120 volt AC, capacitor trip, power from an internally mounted control power transformer. 2.05 PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND METERING—MAIN BREAKERS: A. Each main breaker shall be furnished with a Multilin Model 750 Feeder Management Relay (no substitutions or alternates). B. General Features 1. The relay shall provide management and primary protection of feeders,and management and backup protection of buses,transformers and transmission lines. 2. The unit shall provide protection,control,and monitoring functions with both local and remote human interfaces. 3. The relay shall be of drawout construction. 4. All components,except terminating hardware,shall be mounted inside the relay. 5. The unit shall be suitable for semi-flush mounting in a panel. 6. It shall be equipped with a front panel display and keypad for programming and monitoring. C. Protection 1. The relay shall have the following protective functions: a. Time phase overcurrent elements for all phases with level detectors. 1) The phase time overcurrent element shall be capable of dynamic adjustment of the pickup setting from manual close blocking,cold load pickup and voltage restrained overcurrent features; b. Time ground overcurrent elements with level detectors; c. Directional control of both phase and ground overcurrent elements. d. Two independent elements each for: 1) undervoltage 2) overvoltage 3) underfrequency F16345.doe 16345-3 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion D. Control 1. The relay shall be able to trip and close an associated circuit breaker and track the breaker position.The relay shall include a Red breaker closed LED. 2. Closing operations shall be supervised by a synchro-check scheme,with voltage source level or manual override provisions. 3. The relay shall be able to control the overcurrent elements in a cold load pickup or manual closing operating mode. 4. The relay shall have a minimum of 14 programmable logic inputs for manual commands or feature control a. Inputs shall be able to operate from internal and external do power supplies. E. Metering 1. The unit shall be able to measure/calculate and display: - a. line voltage b. differentials between bus and line voltages c. Frequency d. Current e. real,reactive and apparent power f. power factor g. watt-hour and var hour consumption It. demand for current and power measurements 2. The relay shall have an input channel for measuring a 0-1 mA,0-5 mA,0-20 mA,or 4-20 mA (programmable)signal from an external transducer. 3. The relay shall have eight internal transducers,with 4-20 mA output signals to represent various measured/calculated parameters. a. Output channels shall be programmable to represent,as a minimum: 1) voltage 2) frequency - 3) current 4) power 5) demand .� 6) the distance to the most recently detected overcurrent fault. F. Monitoring 1. The relay shall have measuring elements with programmable outputs to monitor: a. breaker trip and close coil continuity b. over frequency c. demand levels d. power factor F16345.doc 16345-4 1114105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion e. summed breaker arcing current 2. The relay shall be able to display automatically at least 10 user-programmed protection settings or measured/calculated parameters. G. System/Relay Operations and Maintenance 1. The relay shall have a sequence of events record and oscillographic capture of important events with a time base in 1 ms increments. a. The event record shall store a minimum of 64 events. b. The oscillograph shall capture a minimum of eight events. 2. The relay shall have a distance-to-fault feature,that stores a minimum of eight faults. 3. The relay shall have a simulation feature to test the device without external injection of voltage and current signals. 4. Device firmware shall be stored in non-volatile flash memory,so that relay upgrades can be performed by downloading programs from a PC. H. Communication—Relay shall have three independent communications ports.A rear RS 485/422 port,a rear RS 485 port and a front RS 323 port.All ports shall use the AEG Modicon ModBus protocol. 2.06 5 KV CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. The circuit breakers shall be rated as indicated on the drawings. Circuit breakers of equal ratings shall be interchangeable. Circuit breakers shall be operated by an electrically charged, mechanically and electrically trip-free stored-energy spring. A handle shall be used to manually charge the spring for slow closing of contacts for inspection or adjustment. B. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with secondary disconnecting contacts that shall automatically engage in the connected position. C. Each breaker compartment shall have a breaker rackout device. When using the rackout device,a breaker shall be self-aligning and shall be held rigidly in the operating position. In the disconnect position,breaker shall be easily removable from the compartment. Breaker racking shall be accomplished with the door closed and latched. A handle inserted through a hole in the door shall operate the rackout device. D. An indicating tape shall show the breaker position when racking the breaker in or out of their connected position. E. Interlocks shall be provided to prevent moving the breaker to or from the operating position unless the main contacts are open. Operating springs shall be discharged automatically with the breaker is rolled fully into the connected or disconnected position. The rackout device shall have provision to padlock the breaker in the connected or disconnected position. When locked in the disconnected position,the breaker shall be removable from the compartment. The padlock shall not interfere with the removal operation. F16345.doe 16345-5 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion F. Automatic shutters shall cover the primary disconnect stabs when the breaker is withdrawn to the test or disconnect position. Linkages connected to the racking mechanism shall positively drive shutters. A stationary barrier shall be located in front of the shutters for additional safety. G. The breaker control voltage shall be 240 VAC with capacitor trip devices. The control power source shall be from control power transformers(CPTs)located on the incoming lines. The CPTs shall feed a common auto-throw over circuit. 2.07 BUS AND CONDUCTORS A. 1200 Amp, 5 KV,tin-plated copper and be mounted on NEMA class insulators. B. A tin-plated copper ground bus shall be provided which shall extend the entire length of the switchgear. C. One terminal pad per phase shall be provided for attaching CONTRACTOR supplied cable terminal lugs for a maximum of ten conductors per phase of the sizes indicated on the drawings. Sufficient vertical space shall be supplied for CONTRACTOR supplied electrical stress relief termination devices. D. Small wiring,fuse blocks,and terminal blocks within the vertical section shall be furnished as required. Each control wire shall be labeled with wire markers. Control wiring shall be type SIS, #14 AWG minimum Terminal blocks shall be provided for customer connections to other apparatus. 2.08 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES: A. Intermediate class lightning arresters and surge capacitors shall be provided connected at the incoming terminations and securely grounded to the metal structure. B. Transformers: 1. Ring type current transformers shall be furnished(with turns ratios as required)where required and where indicated on the drawings and shall be as verified by the Power System Study. The thermal and mechanical ratings of the current transformers shall be coordinated with the circuit breakers. Their accuracy rating shall be equal or higher than ANSI standard requirements. Their BIL shall be equal to the Switchgear rating. Shorting terminal blocks shall be furnished on the secondary of all the current transformers. 2. Potential transformers of the quantity and ratings as indicated on the Drawings and as required shall be supplied.Potential transformers shall be of the draw-out type and fused(primary and secondary). 3. Control power transformers(CPT)shall be supplied where indicated and as required.VA capacities of each CPT shall be as determined by the switchgear manufacturer. Transformers up to 15 kVA single phase shall be fixed mounted,larger than 15 kVA shall be mounted in the base -- of the structure. 4. Instrument transformers shall have metering accuracies compatible with the relays and microprocessor based metering equipment. 2.09 ACCESSORIES: F16345.doc 16345-6 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion A. A total of one set of three grounding jumpers(10 ft.)in length shall be provided complete with a storage bag for each set. „ B. A voltage tester with audio and visual signals and complete with batteries, shotgun clamp-stick adapter,and storage case shall be provided. C. Circuit breaker lifting device(lift truck). D. Two breaker operating handles. E. A 120 volt,single phase,circuit breaker panel board with automatic transfer switch shall be provided in the switchgear. This panel board shall include the necessary quantity of single pole circuit breakers for serving auxiliary switchgear loads such as breaker control circuits. F. A 1/2"thick by 36"wide isolation mat running the length of the medium voltage equipment. - G. Any additional devices as required and as shown on the drawings. 2.10 PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURER: A. General Electric. B. Cutler—Hammer. C. Square D. D. Siemens. E. Or equal. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment so that sufficient access and working space is provided for ready and safe operation and maintenance. B. Install equipment on concrete pad,as indicated on Drawings. Modify pad dimensions to fit equipment furnished. C. Install in accordance with National Electric Code. 3.02 FACTORY TESTING A. The switchgear assembly shall be factory tested in accordance with ANSI Standard C37.20.3.and these Specifications.The manufacturer shall supply test results to confirm that the switchgear assembly design has been tested to substantiate conformance with the applicable ANSI and NEMA Standards. F 16345.doe 16345-7 11!4105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3.03 FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTS A. Provide the services of qualified, factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist the CONTRACTOR in installation and startup of equipment specified in this Section,for a period of not less than four (4) working days. The representative shall certify, in writing, that the equipment has been installed,adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.All costs,including travel,lodging,meals and incidentals,shall be considered as included in the CONTRACTOR'S lump sum bid price. -. B. Perform the following minimum tests and checks before energizing equipment. 1. Megger test terminals and buses for grounds after disconnecting devices sensitive to megger voltage. 2. Inspect all mechanical and electrical interlocks for proper operation. rn C. Perform any other tests recommended by the equipment manufacturer. 3.04 WARRANTY A. Provide a warranty in accordance with Section 01740 Warranties and Bonds. END OF SECTION F16345.doc 16345-8 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16411 POWER SYSTEM STUDY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. General: This section specifies that the CONTRACTOR prepare a short circuit and coordination study for the Northside Pump Station electrical power system. The electrical power system shall be deemed to include the utility company's pad-mount transformers,Electric Utility Company's line side transformer protective device,the OWNER'S 4160V power distribution system,the OWNER'S 416OV-480V dry-type transformer and the 480V power distribution system at the Pump Station.The short circuit and coordina- tion study reports shall provide an evaluation of the electrical power systems and the model numbers and settings of the protective relays or devices and metering or motor monitoring devices for setting by the CONTRACTOR. The Study shall include settings for all motor protective relays and electric system monitoring devices, including RTD and other motor alarms. a. Flash-burn Hazard Study b. Power factor correction capacitor sizing c. Back-to-back capacitor switching study B. Scope: 1. The Contractor shall include the use of his own forces to obtain all pertinent data necessary for the successful completion of the Short Circuit,Protective Device Coordination Studies, Flash-Burn Hazard Study, power factor correction capacitor sizing, back-to-back capacitor switching study, high resistance grounding system study and component selection and ground relay selection and setting study. All cable and raceway data,data for new and existing motors,data from all existing or new Switchgear,motor control centers,panel boards,and separately mounted fuses,starters or circuit breakers. Obtain all existing or new protective device information to include all present settings. The Contractor shall be obtained any needed data or information from Contract Documents,various suppliers,the Electric Utility and from conducting his own field investigations. The data obtained shall be organized and submitted to the Owner to show that all the necessary data gathering work has been done. 2. Provide a complete short circuit study. Include three phase and phase-to-ground calculations. Provide an equipment interrupting or withstand evaluation based on the actual equipment and model numbers provided on this project. Generic devices are not acceptable. Normal system operating method,alternate operation,and operations that could result in maximum fau It conditions shall be thoroughly addressed in the study. The study shall assume all motors operating at rated voltage. Electrical equipment bus impedance shall be assumed zero. Short circuit momentary duties and interrupting duties shall be calculated on the basis of maximum available fault current at each equipment and motor control centers bus. The Study shall be performed using actual available short circuit currents available as obtained from the Electric Utility. An assumption of infinite bus for the purposes of the Study is not acceptable. 3. A protective device coordination study shall be performed to determine appropriate relay settings. The study shall include all electrical equipment provided under this contract and any up-stream F16411.doa 16411-1 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion equipment that has an impact on the coordination study. The study shall show transformer damage curves, cable short circuit withstand curves and motor curves. Include all medium voltage Switchgear,distribution switchboards,motor control centers,and pane board main circuit breakers. Complete the short circuit study down to the main breaker or main lugs on all pane boards. Panel board branch circuit devices need not be considered. The phase over current and ground-fault protection shall be included as well as settings for all other adjustable protective devices. All motor monitoring relays and protective or monitoring devices that are a part of a supplier's equipment(such as soft starters or variable frequency drives)shall be in included. Include the last protective device in the Electric Utilities system feeding each facility being considered. 4. The study shall include the selection and sizing of the type of high resistance ground(HRG)system and all associated components,including the selection ofthe appropriate relay to detect a single line to ground fault. The study shall also recommend the minimum size of cables to attach the MV MCC to the HRG system. The high resistance grounding system shall be sized such that a single phase can be grounded and the system still continue to operate while the ground fault alarm is being locally displayed and transmitted to SCADA. One 2400 Volt HRG system shall be installed on each side of the main-the-main MV MCC switchgear. 5. The Study shall include the appropriate sizing of the power factor correction capacitors for both existing and new motors: The Contractor shall obtain all pertinent data from the existing motor name plates and their respective manufacturers to size the capacitors to deliver a power factor of 95 percent or as close to 95 percent as possible without over excitation of the motor. The Contractor shall obtain the maximum capacitor size from the motor manufacturer,and present the date in the study. The settings for the protective motor relays shall take into account the correction in both starting and running current and power factor where the capacitors are located near the motors and down stream from the protective relay. 6. The study shall include a back-to-back capacitor switching study to determine the inductance required to be installed in series the power factor correction capacitors to decrease the level of capacitor charging inrush current and lowering the frequency of those currents. The study shall be done to include the inductance of the motor feeder cables. Unless the study clearly shows that the inductance provided by the motor cables or other items of electrical equipment is sufficient to prevent capacitor damage or nuisance blowing of the capacitor fuses,inductors shall be provided in the remotely mounted PFCC enclosures. 7. The study shall include a Flash-Burn Hazard study that shall present the level of flash burn hazard for each item of electrical equipment,and the appropriate level of protection required per OSHA standards. The Contractor shall provide the required warning signs for delivery to the Owner for him to post. 8. Provide Time-Current Curves on 11X17 log-log paper. Do not put more than one branch of — protective devices on any one coordination curve. Include a one-line diagram and the names of each protective device in the branch. Use the names designated in the Contract Documents. Include motor and transformer damage curves,and cable short circuit withstand curves. - 9. An equipment evaluation study shall be performed to determine the adequacy of the fault bracing of all bus from the panel board level up to the main Switchgear or protective device. Include circuit breakers,controllers,surge arresters,busway,switches,and fuses by tabulating and comparing the short circuit ratings of these devices with the available fault currents. F16411.doc 16411-2 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Fxpansion 10. The study shall be performed,sealed and signed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the state of Texas where the electric equipment is to be installed. 11. Any problem areas or inadequacies in the equipment shall be promptly brought to the ENGINEER'S attention. 12. Use industry standard short circuit software,SKM Captor and Dapper or an equal approved by the Engineer. 1.2 REFERENCES A. This Section contains references to the following documents. They are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this Section and those of the listed documents,the requirements of this Section shall prevail. Reference Title IEEE 141 Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution for Industrial Plants IEEE 142 Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems IEEE 242 Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems NETA ATS Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical power distribution Equipment and Systems 1.3 SCHEDULE A. The preliminary report shall be provided to the ENGINEER NO LATER THAN 90 days before the equipment is shipped to the Work site. B. The approved reports shall be completed sealed and signed by a Texas PE,and a copy sent to the electrical distribution equipment manufacturer 45 days before the equipment is shipped to the Work site. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 REPORTS A. The product shall be a certified report summarizing all of the specified studies and calculations and conclusions or recommendations that may affect the integrity of the electric power distribution system. As a minimum,the report shall include the following: 1. The equipment manufacturer's information used to prepare-the study. F16411.doc 16411-3 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2. Assumptions made during the study. 3. Provide a One-Line diagram showing the short circuit calculations listing short circuit levels at each bus. Provide the same data in tabular from. Use the same names to designate the various pieces of equipment as employed in the Contract Documents. 4. Coordination study time-current curves(11x17 log-log type)including the instrument transformer ratios, model numbers of the protective relays, and the relay settings associated with each breaker. Organize the curves as specified here in. Place no more than one branch on a single drawing. 5. Comparison of short circuit duties of each bus to the interrupting capacity of the equipment that is protecting that bus. 6. All data that was used as input to the report. This data shall include cable impedance, conduit type, source impedance,equipment ratings,motor data,etc. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide a short-circuit and coordination study on the electrical power distribution system,as specified. The study shall be performed in accordance with IEEE Standards 141 and 242 and shall utilize the ANSI method of short circuit analysis in accordance with ANSI C37.010. The study shall be performed using actual equipment data for all equipment. The coordination study shall use the data from the manufacturer of protective devices. Provide the calculations and studies specified to determine PFCC sizes,HRG system and sizing,back to back capacitor switching and Flash-Bum Hazard studies. 3.2 QUALIFICATIONS A. The short circuit and coordination report shall be performed by the by an electrical testing service who is regularly engaged in power system studies. A Licensed Professional Engineer with proficiency in electrical power engineering shall conduct the study and shall seal and sign the studies. The Professional Engineer shall be licensed to practice engineering in the State of Texas. 3.3 SHORT CIRCUIT STUDIES A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to obtain and verify all data needed to perform the studies. B. As a minimum,each short circuit study shall include the following: 1. One-Line Diagram: F16411.doc 16411-4 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion a. Location and function of each protective device in the system, such as relays, direct-acting trips,fuses,etc. b. Type designation, current rating,range or adjustment, manufacturer's style and catalog number for all protective devices. b. Power and voltage ratings,impedance,primary and secondary connections of all transformers. Use the ratings of the actual transformers being provided where available. d. Type, manufacturer, and ratio of all instrument transformers energizing each relay. e. Nameplate ratings of all motors and generators with their subtransient reactances. Transient reactances of synchronous motors and generators and synchronous reactances of all generators. Obtain data on the actual equipment being provided. Generic or average data numbers are not acceptable. f. Sources of short circuit currents such as utility ties, generators, synchronous motors,and induction motors. Provide short circuit studies using each source of power separately. The study shall determine if there is sufficient short circuit current to adequately cause interruption of a protective device using the weaker power source(typically local generation), and shall determine if the equipment can safely interrupt the fault if the greater power source is connected. Additional short circuit calculations shall include emergency as well as normal switching conditions as well as normal and emergency power sources described here in. f. All significant circuit elements such as transformers, cables, breakers, fuses, reactors,etc shall be included. g. The time-current setting of existing adjustable relays and direct-acting trips, if applicable. 2. Impedance Diagram: a. Available MVA or impedance from the utility company. b. Local generated capacity impedance. b. Bus impedance. d. Transformer and/or reactor impedances. e. Cable impedances. f. Equipment impedances. F16411.doc 16411-5 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion g. System voltages. h. Grounding scheme(resistance grounding,solid grounding,or no grounding). 3. Calculations: a. Determine the paths and situations where short circuit currents are the greatest. Assume bolted faults and calculate the 3-phase and line-to-ground short circuits of each case. b. Calculate the maximum and minimum fault currents. 3.4 COORDINATION STUDY A. As a minimum, the coordination study for the power distribution system shall include the -- following on 5-cycle,log-log graph paper: 1. Time-current curves for each protective relay or fuse showing graphically that the _ settings will provide protection and selectivity within industry standards. Each curve shall be identified,and the tap and time dial settings shall be specified. 2. Time-current curves for each device shall be positioned to provide for maximum selectivity to minimize system disturbances during fault clearing. Where selectivity cannot be achieved,the ENGINEER shall be notified as to the cause. 3. Time-current curves and points for cable and equipment damage. 4. Circuit interrupting device operating and interrupting times. 5. Indicate maximum fault values on the graph. 6. Sketch of bus and breaker arrangement. 3.5 FLASH-BURN HAZARD STUDY - 1. Provide a complete flash-burn hazard study in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI,IEEE and OSHA standards 2. Provide sketches to indicate hazardous areas. 3. Provide warning sighs as required by the standards and these specifications for delivery to the Owner. F16411.doo 16411-6 9/19/05 City of Fat Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 3.6 PFCC SIZING 1. Obtain motor data as specified and provide PFCC sizing calculations showing the proposed KVAR, the resultant power factor expected and certify that the capacitors selected are in a accordance with the motor manufacturer's recommended limits. 3.6 BACK-TO-BACK CAPACITOR SWITCHING STUDY 1. Provide a back-to-back capacitor switching study. Examine the cases that are representative of the various combinations of motors running and starting(assuming that no two motors will ever start at once). Show the resultant capacitor inrush current and frequency. Show that the inrush current will not damage capacitors or cause nuisance blowing of the capacitor fuses with out additional inductance. 2. If the calculations indicate inductors be added,the Contractor shall add those inductors -- and calculate the results with additional inductors connected in series with the capacitors. END OF SECTION F16411.doc 16411-7 9/19/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion SECTION 16485 MEDIUM VOLTAGE CLASS E2 COMBINATION - SOLID STATE MOTOR CONTROLLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Provide a lineup of Class E2 combination fused disconnect-type,solid-state starters as shown on the drawings and as specified herein. Provide power factor capacitors with inductive loops and a contactor to switch them into the circuit when the starter has switched to across-the-line operation. B. Shown on the Drawings are pump sequence controls for the across-the-line Class E2 starters controlling loads shown on the One Line Diagrams. The Contractor shall incorporate the controls shown into the soft starter controls and shall submit them for the Engineer's and Owner's review. Modifications may be made to complete the incorporation,as long as the logic sequence is not altered. C. The controllers shall be microprocessor controlled,suitable for use with three phase induction motors rated 4,200 VAC or less,and shall provide a closed loop current ramp for smooth and step-less motor acceleration and deceleration. - D. The motor controller enclosure shall be sized to fit over the existing conduits as shown on the Drawings.The capacitor may be installed in a separate enclosure,if desired,and cable connected to the controller as shown on the Drawings.The controller manufacturer shall be responsible for furnishing the cable between the capacitor and the controller. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND QUALIFICATIONS A. The solid-state controllers shall be the product of a manufacturer who has produced medium voltage solid-state controllers for a minimum of 3 years(consecutive). B. Controllers shall be manufactured by: 1. Benshaw,Inc. 2. Eaton—Cutler Hammer 3. Allen Bradley 4. General Electric 5. Siemens F437165016485.doc 16485-1 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. The Motor Controller,in its entirety,shall be UL labeled at the factory with power factor correction capacitors and line reactors installed,and delivered to the jobsite with labels attached.If no UL standard exists for the capacitors and reactors,they may be factory installed in a housing located on top of each Motor Controller. The motor controller shall be completely assembled,wired and tested in the factory of one of the above listed manufacturers,using the manufacturer's regularly stocked major components. D. The controller shall be designed,manufactured and tested to conform,where applicable, with the following industry standards and specifications: 1. ANSI 2. CSA _. 3. IEEE 4. UL 5. NEC 6. EEMAC 7. NEMA 8. OSHA 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The following drawings/information shall be supplied for approval before releasing the starters for production: 1. Elementary wiring diagrams. 2. Wiring and interconnect diagrams. 3. Enclosure frontal elevation and dimension drawings. 4. Internal component layout diagrams 5. Available conduit entry and exit locations. 6. Manufacturer's product data sheets. 7. Operation and Maintenance Manuals B. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 and Section 16000. C. The equipment manufacturer shall create all shop drawings,including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's engineering department.All shop drawings shall bear the manufacturer's logo,drawing file numbers,and shall be maintained on file in the manufacturer's archive file system.Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are F43716S016485.doc 16485-2 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion unacceptable as shop drawings. Submittals shall be provided by apparent low bidder within ten(10)days of submission of bid. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Controllers shall be designed,manufactured,assembled and tested in accordance with NEMA ICS2. 1.05 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handling and shipment of the equipment shall be in such a manner to prevent internal component damage,breakage,and denting and scoring of the enclosure finish. B. Storage of the equipment prior to installation shall be in a dry location,protected from moisture.Equipment having internal space heaters shall have the heaters continuously energized until installation of the equipment. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Upon completion of installation and Owner acceptance, and in accordance with approved installation manuals, and successful start-up procedures, provide a Manufacturer's Warranty to the Owner covering all parts, labor,travel expenses and all other costs ., necessary to maintain the equipment in full operating condition for the specified warranty period. This Warranty shall remain in effect for a period of three (3)calendar years from the date of system acceptance.System acceptance as it relates to this Warranty provision shall mean the achievement of Project Substantial Completion; Substantial Completion of a portion of the Project as allowed or required by the Conditions of the Contract; or the date of partial utilization of equipment of a completed system under this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Equipment Identification 1. Provide solid-state controllers where and as shown on drawings and as described by frontal elevation drawings,one-line diagrams,and/or equipment schedules as provided as part of this specification. B. Motor Controller Performance Requirements: 1. Nominal operating ambient temperatures: 0-40 deg C(32 deg Fto104 deg F)with a relative humidity of up to 95%(non-condensing). 2. Power:Operate with three-phase AC power at nominal voltages 4,200 VAC. 3. Frequency: operates on 60 Hz. 4. Meet Uniform Building Code on Non building structures, Section 2338 for zone 1,2, 3,and 4 requirements. F437165016485.doc 16485-3 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. Design Criteria: DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION Horsepower HP: 1250 or as shown on the drawings. Power Ratings 500%for 30 sec. and 125%cont. PIV Ratings 4,200 VAC: 12,000 V. Starting Torque 0 to 100% Ramp Time 0 to 120 seconds Deceleration Time 0 to 60 seconds Nominal ratings Up to 4,160 VAC. Standard Insulation Test 4,200 VAC 13.25 KV Rated Short Circuit Ams 50 KA RM SYM SCR Voltage Drop or 3.5 V without bypass; 1 V with bypass Volta e Drop"1"to"T" Overall Efficiency Average 99.7%without bypass 99.94%with b3Tass SCR Firing Technique Hard Drive with"picket fence" Transient Voltage Protection DV/DT circuits/phase Diagnostics and LED's Power On SCR Gate Drive Power Micro Computer Fault Shorted SCR LCD di s la 16 char.x two lines. Under voltage Protection 80%Pickup 60%Dropout Control Igput 120 VAC or dry contact,2/3 wire. Fault level as a Fused(E2)controller NEMA/EEMAC 400 MVA SYM (4.6 KV) D. Controller Subsystems 1. Each controller shall include the following: a. Housing. b. Continuous,tin-plated,copper,horizontal bus. c. Continuous,tin-plated copper ground bus. d. Power electronics. e. Main non-load-break isolating switch and operating handle. f. Vacuum isolation contactor. g. Vacuum bypass(up to speed)contactor. h. Vacuum power factor correction capacitor contactor. i. Three(3)current limiting power fuses for NEMA Class E2 operation. j. Three(3)current transformers. k. Control power transformer. 1. Low voltage control panel with microprocessor based control module for soft start functions. m. Programmable logic controller for pump control logic as shown on the F437165016485.doe 16485-4 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Drawings. 2.02 ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION A. Construct to comply with NEMA Part ICS 2-324 as Class E2 controller. B. Basic structure shall be welded type construction utilizing minimum 11 GA sheet metal. 1. Doors shall be minimum l lga sheet metal,pan type with flanges formed to - provide sturdy,rigid structure. 2. Door latches and hinges capable of holding door closed during maximum fault condition. 3. Ventilation openings where required with protective barrier behind them. 4. Provide door interlocks to keep doors from being opened with power applied. 5. Doors shall be hinged to allow 90-degrees minimum door swing. C. The controller enclosure shall be constructed as NEMA 1 gasketed,and screened to prevent migration of insects and vermin. 1. Maximum dimensions of each enclosure shall be as shown on the Drawings. 2. Provide removal-lifting provisions. D. Finish: 1. Metal parts to be given thorough rust resistant treatment. 2. Paint with one coat of ANSI 49 medium gray enamel. E. Provide front accessibility to electrical components. 2.03 POWER AND GROUND BUS A. Main Bus: 1. Mount in common horizontal plane to provide maximum short circuit capability. 2. Tin-plated copper with minimum ampacity as indicated on the Drawings. 3. Support on 5 KV fiberglass polyester insulators. B. Ground Bus: 1. Continuous%4 in.by l4n.tin-plated copper along entire length of control line up. 2. Locate in bottom of each vertical section. F437165016485.doc 16485-5 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. Bus ratings shall be in accordance with UL 347. D. Bus Bracing: �- 1. Brace and test bus bars and cables to withstand the MVA,without damage or deformation. . 2. Comply with NEMA/EEMAC ICS 2-324 through ICS 2-325,and UL 347. 3. Short circuit ratings shall be 400 MVA symmetrical at 5000 volts and 200 MVA at 2500 volts as defined by NEMA/EEMAC and UL. E. Bolted bus joints shall have a minimum of two bolts. Provide suitable boltholes to facilitate future extension of motor control center on either side. F. The lineup shall be bus connected to the Medium Voltage Switchgear by means of a Bus Transition Section as shown on the Drawings.The transition section shall be supplied under this Section of the Specifications 2.04 WIRING A. Provide complete with internal power and control wires including terminations for external connections. B. Phase sequencing shall have proper identification and wires shall have suitable markings at terminations. C. Space shall be provided for stress cone termination of cables from the motors. . 2.05 MAIN,BYPASS AND POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITOR CONTACTORS A. Main,bypass and power factor correction contactors shall be provided as a part of each starter. 1. Vacuum break type, fixed mounted style 2. Current rating:manufacturer standard for horsepower rating and power factor correction capacitor rating,as shown on drawings. 3. Voltage rating:Up to 4,600 VAC. 4. The main,bypass and power factor contactors shall be sequenced by the manufacturer for proper operation of the controller. 5. The bypass contactor shall bypass the SCRs after starting and while the starter is in the run(full voltage)mode. The bypass contactor shall be equipped with a bypass hold delay timer which,in the event of loss of power of not more than six (6)cycles while the bypass contactor is energized,the contactor shall be held closed to allow uninterrupted operation. . F437165016485.doc 16485-6 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 6. The switchgear manufacturer shall provide medium voltage contactors and low voltage control interlocks to disconnect and de-energize all power factor convection capacitors while any soft starter inverter is on line to avoid excessive harmonic distortion. - 2.06 MAIN ISOLATION SWITCH A. Non-load break,3 pole,gang operated externally,and provide the following features: 1. Isolate power from the entire controller. 2. Interrupt control circuit transformer. 3. Ground medium voltage power components. 4. Rating of 400 amperes. 5. One N.O.and one N.C. auxiliary contacts,600VAC,300VDC. 6. Operated by an external operating handle. 7. Provision for 3 padlocks in the open position B. Interlocking features: 1. Prevent opening of the switch while the main contactor is closed. µ 2. Prevent opening of the door to the medium voltage compartment when the switch is closed. 3. Prevents closing of the switch when the medium voltage compartment door is open. 2.07 POWER FUSES A. Integral part of medium voltage compartment. B. Vertically mounted in front for ease of inspection and removal without special tools. C. Current limiting type with 3-ph symmetrical interrupting ratings 200 MVA at maximum 5,000 v. D. Blown fuse indication. E. Fuse size shall be manufacturer standard. F. Power Fuse Holders 1. Controller shall have fixed power fuse holders that are part of power cell. F437165016485.doc 16485-7 1114105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 2. Fuse holders shall be clip in style with option for bolt in style. 3. Fuse clips shall be designed to accept current limiting fuses for Class E2 operation. 2.09 CURRENT TRANSFORMERS A. Current transformers shall be supplied and shall be relaying accuracy class C 100 or greater. B. Current transformer mechanical and thermal limits shall be coordinated with the equipment with which they are used. C. Window current transformers shall be mechanically braced to withstand the same momentary current as the equipment with which they are used. D. Provide donut type CT's for ground fault detection. E. All current transformers leads shall be terminated on shorting type terminal blocks. F. All current transformers shall be 5 KV insulation class with minimum BIL rating of 60 KV. 2.10 POTENTIAL TRANSFORMERS A. Potential transformers shall be furnished for metering. Transformers shall be 5 KV insulation class and shall have minimum 60 KV rating. B. Potential transformers shall have a rating of not less than 400 volt-amperes on a thermal basis,a capability of withstanding a secondary short circuit for not less than 1 second. C. Each transformer shall be provided with current limiting primary fuses and secondary fusing. Secondary fusing shall be selected to fully-coordinate with the primary fuses for a fault on the secondary control circuits. Secondary fuses shall be fast acting type with a maximum rating of 6 amps,unless equipment burdens require a larger size. 2.11 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL PANEL: A. Controller shall have a separate low voltage control compartment,which is totally isolated from power cell and power bus compartment for increased safety. B. The low voltage compartment shall provide following features: - 1. Space for low voltage control devices,including metering. 2. Necessary terminal blocks. 3. Front accessibility without shutting down controller before opening low voltage - panel door. 4. Allow remote low voltage cable to enter from top,bottom or side. F437165016485.doe 16485-8 1114(05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 5. 120 VAC test plug with selector switch. 2.12 CONTROL A. Control Power Transformer 1. Mounted separately in the medium voltage power section. B. Fuse control transformer on primary and secondary for proper coordination. 1. Supply two fuses on primary and one fuse on secondary side with one leg grounded. 2. Disconnect primary of control transformer from power supply with isolating switch in open position. C. Control Wires: 1. Minimum 14 GA stranded,rated for 600 v. D Terminal Strips: 1. Rated for 600 v and suitable for terminating 10 GA wire. 2. Mark both ends of control wires for identification. E. Pushbuttons,pilot lights and control relays. 1. Pushbuttons and pilot lights shall be heavy duty,30mm,600 Volt.Indicating lights shall be LED,low voltage transformer,push-to-test type. F. Testing features: 1. Controller shall include 120 VAC test to power and adjust microprocessor control when isolating switch is in open position. 2. Test circuit shall consist of receptacle and plug mounted in low voltage compartment and accessible only when low voltage door is open. 3. In test position,plug may be removed from receptacle and connected to external 120 volts source of power. 4. When in the test position,the control transformer and prevent energizing control transformer secondary from test voltage source. G. Identify devices mounted in low voltage compartment. 2.13 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL PANEL FOR SOFT START FUNCTIONS: A. Description F437165016485.doe 16485-9 1114105 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion 1. The solid-state starter shall be supplied standard with programming buttons and local start/stop buttons on one main keypad with display. 2. Standard starter control logic shall be located on a microprocessor-based PC card which provides the sequential logic for the starter and gate signals to the power card and then to the pulse cards which are used to drive the SCRs. 3. Design control logic to perform timing required for operation of the solid-state starter,inline contactor and bypass contactor while continuously monitoring motor and starter for faults. If a fault is detected,the control logic of the solid-state starter shall provide fault indication via a display. In the event of a fault condition,the control logic shall safely shut down the starter to disable the motor. _m 4. The PC cards of the solid-state starter shall be interchangeable with other control logic cards on starters of a similar design. B. Low Voltage Compartment: 1. Locate low voltage section behind separate door and physically separated from medium voltage section. 2. Door to permit access to control logic without exposure to medium voltages. 3. Customer interlocking and control are to be interfaced in this section as well as metering,relays,and pilot devices. -- 4. Optically-isolates main control PC card located in low voltage section from medium voltage pulse generator cards on power poles. C. Electrical 1. The logic control of the solid-state starter shall incorporate a microcomputer that consists of all circuitry required to drive the power semiconductors and provide motor and starter monitoring functions. 2. The solid-state starter logic shall provide the following standard features: a. Adjustable Ramp Time(0-120 seconds) b. Adjustable Initial Current(50-400%of motor FLA) C. Adjustable Max Current(200-600%of motor FLA) d. Dual Ramp Capabilities(both selectable and programmable) e. Kick Start(adjustable.1 - 10 seconds) f. Adjustable Decelerate Profile for Pumps g. Over/Under Current Fault Protection(used in pumping applications for ^- indicating blocked pump feed or pump jam) h. Line Phase Loss Detection i. Adjustable Line Current Imbalance Detection(10-40%) -- j. Adjustable Over/Under Line Voltage Protection(10-30%) k. Up To Speed Indication 1. Line Phase Sequence Sensitivity or Insensitivity F437165016485.doc 16485-10 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion M. Selectable Solid State Overload Class(10,20,30) n. Selectable Motor Service Factor(1.0, 1.15,or 1.25) o. Adjustable Motor Full Load Amperes p- Adjustable Current Transformer Ratio q. Battery"Backup"of Set Starter Parameters r. Real Time Clock S. Selectable Pass code Protection of Set Starter Parameters t. Line Voltage independent Operation U. Line Frequency Tracking(50Hz Through 60Hz) V. Over/under Line Frequency Protection W. Instantaneous Over current Detection X. Shorted SCR Detection Y. Machine Ground Fault Protection Z. Starts/Hour Limiter(Via LCD display) aa. Elapsed Time Meter(Via LCD display) bb. Time Between Starts Limiter CC. Power Factor Monitor dd. Watt and Watt/Hour Meter ee. Emergency Restart Capabilities on Lockout ff. Software Selectable(Via LCD)Relay Outputs gg. "Revolving"Event Recorder with time and date stamp(99 most recent events) hh. LCD Status Display ii. Standard features shall operate concurrently. D. Software Selectable Relay Outputs 1. Three selectable relay outputs shall be provided with each solid state starter. 2. Relay outputs shall be selectable via LCD display. 3. Selectable relay outputs shall be from the following menu: a. Run b. Up To Speed C. Shorted SCR Trip d. Motor Thermal Overload Trip e. Motor Thermal Overload Warning f. Motor Thermal Overload Lockout "" g. SHT Fault Relay h. Electronic Shear pin Trip i. Under Current Trip 4. The selectable relay outputs shall be in addition to one fixed general fault relay output. This general fault relay shall indicate any of the following faults: a. Line Phase Loss b. Line Phase Imbalance C. Low Three Phase Line F43716S016485.doc 16485-11 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion d. Line Phase Sequence Change e. Motor Thermal Overload Trip f. Battery Backup Failure(Computer PC Card) g. Instantaneous Over current h. Shorted SCR Fault E. LCD Display ~ 1. Each solid-state starter shall have a keyboard/LCD display assembly designed to: a. Set or examine operating parameters. b. Provide starter status information. C. Provide real-time information about line current,voltage and frequency. d. Provide a means to start and stop the solid-state starter. F. LED Indicators 1. The following LED indicators shall be provided for advisory status and fault annunciation: a. Power On b. Micro Computer Fault C. SCR Gate Drive Power d. Shorted SCR 2.14 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER FOR PUMP CONTROL LOGIC: A. The controller shall contain a programmable logic controller(PLC)with uninterruptible power supply,which shall accomplish all of the pump control logic as shown on the -- drawings. B. The PLC shall have input/output cards as required,and shall have Ethernet capability for communicating with a SCADA system. 2.15 MOTOR PROTECTION AND MANAGEMENT RELAY _ A. General 1. Motor protection and management shall be provided using a digital relay. The relay shall be of draw-out construction to facilitate testing,maintenance and interchange flexibility. 2. The relay shall be a Multilin Model 469 Motor Management Relay B. Relay Protection Functions 1. The primary protective function shall be the thermal model consisting of 4 key elements: a. Overload curves b. Negative sequence unbalance/single phase biasing F43716S016485.doc 16485-12 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion C. RTD biasing(hot/cold motor compensation) d. Motor cooling time constants 1. The relay shall provide protection for the rotor during stall and acceleration. The stall/acceleration curve shall be voltage compensated and a speed switch input shall be available. The stator protective thermal model shall combine inputs from - positive and negative sequence currents and RTD winding feedback and shall be dynamic in nature to follow the loading and temperature of the motor. The protection shall also include: a. Stall b. Mechanical jam C. 12 RTD inputs d. Ground over current e. Short circuit f. Differential protection using CT inputs(6)from both sides of the machine winding g. Voltage transformer inputs that shall be used to provide over voltage, under voltage,voltage phase reversal,over frequency functions. C. Display and Interface Functions 1. The motor management relay shall include complete power metering. An events record shall store the last 40 events. Sixteen cycles of waveform data shall be stored each time a trip occurs.A simulation feature shall be available for testing the relay. The user interfaces shall include: a. A 40 character illuminated vacuum fluorescent display and associated keypad to provide access to actual values and set points. b. A front RS232 serial port for set point programming C. An RS485 serial port that shall uses an open protocol with baud rates selectable up to 19,200 bps. d. An independent auxiliary RS485 port shall be available for added security or for use by maintenance personnel. e. Interface software shall be provided in a Windows®format. 2.16 POWER FACTOR CORRECTION CAPACITORS A. Capacitors shall be sized to correct the power factor to 0.95: Enclosure: Liquid-filled 16 ga welded steel tank. Dielectric:Non-chlorinated biodegradable dielectric liquid. Capacitor Material: Self-healing polypropylene film. Internal Connection: Three-phase delta. F437165016485.doc 16485-13 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Capacitance tolerance: -5 %/+ 15% Discharge mechanism: Resistors,one per phase. - Discharge time and voltage: less than 50 volts in 5 minuets. Losses at 20 degrees C: (average): 0.16 WAR fused Rated voltagelfrequency: 4160 volts/60 Hz(Vr) Insulation level/BIL: 12 kV/75 kV BIL Continuous over voltage: 1.1 X Vr Continuous over current: 1.3 X Ir Temperature range: -40 degrees C to+45 degrees C. Highest mean temperature over 24 hours: 45 degrees C Highest mean temperature over 1 year: 35 degrees C. Provide inductors with each capacitor installation to decrease high frequency current that flows between capacitors when one is energized and another capacitor is energized. B. Standards: NEMA CPI,C-37.43,and IEEE 824 and 1036 as applicable ANSI as applicable 2.17 SPARE PARTS A. As a part of the Operation and Maintenance Manuals,the Contractor shall include a list of - recommended spare parts. B. The Contractor shall provide the following spare parts after startup: Description uanti Computer Card 1 ` Power Card 1 LCD Display 1 Pulse Generator Card 1 Relay Card 1 DVDT 3 Spare Power Poles 1 SCR's 6 Fuses 3 of each kind Cables 1 of each kind F437165016485.doc 16485-14 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion Power Fuses 1 set Control Power Fuses 1 box of each size Vacuum break contactors 1 set of each NEMA size Contactor Coil 1 of each size Pilot lights 1 box Control Power Transformer 1 of each size 2.18 IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCTS A. Each starter enclosure shall provide identifying devices as specified in part 2.01 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install the work in this section in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer. 3.02 DEVICE OPERATION A. Demonstrate equipment operation and calibration in conjunction with overall pumping system testing,checkpoint,and operator training. 3.03 FACTORY TESTING A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section.All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards. 1. Wiring check 2. Sequence of control circuits 3. Dielectric Test(Iii Pot)per NEMA ICS 3 Part 2 at 2000 volts plus 2.25 times nominal voltage,for 60 seconds,phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground. B. The manufacturer shall provide three(3)certified copies of factory test reports. C. Factory tests as outlined above shall be witnessed by the owner's representative. 1. The manufacturer shall notify the owner two(2)weeks prior to the date the tests are to be performed. 2. The manufacturer shall include the cost of transportation and lodging for two(2) Owner's representatives.The cost of meals and incidental expenses shall he the owner's responsibility. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative to assist the Contractor in installation and start-up of the equipment specified under this section for a period of three(3)working days.The manufacturer's representative shall provide technical direction and assistance to the Contractor in general assembly of the equipment, connections and adjustments,and testing of the assembly and components contained therein. F43716S016485.doc 16485-15 11/4/05 City of Fort Worth Northside Pump Station Expansion B. The following minimum work shall be performed by the Contractor under the technical direction of the manufacturer's service representative: 1. Megger bus 2. Ground test 3. Verify that all mechanical interlocks are functioning properly. C. The Contractor shall provide three(3)copies of the manufacturer's field start-up report. 3.05 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed,adjusted and tested in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The Contractor shall provide three(3)copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. 3.06 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide a training session for six(6)owner representatives for 1 normal workday at a jobsite location determined by the owner. B. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative and include instructions on assembly,starters and other major components. 3.07 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings. B. All necessary hardware to secure the assembly in place shall be provided by the Contractor. C. Check all bolted connections to assure that they are in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended torque requirements. 3.08 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS A. Program the motor protective relays in accordance with the recommendations documented by the coordination study, Ssection 16411 or as directed by the Engineer. 3.09 FIELD TESTING A. Sequence the control circuit to verify that the starter will start and run properly. END OF SECTION F43716SO I6485.doc 16485-16 11/4/05 t . CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Archer Job 4205128 TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH,TEXAS DATE: 12/08/2005 NAME OF PROJECT:Archer Western Project: Northside Pump Station —Job #205128 PROJECT NUMBER(S)l Water Proiect No.: P 274-602160023280 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT ARCHER WESTERN CONTRACTORS,LTD. 2121 AVENUE"J"SUITE 103,ARLINTON.TX 76006 (Name and Address of Insured) is at that date of this certificate,insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described,for the type of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted on the reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy No. Effective Expiration Limits of Liability: Worker's Compensation Comprehensive General HDOG18401927 6/1/05 6/1/06 Bodily Injury: Liability Insurance Ea.Occurrence: $900,0000 (Public Liability) Property Damage Ea.Occurrence $1,800,000 A Blasting Collapse of Buildings HDOG18401927 6/1/05 6/1/06 Or structures adjacent Ea.Occurrence: $INCLUDED To excavations Damage to Underground HDOG18401927 6/1/05 6/1/06 Utilities Ea.Occurrence: $INCLUDED Builder's Risk CALHO8009090 6/1/05 6/1/06 Bodily Injury: Comprehensive Ea.Person $2,000,000 Auto Ea.Occurrence: $CSL Liability Property Damage Ea.Occurrence $ HDOG18401927 6/1/05 6/1/06 Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability Ea.Occurrence: $INCLUDED Property Damage Ea.Occurrence $ Other Location covered: Description of Operations covered:Archer Western Protect: Northside Pump Station —Job#205128 The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be charged or canceled by the insurer in less than five(5)days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Where applicable local law or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. AQencv AON RISK SERVICES,INC.OF IL BOB CECIL Address 200 EAST RANDOLPH By CHICAGO,IL 60601 Title Director DB/sb/CTTY OF FORTH WO �tir d?Ih3!d6C" ��Y,'`✓1� �j �J '� M Ai 1 u {i _ _ _..e,.�»....._.,�.J PART F BONDS CITY W-1MARY FT, omm", Ta. CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to Article 8308-3.23 of Veron's Annotated Civil Statues, Contractor Certifies that it provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City of Fort Worth,Northside Pump Station Expansion, Water Project No.:P 274-602160023280 Archer Western Contra tors Ltd. CONTRACT By: &) � ._ Name: Matthew Walsh Title: President Date: November 15, 2005,= � STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § ... BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority,on this day personally appeared Matthew Walsh , known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act and deed of Archer Western Contractors for the purpose and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this 15t of November, 20-0.5 PIKECK� ,`�o�pgY FUgC%.• '� Notary Public in and for the State of Texas y ,/11/t/1/ll 111100 EF-3 i�, - PART F- BONDS BOND NO. 8 SB 104491526 BCM PERFORMANCE BOND - THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we(1) AWCL* as Principal herein and ((2) TRAVELERS rEe a corporation organized under the laws of the State of(3) CONNkCTICUT , and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas,Surety herein,are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth,a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties,Texas,Obligee herein,in the sum of One Million Two Hundred Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy—Twp Dollars & 00/100 Dollars(S 1,215,972.00 )for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves,our heirs,executors, administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these present. WHEREAS,Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the 15mof November 2005 a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for all purposes,for the construction of: NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION,FORT WORTH,TEXAS Water Project No.:P 274-602160023280 NOW THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such,if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans,specifications,and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal's default,and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise,to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code,as amended,and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED AND SEALED this 15th day of November 2005 . *Archer Western Contractors, Ltd. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA F-4 a•.•:�G S'1J ATTEST: tom. 10 Archer Western Co tra for (, Ltd. Knncipal)Secretary PRINCIPAL ` BY: � - _• �f (SEAL) Title: President 2121 Avenue 'J' , Suite 10_ zz Arlington, TX 76006 _ - Witness as to Principal TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA Surety BY: '. Name: EILEEN LUCITT, ATTORNEY—IN—FACT (Attorney-in-fact) ATIMU WITNESS: 215 Shuman Boulevard —see Jurat attached— Address. Naperville, IL 60563-8458 (SEAL) Telephone Number. (630) 961-7025 St9Ut k14 Witness as to Surety NOTE: (1) Correct name of Principal(Contractor). (2) Correct name of Surety. (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated In addition,an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be _ attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. The date of the bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. F N 1' -5 � Y'�R A° i to Lh7 J1:�J1 ;V e TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford,Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEYS)-IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents snake, constitute and appoint: Kevin P. Nagel, Eileen Lucitt, of Park Ridge/Crestwood, Illinois, their We and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign,execute and acknowledge,at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances,contracts of indemnity,and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance,or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto, not limited to a specific amount, and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies, and all the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact,pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. STATE OF ILLINOIS I, BONNIE J. ROSENOY a Notary public in and for said County and )SS. State, do hereby certify that Resident COUNTY OF COOK ) Vice President, and Resident Assistant Secretary, EILEEN1 LUCITT Attomey-in-Fact, of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, who is personally known to me to be the same person i whose "OFFICIAL SEAL" name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this BONNIE J. ROSENOW day in person, and acknowledged that he signed, sealed and Notary Public,State of Illinois delivered said instrument, for and on behalf of TRAVELERS CASUALTY { My Commission Expires 1-12-2010 AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, for the uses and purposes I therein set forth. Given under my hand and notarial seal, tads Ith day of NOVEMBER _ 2005. S-2429(07-97) Notary Public by one or more compaay officers pursuant to a written delegation of 'ty. This Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile (mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,which Resolution is now in full force and effect: /fdlll( VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any �. power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or �* undertaking to which it is attached. .w EO6�� SPECIAL WORDING(11-00) Y, IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMETICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused ithis instrument to be signed by their Senior Vice President,and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 17th day of Februar✓2003. STATE OF CONNECTICUT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA .. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY }SS. Hartford FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY COUNTY OF HARTFORD J'OY ANpS GASIJ&TA. _ HARTFORD � � HARTFORD. � � 1982 o By — CONN. CONN. �+� 00NM 0 George W. Thompson y1 v���fi `y1 F,,aa d�y ��► Senior Vice President On this 17th day of February, 2003 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. My commission expires June 30, 2006 Notary Public .r ' Marie C.Tetreault CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,stock corporations of the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the Certificate of Authority,are now in force. Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company,in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this 15th day of NOVEMBER 020 05 . gJ'`YY Aly,R GpSU& v 1 ,,O •• s HARTFO , < 1982� o By RD CONK • ,e Kori M.Johanson r Assistant Secretary, Bond STPAUL TRAVELERS IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the "Act"). The Act establishes a short-term program under which the Federal Government will share in the payment of covered losses caused by certain acts of international terrorism. We are providing you with this notice to inform you of the key features of the Act, and to let you know what effect, if any, the Act will have on your premium. Under the Act, insurers are required to provide coverage for certain losses caused by international acts of terrorism as defined in the Act. The Act further provides that the Federal Government will pay a share of such losses. Specifically, the Federal Government will pay 90% of the amount of covered losses caused by certain acts of terrorism which is in excess of Travelers' statutorily established deductible for that year. The Act also caps the amount of terrorism- related losses for which the Federal Government or an insurer can be responsible at $100,000,000,000.00, provided that the insurer has met its deductible. Please note that passage of the Act does not result in any change in coverage under the attached policy or bond (or the policy or bond being quoted). Please also note that no separate additional premium charge has been made for the terrorism coverage required by the Act. The premium charge that is allocable to such coverage is inseparable from and imbedded in your overall premium, and is no more than one percent of your premium. �vic"]4!1 kEcog i i WWI BOND NO. 8 SB 104491526 BCM PAYMENT BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we(l) *AWCL as Principal herein,and (2) TRAVELERS a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of(3) CT as surety,are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties,Texas,Obli ee herein,in the amount of One Million Two Hundred Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred 71 Dollars (S 1.215,972.00 )for the payment whereof the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents: WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the 156 day o November. 2005.which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length,for the following project NORTHSEDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION,FORT WORTH,TEXAS Water Project No.:P274.602160023280 - NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended)supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract,then this obligation shall be void;otherwise,to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code,as amended,and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument SIGNED AND SEALED this 15th dayof November 2005 *Archer Western Contractors, Ltd. a TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA I P E� t :e .1% "-` ATTEST: P1 ',1�ze9 Archer Western Cont acto s, Ltsit .-` b' r rincipal)Secretary PRINCIPAL (SEAL) Titles President ` �.. 2121 Avenue 'J' , Suite 103 Arlington, TX 76006 Witness as to Principal TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURE'T'Y COMPANY OF AMERICA Surety BY Name: EILEEN LUCITT, ATTORNEY—IN—FACT (Attorney-in-fact) MCEM. WITNESS: 215 Shuman Boulevard —see Jurat attached— Address: Secretary Naperville, IL 60563-8458 (SEAL) Telephone Number 30 961-7025 "bzj, iI��Lid/ll Witness as to Surety NOTE: 1. Correct name of Principal(Contractor). 2. Correct name of Surety. 3. State of incorporation of Surety. Telephone number of surety must be stated. In addition,an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract F-7 TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford,Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hanford, County of Hanford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these _. presents make, constitute and appoint: Kevin A Nagel, Eileen Lucitt, of Park Ridge/Crestwood, Illinois, their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign,execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance,or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto, not limited to a specific amount, and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies,and all the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact,pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies. which Re..cnhitinne now in full force and effect: I BONNIE J. ROSENOW a Notary Public in and for said County and STATE OF ILLINOIS _ ) Resident )ss. State, do hereby certify that Resident Assistant COOK. Vice President, and Attorn in-Fact, of COUNTY OF EILEEN LUCITP c'" Secretary, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, who is personally known to me to be the same person_ whose instrument, appeared before me this "OFFICIAL SEAL" name is subscribed to the foregoing he signed, scaled and BONNIE J.ROSENOW day in person, and acknowledged that Notary Public,State of Illinois delivered said instrument, for and on behalf of.TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, for the uses a15tphurposes My Commission Expires 1-12-2010 hand and notarial seal, this day therein set forth. Given under2005 of NOVEMBER / - �✓ Notary.Public S-2429(07-97) " nice.rower oi_Attorney and Certificate of Authority is signed and sealed by facsimile(mechanical or printed) under and by authority of the following Standing Resolution voted by the Boards of Directors of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMMGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President,any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or -. undertaking to which it is attached. SPECIAL WORDING(I 1-00) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused this instrument to be signed by their Senior Vice President,and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 17th day of February 2003, STATE OF CONNECTICUT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY }SS.Hartford FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY COUNTY OF HARTFORD k q 1.V(Akp� GASG,44A/. vasoHAHTWM, i '1932 p BY ' e 00NH' �° s ,b George W. Thompson Senior Vice President mm On this 17th day of February, 2003 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. 4,TET c' t.1G� My commission expires June 30, 2006 NotaryPublic Marie C.Tetreault CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,stock corporations of the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the Certificate of Authority,are now in force. "���, Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company,in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this 15thdayof NOVEMBER t20 05 E�r's �.� �r�,tY AND� GAS Uq< B a "ARTFOF�, < a 1 9 2 2�' Oywmmm R W QONK � ` aKoriM.Johanson Assistant Secretary, Bond all dviv STPAUL TRAVELERS IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE � COVERAGE On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the "Act"). The Act establishes a short-term program under which the Federal Government will share in the payment of covered losses caused by certain acts of international terrorism. We are providing you with this notice to inform you of the key features of the Act, and to let you know what effect, if any, the Act will have on your premium. Under the Act, insurers are required to provide coverage for certain losses caused by international acts of terrorism as defined in the Act. The Act further provides that the Federal Government will pay a share of such losses. Specifically, the Federal Government will pay 90% of the amount of covered losses caused by certain acts of terrorism which is in excess of Travelers' statutorily established deductible for that year. The Act also caps the amount of terrorism- related losses for which the Federal Government or an insurer can be responsible at $100,000,000,000.00, provided that the insurer has met its deductible. Please note that passage of the Act does not result in any change in coverage under the attached policy or bond (or the policy or bond being quoted). Please also note that no separate additional premium charge has been made for the terrorism coverage required by the Act. The premium charge that is allocable to such coverage is inseparable from and imbedded in your overall premium, and is no more than one percent of your premium.. BOND NO. 8 SB 104491526 BCMI MAINTENANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: TRAVELERS That *AWCL (Contractor), as principal, and a corporation organized under the laws of the State of CT .(Surety),do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth,a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of ' the State of Texas,("City")in Tarrant County,Texas the sum of One Million Two Hundred Fifteen Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy'—Two Dollars(S 1 ,?1 5,97?.M )lawful money of the United States,for payment of which sum well and truly be made into said City and its successors,said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,assigns and successors,jointly and severally. Ibis obligation is conditioned,however,that, edayWHEREAS,said Contractor has entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth,dated the le— day of November.2005.a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof,the performance of the following described public improvements: NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION, FORT WORTH,TEXAS Water Project No.:P 274-602160023280 the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project number listed above and said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions, addenda, change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and made a part hereof,and, WHEREAS,in said Contract,Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of Two (2)Years after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City;and WHEREAS,said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of Two(2)Years and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time within said period,if in the opinion of the Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth,it be necessary; and. WBMAS,said Contractor binds itself,upon receiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said work as herein provided. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract,theseLpresents shall be null and void,and have no force or effect. Otherwise this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect,and the City shall have and recover from the Contractor and Surety damages in the premises prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. *Archer Western Contractors, Ltd. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA F-8 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this instrument is executed in Six (6) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original,this 19th day of November .A.D. 2005 ATTEST: Archer Western Contractors, Ltd. n P. Slattery PRINCIPAL By: (Principle Secretary) Name: Matthew Walsh Title: President LZ Address: 2121 Avenue 'J' , Sum 3133 (SEA,) Arlington, TX 76006 AXPqKM: WITNESS: TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA -see jurat attached- SURETY By: Secretary Name: EILEEN CITT, ATTORNEY-in-FACT (SEAL) Address:215 Shuman Boulevard Naperville, IL 60563-8458 Witness as to Surety - Telephone Number: (630) 961-7025 e1Ri1 r� U n CJ U. il'� u se. TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY Hartford,Connecticut 06183-9062 POWER OF ATTORNEY AND CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF ATTORNEY(S)-IN-FACT KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Connecticut, and having their principal offices in the City of Hartford, County of Hartford, State of Connecticut, (hereinafter the "Companies") hath made, constituted and appointed, and do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Kevin P. Nagel, Eileen Lucitt, of Park Ridge/Crestwood, Illinois, their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred to sign,execute and acknowledge, at any place within the United States, the following instrument(s): by his/her sole signature and act, any and all bonds, recognizances,contracts of indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance,or conditional undertaking and any and all consents incident thereto, not limited to a specific amount, and to bind the Companies, thereby as fully and to the same extent as if the same were signed by the duly authorized officers of the Companies,and all the acts of said Attomey(s)-in-Fact,pursuant to the authority herein given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. This appointment is made under and by authority of the following Standing Resolutions of said Companies, which Resolutions are now in full force and effect: STATE OF ILLINOIS ) IBONNIE J. ROSENOW a Notary Public in and for.said'County and t )SS. State, do hereby certify that Resident COUNTY OF_ COOK ) Vice President, and Resident Assistant Secretary, EILEEN LUCITT Attorney-in-Fact, of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, �. who is personally known to me to be the same person_whose "OFFICIAL SEAL" name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, appeared before me this BONNIE J. ROSENOW day in person, and acknowledged that he signed, sealed and Notary Public,State of Illinois delivered said instrument, for and on behalf of TRAVELERS CASUALTY My Commission Expires 1-12-2010 AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, for the uses and purposes i j via therein set forth. Given under my hand and notarial seam;' day of NOVEMBER 2005 S-2429(07-97) Notary Public allUWrn -UT rX COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,which Resolution is now in full force and effect: VOTED: That the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive Vice President, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President,any Assistant Vice President, any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident Vice Presidents,Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeys-in-Fact for "-' purposes only of executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof,and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile signature and facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. SPECIAL WORDING(11-00) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY have caused this instrument to be signed by their Senior Vice President, and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed this 17th day of February 2003. STATE OF CONNECTICUT TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA .. }SS.Hartford TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY COUNTY OF HARTFORD oft�c� 1932 O By CONN. o Z � � a George W. Thompson Senior Vice President On this 17th day of February, 2003 before me personally came GEORGE W. THOMPSON to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say: that he/she is Senior Vice President of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY, the corporations described in and which executed the above instrument; that he/she knows the seals of said corporations; that the seals affixed to the said instrument are such corporate seals; and that he/she executed the said instrument on behalf of the corporations by authority of his/her office under the Standing Resolutions thereof. a.TET My commission expires June 30, 2006 Notary Public Marie C.Tetreault CERTIFICATE I, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA, TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY and FARMINGTON CASUALTY COMPANY,stock corporations of the State of Connecticut, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore, that the Standing Resolutions of the Boards of Directors, as set forth in the Certificate of Authority,are now in force. Signed and Sealed at the Home Office of the Company,in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Dated this 15th day of NOVEMBER $20 05 'QTY ANo GpBUq NMTPORO, �< o 1982 o BY of �� CONN S 2 *mss m Kori M. Johanson Assistant Secretary, Bond STPAUL TRAVELERS IMPORTANT DISCLOSURE NOTICE OF TERRORISM INSURANCE COVERAGE On November 26, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 (the "Act"). The Act establishes a short-term program under which the Federal Government will share in the payment of covered losses caused by certain acts of international terrorism. We are providing you with this notice to inform you of the key features of the Act, and to let you know what effect, if any, the Act will have on your premium. Under the Act, insurers are required to provide coverage for certain losses caused by international acts of terrorism as defined in the Act. The Act further provides that the Federal Government will pay a share of such losses. Specifically, the Federal Government will pay 90% of the amount of covered losses caused by certain acts of terrorism which is in excess of Travelers' statutorily established deductible for that year. The Act also caps the amount of terrorism- related losses for which the Federal Government or an insurer can be responsible at $100,000,000,000.00, provided that the insurer has met its deductible. Please note that passage of the Act does not result in any change in coverage under the attached policy or bond (or the policy or bond being quoted). Please also note that no separate additional premium charge has been made for the terrorism coverage required by the Act. The premium charge that is allocable to such coverage is inseparable from and imbedded in your overall premium, and is no more than one percent of your premium. STPAUL TRAVELERS IMPORTANT NOTICE TO OBTAIN INFORMATION OR MAKE A COMPLAINT: You may contact Travelers Casualty & Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty & Surety Company, Travelers Indemnity Company, Standard Fire Insurance Company and/or Farmington Casualty Company for information or to make a complaint at: Travelers Bond Attn: Claims 1500 Market Street West Tower, Suite 2900 Philadelphia, PA 19102 - (267) 675-3130 (267) 675-3102 Fax You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain the information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: Texas Department of Insurance P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 (800) 252-3439 ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND. This notice is for information only and does not become a part or a condition of the attached document and is given to comply with Section 2253-021, Government Code, and Section 53.202, Property Code, effective September 1, 2001. �"%I�IllllllllllllllllllllVlllllUlllllllllllllllllllllll���11�11115`5151\1t1�\1111111Y14V41lllSlllllllllllllllllllllllll'l'1U14llll�llllllllwlllllllllllllll\\\\\\ 59\`J»\\\S\�i»\»\o\0\0\0»»»»maw »iio» ��ll`S��`V���lll��l� \\\ Q \\1\ "�\ � )�\\�\y\\\\\\\\��\\\�\\\1\\\O�RI�i»11N@lN`:221`121`:Y2212"ll@»Y4"•\heiaciaa�vmaemmm...v.�................ ..,.....— --.......... r r r PART G - r CONTRACT r r r r r r r r ° ��� TEX. PART G—CONTRACT THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT THIS CONTRACT,made and entered into the 15'h of November.2005 by and between the City of Fort Worth,a home-rule municipal corporation located in Tarrant County,Texas, acting through its City Manager thereunto duly authorized so to do,Party of the First Part,hereinafter termed"OWNER',and ARCHER WESTERN CONTRACTORS, LTD. of the City of Arlington ,County of Tarrant - AND State of Texas .Party of the Second Part,hereinafter termed"CONTRACTOR'. WITNESSETH:That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned,to be made and performed by the Party of the First Part(Owner),said Party of the Second Part (Contractor)hereby agrees with the said Party of the First Part(Owner)to commence and complete certain work described as follows: NORTHSIDE PUMP STATION EXPANSION - Water Project No.: P 274-602160023280 and all extra work connected therewith,under the terms as stated on the Contract Documents, and at his (their)own proper cost and expense to furnish all the materials,supplies,machinery,equipment,tools, superintendence,labor,bonds,insurance,and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction,in accordance with all the requirements of the Contract Documents,which include all maps, plats,blueprints and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter,thereof,and the specifications thereof,as prepared by the Engineers employed by the Owner,each of which has been identified by the endorsement of the Contractor and the Engineers thereon,together with the Contractor's Written Proposal and the other parts of the Contract Documents hereto attached,including the Fort Worth Water Department General Contract Documents and General Specifications,all of which are made a part hereof and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to commence work within ten(10)days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him,and to substantially complete same within the time stated in the Proposal. The Owner agrees to pay the Contractor in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the Proposal submitted therefore,subject to additions and deductions,as provided in the Contract Documents and all approved modifications thereof,and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. NS46014PartG G-1 11/14/05 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Parties to these presents have executed this Contract in quadruplicate in the year and day first above written. City of Fort Worth.Texas(Owner) ATTEST: Party of t1wFjrA Part 4X By: n� �/Marc A. Ott Assistant City Manager Many Hendrix,Cq Secretary Approv 1 Recommended: 2ontract_ hutboriza�iox (SEAL) G S.Frank Crumb,P.E. `""""" Director,Water Department Date Approve s to For az argality: A41 City Atto y CONTRACTOR Archer WesteriM Con rac rs, Ltd. Y w $y; Matthew Walsh/President -- OFFICIAL 8000 CITY SE11-ifflRy NS46014PartO G-2